pax_global_header00006660000000000000000000000064132221542310014505gustar00rootroot0000000000000052 comment=7c9b41e7c9be8cfc9b4f0a2459c0a1e0e4aaea5b geeqie-1.4/000077500000000000000000000000001322215423100126105ustar00rootroot00000000000000geeqie-1.4/.gitattributes000066400000000000000000000000301322215423100154740ustar00rootroot00000000000000*.c linguist-language=C geeqie-1.4/.github/000077500000000000000000000000001322215423100141505ustar00rootroot00000000000000geeqie-1.4/.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE.md000066400000000000000000000014331322215423100166560ustar00rootroot00000000000000 ### ISSUE TYPE * Bug Report * Feature Request ### GEEQIE VERSION ``` ``` ### OS / DISTRIBUTION ### SUMMARY ### STEPS TO REPRODUCE geeqie-1.4/.gitignore000066400000000000000000000021541322215423100146020ustar00rootroot00000000000000*.o *.bak Makefile Makefile.in *~ *.rej *.orig # / /aclocal.m4 /autom4te.cache /config.cache /config.guess /config.h /config.h.in /config.log /config.report /config.status /config.sub /configure /configure.scan /missing /mkinstalldirs /COPYING /install-sh /stamp-h /stamp-h.in /INSTALL /geeqie.spec /intl /ABOUT-NLS /depcomp /auxdir /stamp-h1 /geeqie.desktop /intltool-extract.in /intltool-update.in /intltool-merge.in # /plugins/import/ /plugins/import/*.desktop # /plugins/rotate/ /plugins/rotate/*.desktop # /plugins/symlink/ /plugins/symlink/*.desktop # /plugins/ufraw/ /plugins/ufraw/*.desktop # /po/ /po/Makefile.in.in /po/POTFILES /po/cat-id-tbl.c /po/gqview.pot /po/stamp-cat-id /po/*.gmo /po/geeqie.pot /po/*.mo /po/stamp-it /po/.intltool-merge-cache # /src/ /src/.deps /src/geeqie /src/ui_icons.h # /src/icons/ /src/icons/icons_inline.h # /src/pan-view/ /src/pan-view/.deps /src/pan-view/.dirstamp # /src/view_file/ /src/view_file/.deps /src/view_file/.dirstamp /build-stamp /debian/geeqie* /debian/files /doc/html/ # The files that are autocreated(!) /src/gq-marshal.[ch] ChangeLog.html README.html ChangeLog geeqie-1.4/.mailmap000066400000000000000000000007441322215423100142360ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Colin Clark John Ellis Laurent Monin J. R. Schmid Morgan Hardwood Rezső Páder geeqie-1.4/.travis.yml000066400000000000000000000010661322215423100147240ustar00rootroot00000000000000language: c os: linux dist: trusty sudo: required compiler: - gcc - clang addons: apt: sources: - trusty packages: - autoconf - automake - autotools-dev - build-essential - debhelper - dh-autoreconf - dpkg-dev - gnome-doc-utils - gnome-doc-utils - imagemagick - intltool - libexiv2-dev - libgtk2.0-dev - libjpeg-dev - liblcms2-dev - liblircclient-dev - liblua5.1-0-dev - libtiff-dev - libtool script: (CFLAGS= ./autogen.sh) && make geeqie-1.4/.tx/000077500000000000000000000000001322215423100133215ustar00rootroot00000000000000geeqie-1.4/.tx/config000066400000000000000000000001771322215423100145160ustar00rootroot00000000000000[main] host = https://www.transifex.com [geeqie.main] file_filter = po/.po source_file = po/geeqie.pot source_lang = en geeqie-1.4/AUTHORS000066400000000000000000000123431322215423100136630ustar00rootroot00000000000000John Ellis (Original author and maintainer of GQview) The Geeqie Team: Colin Clark Klaus Ethgen Laurent Monin Vladimir Nadvornik Petr Ostadal Omari Stephens Translations: Grzegorz Kowal Zbigniew Chyla Emil Nowak Wit Wilinski Tomasz Golinski for Polish translation Christopher R. Gabriel Di Maggio Salvatore Costantino for Italian translation Sandokan Ivan Priesol Mgr. Peter Tuharsky for Slovak translation Rodrigo Sancho Senosiain Ariel Fermani for Spanish translation Laurent Monin Eric Lassauge Jean-Pierre Pedron Pascal Bleser Nicolas Boos Nicolas Bonifas for French translation Fâtih Demir for Turkish translation Kam Tik Abel Cheung S.J. Luo Levin for Traditional Chinese (Big5) translation Junichi Uekawa Oleg Andrjushenko Michael Bravo Sergey Pinaev for Russian translation Guilherme M. Schroeder Vitor Fernandes Herval Ribeiro de Azevêdo for Brazilian Portuguese translation Shingo Akagaki Yuuki Ninomiya Sato Satoru Takeshi AIHANA for Japanese translation Matthias Warkus Thomas Klausner Danny Milosavljevic Ronny Steiner Klaus Ethgen for German translation Matej Erman for Slovene translation MÃtyÃs Tibor Koblinger Egmont Sári Gábor for Hungarian translation Wu Yulun Charles Wang for simplified Chinese translation H.J.Visser Tino Meinen for Dutch translation Lauri Nurmi for Finnish translation Ilmar Kerm for Estonian translation Volodymyr M. Lisivka for Ukrainian translation Birger Langkjer for Danish translation Torgeir Ness Sundli for Norwegian translation Jan Raska Michal Bukovjan for Czech translation Phanumas Thanyaboon for Thai translation Harald Ersch for Romanian translation pclouds for Vietnamese translation Tedi Heriyanto for Indonesian translation Vladimir Petrov for Bulgarian translation Hans Öfverbeck for Swedish translation Youssef Assad for Arabic translation catux.org for Catalan translation Hyun-Jin Moon for Korean translation Pavel Piatruk for Belarusian translation Piarres Beobide for Basque translation Antonio C. Codazzi for Esperanto translation Nikos Papadopoulos for Greek translation Fixes, additions, and patches: Eric Swalens Quy Tonthat for initial Exif support. Daniel M. German for Canon raw image support. Lars Ellenberg for Fujifilm raw image support. Diederen Damien for .xvpics thumbnail reading support. Nick Rusnov Ryan Murray for man page. Martin Pool for sort by number, misc. improvements. Jörg Mensmann for Xinerama support patch. Vadim Shliakhov for miscellaneous fixes. Uwe Ohse for Exif enhancements, histogram and other patches Timo Horstschäfer for customizable fullscreen overlay Michael Mokeev for print related enhancements Carles Pina i Estany for copy path to clipboard patch Kjell Morgenstern for random slide show speedup patch And... Thanks to the users for finding Geeqie useful. geeqie-1.4/CODING000066400000000000000000000131511322215423100134770ustar00rootroot00000000000000Log Window: DEBUG_0() Use DEBUG_0() only for temporary debugging i.e. not in code in the repository. The user will then not see irrelevant debug output when the default debug level = 0 is used. log_printf() If the first word of the message is "error" or "warning" (case insensitive) the message will be color-coded appropriately. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- GPL header, in every file, like this: /** \file * \short Short description of this file. * \author Author1 * \author Author2 * * Optionaly detailed description of this file * on more lines. */ /* * This file is a part of Geeqie project (http://www.geeqie.org/). * Copyright (C) 2008 - 2016 The Geeqie Team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free * Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) * any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for * more details. */ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- git change-log: If referencing a Geeqie GitHub issue, include the issue number in the summary line. Start with a short summary in the first line (without a dot at the end) followed by a empty line. If referencing a Geeqie GitHub issue, include a hyperlink to the GitHub issue page in the message body. Use whole sentences begins with Capital letter. For each modification use new line. Or you can write the theme, colon and then every change on new line, begin with "- ". See also: http://www.tpope.net/node/106 Example: I did some bugfixes There was the bug that something was wrong. I fixed it. Library: - the interface was modified - new functions were added Also please use your full name and a working e-mail address as author for any contribution. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- sources: Indentation: tabs Names of variables & functions: small_letters of defines: CAPITAL_LETTERS Try to use explicit variable and function names. Try not to use macros. Use EITHER "struct foo" OR "foo"; never both Conditions, cycles: if () { ; ... ; } else { ; ... ; } if ( && ) ; switch () { case 0: ; ; break; case 1: ; break; } for (i = 0; i <= 10; i++) { ; ... ; } Functions: gint bar(, , ) { ; ... ; return 0; // i.e. SUCCESS; if error, you must return minus } void bar2(void) { ; ... ; } Pragma: (Indentation 2 spaces) #ifdef ENABLE_NLS # undef _ # define _(String) (String) #endif /* ENABLE_NLS */ Headers: #ifndef _FILENAME_H -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Use spaces around every operator (except ".", "->", "++" and "--"); unary operator '*' and '&' are missing the space from right; (and also unary '-'). As you can see above, parentheses are closed to inside, i.e. " (blah blah) " In "function()" there are no space before '('. You MAY use more tabs/spaces than you OUGHT TO (according to this CodingStyle), if it makes your code nicer in being verticaly indented. Variables declarations should be followed by a blank line and should always be at the start of the block. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Use glib types when possible (ie. gint and gchar instead of int and char). Use glib functions when possible (ie. g_ascii_isspace() instead of isspace()). Check if used functions are not deprecated. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Documentation: To document the code use the following rules to allow extraction with doxygen. Do not save with comments. Not all comments have to be doxygen comments. - Use C comments in plain C files and use C++ comments in C++ files for one line comments. - Use '/**' (note the two asterisks) to start comments to be extracted by doxygen and start every following line with " *". - Use '\' to indicate doxygen keywords/commands (see below). - Use the '\deprecated' command to tell if the function is subject to be deleted or to a complete rewrite. Example: To document functions or big structures: /** * \brief This is a short description of the function. * * This function does ... * * \param x1 This is the first parameter named x1 * \param y1 This is the second parameter named y1 * \return What the function returns * You can extend that return description (or anything else) by indenting the * following lines until the next empty line or the next keyword/command. * \see Cross reference */ To document members of a structure that have to be documented (use it at least for big structures) use the '/**<' format: int counter; /**< This counter counts images */ For further documentation about doxygen see http://www.stack.nl/~dimitri/doxygen/manual.html. For the possible commands you can use see http://www.stack.nl/~dimitri/doxygen/commands.html. But in case just think about that the documentation is for other developers not for the end user. So keep the focus. geeqie-1.4/COPYING000066400000000000000000000432541322215423100136530ustar00rootroot00000000000000 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. Copyright (C) This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. , 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. geeqie-1.4/ChangeLog.gqview000066400000000000000000010264561322215423100157010ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Wed Jan 17 16:50:39 2007 John Ellis * README: Fix credits for Belarusian translation. Sun Dec 3 12:58:06 2006 John Ellis * view_dir_tree.c (vdtree_add_by_data): Plug memory leak, in fact the data returned by parts_list() was not used here at all. Sat Dec 2 20:47:12 2006 John Ellis * README: Updates. * configure.in: Release 2.1.5 Sat Dec 2 20:15:22 2006 John Ellis * editors.c: Escape the 4 characters [ "`$\ ] in filenames passed to the system shell. Assumes bash-like escaping syntax for "sh -c". Sat Dec 2 16:44:48 2006 John Ellis * image-overlay.[ch]: More work on osd icons. * image.c: Use correct flag when setting auto rotation state, and set the state again after the rotation so that osd can update. * img-view.c: Show osd icon when overlay is enabled. * layout.c, layout_image.[ch]: Enable overlay regardless of the full screen state, only difference now is that image description text is only shown when in full screen but icons will always appear. * layout_util.c: Make I key toggle overlay from windowed mode too. * typedefs.h (LayoutWindow): Remove no longer used full_screen_overlay_on. Fri Dec 1 14:27:55 2006 John Ellis * print.c (print_job_ps_page_image): Use a white mask when printing transparent images, fixes bug #1426596. Thu Nov 30 09:55:42 2006 John Ellis * slideshow.c (real_slideshow_start): Fix memory leak when unable to begin a slideshow. Wed Nov 29 22:53:03 2006 John Ellis * image-overlay.[ch]: Prepare for icon notification display, and fix info overlay image index when on last image of slideshow. * img-view.c: Fix image index when on last image of slideshow. Wed Nov 29 14:28:30 2006 John Ellis * image-overlay.[ch]: Rewrite most of the information overlay code to be more flexible and easily extended. * image.[ch], typedefs.h: Remove image_new_func, and replace it with image_state_func callback which is much more informative. * img-view.c, layout.c, layout_image.c: Updates for new image overlay function names. Tue Nov 28 13:17:18 2006 John Ellis * image.c: When resuming a previous color adjustment, set the display to update incrementally to avoid user confusion of why half of image is color adjusted. Tue Nov 28 11:54:30 2006 John Ellis * color-man.[ch]: Allow color manager to work with GdkPixbufs not linked to an ImageWindow. Fix missing embedded dummy function when compiling without color profile support. * image.c: When embedded color profiles is enabled and EXIF ColorSpace is set to 1 use sRGB color profile for the image. Also fixed order of starting the image read-ahead when color profiles are in use. * typedefs.h (ImageWindow): Use gpointer definition correctly so that cm is a pointer and not a pointer to a pointer. * utilops.c: Pass 0 to vertical fill arg of gtk_table_attach() instead of FALSE. Mon Nov 27 01:23:23 2006 John Ellis * bar_exif.c, cache-loader.c, pan-view.c: Pass new arg for exif_read(). * color-man.[ch]: Add color_man_new_embedded for using in-memory color profiles. * exif.[ch]: Add support for extracting color profiles embedded in jpeg and tiff images. This resulted in a rewrite of the jpeg parser; both to allow searching for any marker type, and to make the code readable. * format_raw.c: Add color profile tag to the debug code. * image.c, layout.c: Use embedded color profiles when found and enabled, also add toggle for the option in color profile menu. Fri Nov 24 21:37:01 2006 John Ellis * configure.in: Add test for lcms (little cms). * Makefile.am: Add color-man.[ch]: * color-man.[ch]: New files for color management support. * globals.c, gqview.h, main.c, rcfile.c, typedefs.h: Add color profile variables and option saving. * image.[ch]: Add color profile functions. * layout.c, layout_image.[ch]: Add color profile icon, popup menu, and fix sort menu to use radio buttons. * menu.c: Use radio buttons for sort menu when appropriate. * preferences.c: Add color profile options to preferences. * ui_menu.[ch]: Add menu_item_add_radio() for radio item menus. * ui_misc.c: Fix gtk_table_attach() arg for vertical expansion. * view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Check for active state in sort menu callbacks. * README: Add info about lcms, and how to disable. Fri Nov 17 19:06:19 2006 John Ellis * ui_fileops.[ch]: Add path_list_lstat() to obtain a path listing that does not follow symbolic links. * utilops.[ch]: Add file_util_delete_dir(), and support functions. * view_dir_list.c: Add delete to folder popup menu. * view_dir_tree.c: Add delete to folder popup menu, and set rename and delete sensitive only when parent folder is writable. Wed Nov 15 02:05:27 2006 John Ellis * view_file_icon.c: Fix odd crash when removing files, it seems the high priority idle sync is no longer called before the treeview tries to redraw itself, so fix the cleanup of removed pointers so that they are always valid or NULL (I wonder if the priorities used by GtkTreeView have changed in newer versions of GTK?). * view_file_list.c: Fix progress bar warning when files are removed before thumbnail generation is finished. Tue Nov 14 15:36:14 2006 John Ellis * exif.[ch]: Fix memory alignment issues, bug #1593252. Fri Nov 10 18:11:54 2006 John Ellis * image.c: Fix up initial scroll offset into image when auto rotated by exif info, and keep same center point when rotating otherwise. Fri Nov 10 16:11:28 2006 John Ellis * format_fuji.c (format_fuji_raw): Use exif_byte_get_int32() to get the value, as when that is eventually fixed to be alignment safe, the so shall this. Thu Nov 9 20:27:47 2006 John Ellis * exif.[ch]: Rename exif_byte_swab..() to exif_byte_put..() as that is more in line with their counterparts of exif_byte_get..() Thu Nov 9 17:43:06 2006 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Break this monstrosity of code into smaller files. * pan-calendar.c, pan-folder.c, pan-grid.c, pan-timeline.c: Move the layout types into their own files (for now flower is with folder tree). * pan-item.c: PanItem creation, drawing, actions, and maintenance. * pan-types.h: Defines, data types, function prototypes. * pan-util.c: Various utilities. * src/Makefile.am: Add new files above. Wed Nov 8 16:59:14 2006 John Ellis * pixbuf-renderer.[ch]: Give image overlays their own child GdkWindow, and use a buffer when drawing to those windows to avoid flicker. Scrolling with the info [I] visible in full screen is now much smoother. Only one regression that will be fixed later: overlapping overlays are now ugly. Wed Nov 8 11:36:58 2006 John Ellis * format_nikon.h: For the pentax test, use tiff make instead of a magic string that can move location. Tue Nov 7 19:54:44 2006 John Ellis * pan-view.c: For calendar view only show months that contain an image. Allow choice of size when displaying an image with the info popup. Tue Nov 7 15:35:59 2006 John Ellis * exif.c: Use new format_raw_exif_offset() function to find Exif in raw files. * filelist.c: Add orf and pef to displayed file types. * format_canon.h, format_fuji.h: Update to new #define format. * format_fuji.c: Use same offset for Exif as the jpeg image as the Exif is always embedded in the jpeg and assuming offset of 12 is just broken. * format_nikon.h: Update to new #define format, and add pentax here as finding the jpeg will be same code. * format_olympus.[ch]: Support Olympus raw files with embedded jpegs, not all raw files will have a jpeg, but all appear to have Exif tags. * format_raw.[ch]: Add new camera types, and add a debugging facility to easily list all tags within tiff files (see format_raw.h to enable). Mon Nov 6 20:53:22 2006 John Ellis * format_olympus.c: Fix olympus makernote tag types to match image sample: Olympus.Bracket, Olympus.FocusDistance, Olympus.SerialNumber, and Olympus.FlashBias. Sat Nov 4 17:14:47 2006 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Always recalculate canvas size when displaying popups. * README: Updates. * po/eo.po: Mark translation for 'Command Line' not fuzzy. * configure.in: Release 2.1.4 (quick bug fix for pan view). Sat Nov 4 16:55:08 2006 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Only print things to console when debug is enabled. * pixbuf-renderer.c: Fix pixbuf_renderer_set_tiles_size() so that canvas will not treat scroll position as if a new image was set, this fixes popups in the Pan View from causing a scroll to the top left or center when scroll_reset_method is not set to 'no change'. Also clean up pr_pixbuf_set() and pr_zoom_sync() arguments, some were unused or always set TRUE as they were old cruft. Sat Nov 4 10:31:51 2006 John Ellis * README: Updates. * icons/Makefile.am: Remove icon files that no longer exist. * configure.in: Release 2.1.3 Fri Nov 3 21:15:40 2006 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Fix shortcuts to work regardless of what has the focus. Make [Control]+F (in addition to [/] show the find bar and [Control]+G go to next match. Add folder location field to info popup. Fri Nov 3 11:40:48 2006 John Ellis * bar_exif.[ch]: Make list of general exif tags available to rest of application. * pan-view.c: Add option to display exif information in info popup. Clean up the info popup text alignment. Make displaying the full size image below the info popup optional (off by default). * pixbuf-renderer.c (pr_source_tile_changed): Guard against width/height less than 1. * pixbuf_util.c (pixbuf_draw_layout): Guard against width/height less than 1. Thu Nov 2 17:51:31 2006 John Ellis * collect.c, img-view.c: Make [Shift]+P printing shortcut work for collections and view windows. * layout_util.c: Fix shortcuts [Control]+N and [Shift]+P, broken by the previous keypress handler code cleanup. Add [Control]+V to view current image in a new image window. Thu Nov 2 14:38:54 2006 John Ellis * view_file_list.c: Fix slow re-sort when updating list by clearing the list and adding items in the new order instead of simply moving them. Fixes bug #1451200. Thu Nov 2 06:46:14 2006 John Ellis * po/eo.po: Add Esperanto translation, submitted by Antonio C. Codazzi . * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add new translation. * README: Update credits for above. Wed Nov 1 11:39:48 2006 John Ellis * gqview.h, main.c (window_set_icon): Change to use inline pixbufs instead of xpms. * collect.c, img-view.c, layout.c, preferences.c: Use new icons. * pixbuf_util.[ch]: Add new icons. * icons/Makefile.am: Update generated inline pixbufs. * icons/collect.xpm, icons/config.xpm, icons/icon.xpm, icons/tools.xpm, icons/view.xpm: Remove old xpm icons. * icons/gqview_icon.png, icons/icon_book.png, icons/icon_config.png, icons/icon_tools.png, icons/icon_view.png: The new icons in png format. * icons/svg/*.svg: Add svg sources for icons, they are not used or anything, but this way I can not misplace them again. Tue Oct 31 18:06:42 2006 John Ellis * info.c: Increase default info window size to 600x400. * po/be.po: Update Belarusian translation, submitted by Pavel Piatruk . * gqview.desktop: Add additional formats to MimeType list. Sat Oct 28 14:41:10 2006 John Ellis * img-view.c: Use correct method to close the window using Escape key, fixes bug #1231845. Also added more robust method to update window list when a window is closed so this doesn't happen again. * slideshow.c: Add sanity checks to exported functions to check for NULL SlideShow pointers, to match rest of coding style. Fri Oct 27 19:45:32 2006 John Ellis * layout.c, ui_menu.c, ui_misc.c: Use g_object_ref_sink when gtk_object_sink is not available as it is deprecated. Wed Oct 25 15:17:38 2006 John Ellis * pixbuf-renderer.c (pixbuf_renderer_scroll): Fix long standing bug where obstructed portions of an image were not always generating an expose event when scrolling the image. Mon Oct 23 05:34:29 2006 John Ellis * img-view.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, pan-view.c: Make F11 also toggle fullscreen. Fri Oct 20 09:20:10 2006 John Ellis * collect-table.c, collect.c, dupe.c, pan-view.c, search.c, view_file_icon.c: Keypress signal handler code clean-up round 2: the remaining files. Make control and shift logic easier to follow. Fri Oct 20 08:00:08 2006 John Ellis * img-view.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c: Keypress signal handler code clean-up round 1: the main windows. Also fixes [Shift]+[F] from deactivating full screen [F]. Thu Oct 19 15:20:51 2006 John Ellis * image.c, typedefs.h: Add ALTER_DESATURATE alteration type. * img-view.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, menu.c: Allow to grayscale the display of current image with [Shift]+[G] keyboard shortcut and 'adjust' submenu item. Also fixed bug of [Shift]+[R] shortcut from also activating refresh [R]. * pixbuf_util.[ch] (pixbuf_desaturate_rect): Implement grayscale function. Thu Oct 19 09:35:18 2006 John Ellis * layout.[ch] (layout_new_with_geometry): New function to create a layout sized to an X geometry string. * main.c: Add support for --geometry on the command line. Thu Oct 19 07:42:38 2006 John Ellis * utilops.c: Fix minimum allowed auto-rename value to be zero again, but keep the default at 1. Thu Oct 19 07:23:37 2006 John Ellis * cache_maint.c, thumb_standard.[ch]: Use .thumblocal when saving local thumbnails as per the freedesktop.org thumbnail spec. * filelist.c: Add .thumblocal to list of ignored folders (those we never show user). * main.c: Fix bug in recent command line parser changes, a single folder on the command line was not processed by parse_out_relatives(). Sun Oct 15 12:36:06 2006 John Ellis * pan-view.c: For now, also display the full size image under the thumbnail's information bubble. Make clicking the info box close it. Sun Oct 15 10:45:14 2006 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Recalc the size of the layout when popping up new images in the calendar so that all new images can be scrolled into view. * pixbuf-renderer.[ch] (pixbuf_renderer_set_tiles_size): Add ability to resize a tile canvas without the need for a complete reset/render. Sun Oct 15 04:03:41 2006 John Ellis * main.c: Fix command line parser to work with any combination of files and/or folders on the command line. Sun Oct 15 02:50:22 2006 John Ellis * eu.po: Add Basque translation, submitted by Piarres Beobide . * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add eu. * README: Update credits. Sat Oct 14 09:38:08 2006 John Ellis * po/*.po: Make distcheck touches these. * gqview.spec.in: Fix to use License: instead of obselete Copyright:. * configure.in: Release 2.1.2 Sat Oct 14 08:26:38 2006 John Ellis * vi.po: Update Vietnamese translation, submitted by pclouds . * README: Updates. Sat Oct 14 05:44:40 2006 John Ellis * ar.po, be.po, bg.po, ca.po, cs.po, de.po, es.po, fi.po, hu.po, it.po, ja.po, nl.po, pl.po, pt_BR.po, ro.po, ru.po, sk.po, sv.po, vi.po, zh_TW.po: Fix punctuation of "Allow enlargement of image for zoom to fit" translations, and unmark as fuzzy when only the change in punctuation caused the fuzzy state. * README: Updated po-stats list. Sat Oct 14 05:18:45 2006 John Ellis * utilops.c: Mark string for translation. * fi.po: Update Finnish translation [merge from 2.0.2], submitted by Lauri Nurmi . * README: Updates. Fri Oct 13 12:18:01 2006 John Ellis * ru.po: Update Russian translation [merge from 2.0.2], submitted by Vitaly Lipatov . Fri Oct 13 10:27:22 2006 John Ellis * cache_maint.c, ui_fileops.c, ui_pathsel.c, ui_tabcomp.c: Remove use of the d_ino > 0 test as all files listed by readdir should be valid. dirent.d_ino is not guanteed by POSIX, and at one recent point is not implemented on cygwin. Fri Oct 13 09:25:25 2006 John Ellis * pl.po: Update Polish translation, submitted by Wit Wilinski . * README: Updates. Fri Oct 13 05:22:43 2006 John Ellis * bar_sort.c, pan-view.c, preferences.c: Mark strings for translation, plus punctuation fix. * utilops.c: Change auto rename start number to default to 1. * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add be, ca, ko translations. * gqview.spec.in: Add Italian translation to RPM spec file, submitted by HappyCactus . * be.po: Add Belarusion translation, submitted by Pavel Piatruk . * ca.po: Add Catalan translation [merge from 2.0.2], submitted by catux.org . * de.po: Update German translation [merge from 2.0.2], submitted by Ronny Steiner . * fr.po: Update French translation, submitted by ric Lassauge . * it.po: Update Italian translation, submitted by Kostantino . * ko.po: Add Korean translation (mostly menus), submitted by Hyun-Jin Moon . * pt_BR.po: Update Brazilian Portuguese translation, submitted by Herval Ribeiro de Azevêdo . * sk.po: Update Slovak translation, submitted by Mgr. Peter Tuharsky . * zh_TW.po: Update Traditional Chinese translation, submitted by S.J. Luo Fri Sep 1 02:12:45 2006 John Ellis * collect-io.c, thumb_standard.c: Do not ignore return value from g_list_append as newer versions of gtk now set a warning flag. * utilops.c: Add new auto rename option to enter formatted text, which uses * and # characters to symbolize original filename and numerical value (respectively) in new filenames. Mon Aug 15 18:27:38 2005 John Ellis * cache.c: Make cache loader tolerant of unknown line values, so that a cache written by newer/older versions of GQview does not result in recreating data that is actually there. Mon Aug 15 17:13:57 2005 John Ellis * collect-table.c, dupe.c, exif.c, img-view.c info.c, layout_image.c, md5-util.[ch], pan-view.c, remote.c, search.c, thumb_standard.c, ui_bookmark.c, ui_misc.c, ui_pathsel.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Fix signedness warnings in gcc 4.0. Mon Aug 15 16:35:15 2005 John Ellis * view_dir_tree.c (vdtree_set_path): Do not force reading folder contents, to allow the check for a changed timestamp do it's job. * doc/10_options.html: Fix page link in docs. Thu Jun 16 01:21:43 2005 John Ellis * cache-loader.c (cache_loader_process): When converting Exif date string to time_t, tell mktime DST is unknown (-1). Mon Jun 13 20:22:58 2005 John Ellis * image.c (image_zoom_cb): If needed, update window title when zoom changes. * pixbuf-renderer.c (pr_size_sync): Send zoom signal when new window size results in a new scale value. * README: Updates. * configure.in: Release 2.1.1 Mon Jun 13 17:31:46 2005 John Ellis * editors.[ch]: Add "%w" macro to disable full screen deactivation when running an editor command. * img-view.c, layout_image.c, pan-view.c: Honor %w editor flag to prevent exit of full screen. * image-load.c (image_load_begin): Fix to not treat short reads as end of file condition. * README, doc/10_5_editor_commands.html: Document %w macro for editor commands. * po/it.po: Update Italian translation, submitted by Kostantino . Sun Jun 12 19:25:26 2005 John Ellis * format_canon.[ch]: Reimplement canon raw parser to use convenience functions from exif.c, also separated parsers into one per file type. For the cr2 format also verify compression type in tiff field 0x0103. * format_raw.c: Add FIXME comment noting current shortcomings. Sat Jun 11 01:06:49 2005 John Ellis * exif.c, format_nikon.c, format_olympus.c: Fix memory leaks, exif_text_list_find_value() will always return newly allocated text. Fri Jun 10 20:57:42 2005 John Ellis * exif.c (exif_parse_IFD_table): Fix offset count before testing against buffer size. * exif.h: Make exif_text_list_find_value available. * format_canon.c: Fix copy's length when duping Canon.SerialNumber, and adjust several text descriptions. * format_fuji.c: Remove "MkN." text from tag names. * format_nikon.c: Fix offset count before testing against buffer size, and remove "MkN." text from tag names. Add several new tags. * format_olympus.[ch]: New files for olympus makernote. * format_raw.c: Add exif olympus hook. * src/Makefile.am: Add format_olympus.[ch]. Fri Jun 10 02:19:26 2005 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Add exif date sorting option to right click menu, and change 'reading dimensions...' message to be more generic as it may now also be reading embedded exif dates, or both date and dimensions. Thu Jun 9 23:22:01 2005 John Ellis * exif.c (exif_parse_JPEG): Use memcmp as strncmp is inadequate when bytes with values of 0 are actually in the data to compare. Thu Jun 9 22:23:18 2005 John Ellis * exif.[ch]: A lot of code clean up, add generic tiff header parser, remove use of packed structures to interpret tiff file format, fix possible endless loops in tiff parser with corrupt IFD tables, and fix possible overflow in jpeg exif parser. * format_canon.[ch]: Add additional makernote values, plus a few spelling fixes. Header update. * format_fuji.[ch]: Header update. * format_nikon.[ch]: Updates to use new tiff parsing utils in exif.c, code cleanup. Header update. * format_raw.[ch]: Add pathname argument to file descriptor version of raw parser to quickly rule out non-raw files based on file extension. Add raw header match type to check for tiff "make" field value. * image-load.c (image_loader_begin): Add image filename for raw parser. Tue Jun 7 03:47:03 2005 John Ellis * filelist.c (filter_add_defaults): Add Nikon file extension for nef. * format_canon.[ch], format_fuji.[ch]: Add comment tile, and description field for MakerNote parser. * format_nikon.[ch]: Add support for jpegs embedded in Nikon nef files. * format_raw.c: Add debug description output and Nikon raw parser hook. Sun Jun 5 03:05:39 2005 John Ellis * filelist.c (path_list_recursive_append): Fix memory leak by using correct function to free path list. Sat Jun 4 22:24:00 2005 John Ellis * exif.[ch]: Use glib provided data types and byte order functions for consistency with rest of application. Made several more functions available in the header. Use MakerNote parsing from format_raw.c. * format_canon.[ch]: Changes to match exif.h and format_raw.h. * format_fuji.[ch]: Add support for Fuji EXIF MakerNote. * format_nikon.[ch]: New files, add support for Nikon EXIF MakerNote. * format_raw.[ch]: Add EXIF MakerNote parser functions to gather all camera formats here (similar to existing raw format list). * src/Makefile.am: Add format_nikon.[ch]. Sat Jun 4 04:02:04 2005 John Ellis * README: Update credits. Apply fix from Daniel M. German: * format_canon.c (canon_read_int): Fixed error which caused a segfault under OS X. It was a casting a number as a 32 bit, when it was 16. it works in little endian, but not in big endian machines. Fri Jun 3 20:02:23 2005 John Ellis * format_canon.c (canon_mknote_parse_convert): For serial number conversion, use the value of the data - not the value of the pointer. Fri Jun 3 18:43:46 2005 John Ellis * bar_exif.c: Set a default size for the EXIF data column in the advanced view, and allow resizing of that column to allow more data to be visible when needed. * format_canon.c: Fix data type for Canon MakerNote Serial Number. Fri Jun 3 01:49:20 2005 John Ellis * exif.[ch]: Export several parsing functions for use by the exif makernote parsers, and add hook for MakerNote data parsing. * format_canon.[ch]: Add Canon EXIF MakerNote support. * format_raw.c: Fix warning printf grammar. Thu May 26 22:14:53 2005 John Ellis * format_raw.c (format_raw_parse): Use unsigned int to match arguments. Thu May 26 13:57:19 2005 John Ellis * format_raw.[ch]: Move camera specific code to manufacturer specific format_*.c files. Change code so that file descripter version is now a separate functions that wraps the standard parser by using mmap. * format_canon.[ch]: Moved Canon specific raw support here, removed file descriptor versions of parser. This Canon raw file parser written by Daniel M. German. * format_fuji.[ch]: Move Fuji specific raw support here, parser written by Lars Ellenberg. * exif.c: Update for change to format_raw_img_exif_offsets. * filelist.c: Add cr2 extension to Canon raw format list. * image-load.c: Fixes for changes to format_raw_img_exif_offset_fd so that buffer is refilled using new offset of file descriptor. * src/Makefile.am: Add format_canon.[ch], format_fuji.[ch] to build. Wed May 18 19:36:49 2005 John Ellis * utilops.[ch] (file_util_rename_dir): New utility to rename a folder, does proper checking for existing folder to avoid clobbering an existing folder. * view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c: Use new utility above when renaming a folder to fix possible clobbering of an existing folder with the same name as the requested name. Sun May 15 21:40:26 2005 John Ellis * format_raw.[ch]: New files to parse image data and exif offsets for the raw camera formats. * exif.c, image-load.c: Add support calls to format_raw.c functions above. * filelist.c: Add Fujifilm raw file extension to known formats. * thumb_standard.c (thumb_loader_std_start): Check for existing thumbnail file before checking for a failure mark. * src/Makefile.am: Add format_raw.[ch]. Sat May 14 13:04:23 2005 John Ellis * po/cs.po: Update Czech translation, submitted by Jan Raska * de.po, fr.po: Typo and spelling fixes. Sat May 14 12:23:19 2005 John Ellis * image.c, pixbuf-renderer.c: Fix sending of complete signal. * ui_pathsel.c: Guard against strcmp of NULL dd->path, fixes crash. * utilops.c: Additional validation for destination of copy/move dialogs, and do not include extension when conveniently selecting filename text in rename dialogs. Wed Apr 27 15:17:57 2005 John Ellis * bar_info.c, bar_sort.c: Update for new pref_toolbar_button args. * fullscreen.c, layout.c: Remove use of GDK_HINT_USER_SIZE as we never actually set these dimensions. Increase default size of main window. * layout_util.c: Use GTkToolbar for the main window toolbar. * pixbuf_util.[ch]: Add inline pixbufs for thumb and float icons. * rcfile.c: Add note to config file that it is autogenerated. * typedefs.h: Remove no longer used tooltip in LayoutWindow. * ui_misc.[ch]: pref_toolbar additions. * icons/icon_float.png, icons/icon_thumb.png: Icons in png format. * icons/icon_float.xpm, icons/icon_thumb.xpm: Remove xpm versions. * icons/Makefile.am: Add above icons to inline pixbuf list. Sat Apr 16 12:29:42 2005 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Add option to ignore symbolic links to folders when creating file list (no gui control yet), and do not allow listing the root folder as this introduces too many issues (for instance how do we ignore special filesystems such as /proc using only stat attributes?). Add fix to not show empty folders in the flower view. * thumb_standard.c (thumb_loader_std_finish): Fix logic that caused thumbnails to be saved for images with a size between normal and large when using large thumbnails. * ui_fileops.[ch]: Add utilities lstat_utf8 and islink. Thu Apr 14 10:44:00 2005 John Ellis * cache.c (cache_sim_data_load): Fix to return CacheData if any data type exists. * pan-view.c: Fix slow merging of embedded dates into file list; includes optimizing pan_cache_sync_date and plugging a memory leak. Thu Apr 14 04:49:57 2005 John Ellis * pixbuf-renderer.c (pixbuf_renderer_move): Clear the correct draw queue (source). Fixes crash introduced by Apr 12 changes. Wed Apr 13 18:16:14 2005 John Ellis * cache-loader.[ch]: New utility to load cache-able data. * cache.[ch]: Add embedded (exif) date caching. * pan-view.c: Use new cache loading mechanism. Add exif date support to timeline and calendar view. * src/Makefile.am: Add cache-loader.[c,h]. Tue Apr 12 07:59:20 2005 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Use mostly neutral (gray) colors in the pan view to avoid tainting user perspective of image hues. * pixbuf-renderer.c (pixbuf_renderer_move): Free tile cache of source to avoid wasteful memory allocation, this will reduce memory waste when in full screen. Fri Apr 8 15:31:38 2005 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Optimize pan_layout_intersect by dividing object list into smaller sets (of ~ 1000 each) grouped by coordinates, this makes drawing tiles much faster when the window contains > 100,000 images. This adds the complexity of walking two lists when searching for a specific item, but the speed increase is worth it. Thu Apr 7 08:42:54 2005 John Ellis * pixbuf-renderer.c (pr_queue_to_tiles): Fix logic in test for only_existing argument. Wed Apr 6 06:41:25 2005 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Move pixbuf drawing into pixbuf_util.c. * pixbuf-renderer.c: Rename util_clip_region to pr_clip_region to fix namespace conflict with util in pixbuf_util.h. * pixbuf_util.[ch]: Moved pixbuf drawing utils here from pan-view.c Wed Apr 6 02:43:40 2005 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Reimplement pixbuf_draw_triangle for efficiency. * pixbuf-renderer.c: Fix pr_queue_to_tiles only_existing argument to only have effect on tiles that not currently visible. Remove use of hard coded PR_TILE_SIZE from tile size calculations, as it is only supposed to be used as the default value. Tue Apr 5 05:09:29 2005 John Ellis * pixbuf-renderer.c: Add argument to pr_queue_to_tiles to only redraw the parts of the image that have an existing tile, fixes slow loading of images when zoomed in because it was generating a tile for even off screen parts of the image. Mon Apr 4 12:07:05 2005 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Optimize pixbuf_draw_line, and use pixbuf_set_rect_fill to draw the background. Sun Apr 3 00:36:22 2005 John Ellis * image.c (image_options_set): Only enable PixbufRenderer 'window_fit' when both the ImageWindow and global setting are both enabled. * pan-view.c (pan_window_image_scroll_notify_cb): Add call to gtk_adjustment_value_changed to fix performance hit when scrolling. * pixbuf-renderer.c: Set tile render_todo flags to RENDER_ALL when invalidating so that there is no chance it will be used with old data. Only emit 'scroll-notify' signal when the value or range changes. Fix copy of zoom value in pixbuf_renderer_move. Sat Apr 2 17:28:16 2005 John Ellis * image.c (image_options_set): Update PixbufRenderer parent window so that changing 'fit window to image' option works. * pan-view.c (pan_window_image_zoom_cb): Use same zoom text display as for main windows. * pixbuf-renderer.c: Fix (re-implement) check for maximized window state. Fix pr_source_tile_visible() calculation which was using the x axis where it should be y. Add redrawn return value to pr_zoom_clamp() and use that value in pr_zoom_sync() to pass pr_redraw correct args. * gqview.1: Fix spelling of vertical in man page. Mon Mar 28 20:23:34 2005 John Ellis * image.[ch]: Add utility to sync image settings to user preferences. * pixbuf-renderer.c: Fix rounding errors. * preferences.c: Call image_options_sync() when applying changes. Fri Mar 25 22:39:30 2005 John Ellis * image.c: Connect to 'zoom' signal of pixbuf-renderer and notify listener to update. Fix delay flip by listening for 'render_complete'. * pixbuf-renderer.[ch]: Add complete property and and emit a 'render-complete' signal when changing complete back to TRUE. * view_dir_tree.c (vdtree_row_expanded): Populate a folder node whenever it is expanded. Wed Mar 23 00:22:28 2005 John Ellis * image.c (image_change_from_image): Fix and use pixbuf_renderer_move. * pan-view.c: Convert back to ImageWindow from PixbufRenderer, so that focus and full screen work again. * pixbuf-renderer.[ch] (pixbuf_renderer_move): Add this function. Fri Mar 18 19:52:38 2005 John Ellis * pixbuf-renderer.c: Fix broken 2pass queueing so it merges a single queue item for each tile, and now that a tile holds a queue pointer there is no need to walk the tile list to find a possible merge victim. Thu Mar 17 19:23:56 2005 John Ellis * image.c, pixbuf-renderer.[ch]: More progress, and 2 pass zoom now works again (mostly). Tue Mar 15 23:17:41 2005 John Ellis * image.[ch]: Start conversion to use of PixbufRenderer. * pixbuf-renderer.[ch]: Additions and fixes for use by ImageWindow. * fullscreen.c, image-overlay.c, img-view.c, info.c, layout.c, layout_image.c, print.c: Changes for above ImageWindow conversion. * typedefs.h: Remove unused ImageWindow variables. Mon Mar 14 20:45:50 2005 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Convert to using new PixbufRenderer. * pixbuf-renderer.[ch]: Clean up and fixes. Sun Mar 13 10:21:35 2005 John Ellis * image.c (image_scroller_start): Unref scroller pixbuf after adding it as an overlay to avoid leaking it. * pixbuf-renderer.[ch]: All functions defined in header file are now implemented. Fri Mar 11 17:05:36 2005 John Ellis * pixbuf-renderer.[ch]: Set up object properties and additional. Mar 10 19:22:18 2005 John Ellis * pixbuf-renderer.[ch]: FIx scrolling to use old method of gdk_draw and not gdk_scroll, as scroll often invalidates the entire window (!). Also merged in source tiles code from image.c. * pan-view.c: Change picked up when testing PixbufRender zoom. Tue Mar 8 23:26:00 2005 John Ellis * pixbuf-renderer.[ch]: Start of turning image drawing portion of ImageWindow into an actual GtkWidget. * src/Makefile.am: Add pixbuf-renderer.[ch]. * pan-view.c: Added temporary hack button and callback for testing PixbufRenderer widget. Sat Mar 5 16:23:32 2005 John Ellis * README: Updates. * configure.in: Release 2.1.0 Sat Mar 5 16:02:52 2005 John Ellis * main.c: Enable the beta message at startup. * po/fr.po: Update French translation (from stable branch), submitted by Eric Lassauge. Sat Mar 5 15:51:07 2005 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Make date search work in calendar view, plus calendar fixes. Make '/' search key refocus search entry. Fri Mar 4 21:53:03 2005 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Add calendar view. Make mouse wheel scroll. * po/POTFILES.in: Add pan-view.c for translation. Thu Mar 3 17:57:46 2005 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Make subsequent searches for same string step through all matches, also show match index and count in search result label. Thu Mar 3 14:24:58 2005 John Ellis * filelist.c, info.c, preferences.c, utilops.c: Use doubles instead of floats whenever possible. * ui_utildlg.c (generic_dialog_add_message): Enable line wrap for message body so specifying newlines is no longer needed. * pan-view.c: Display info dialog when thumbnail caching settings are not optimal. Thu Mar 3 01:16:23 2005 John Ellis * pan-view.c: Add 'dots' image size option, fix up border size at edge of grid, and make drag and drop work to/from the window. Wed Mar 2 23:34:30 2005 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, rcfile.c: Add thumbnail_fast option variable. * image-load.c, typedefs.h: Add shrunk flag to determine if an image was scaled down using image_loader_set_requested_size. * image.c: Make panning with mouse scroll more when holding shift key. * preferences.c: Add option for 'Fast jpeg thumbnailing' and disabled xvpics option in the gui - now a hidden option. * thumb.c, thumb_standard.c: Add support for thumbnail_fast option.. Tue Mar 1 21:39:42 2005 John Ellis * image.[ch] (image_scroll_to_point): Add alignment for location of point within visible region. * pan-view.c: Use alignment for scrolling above, and fix date search to only search thumbs and images. Tue Mar 1 11:32:26 2005 John Ellis * src/Makefile.am: Add pan-view.[ch]: * image.[ch]: Add support for using a grid of tiles as soource image. Added scroll_notify callback for when the viewable regionis scrolled. Added ability to set min and max for the zoom range. Removed unnecessary gtk_widget_size_request from image_size_sync. Added image_scroll_to_point. * layout_util.c: Add menu item and callback for the new 'Pan view'. * pixbuf_util.c (pixbuf_draw_layout): Fix for when offset is non-zero. * typedefs.h: Add source tile stuff for ImageWindow. * ui_tabcomp.c: Fix tab completion pop-up menu placement. * pan-view.[ch]: New files for pan view - 2.1 is officially started :) Sat Feb 26 14:42:42 2005 John Ellis * README: Updates. * configure.in: Release 2.0.0 Sat Feb 26 14:06:41 2005 John Ellis * po/bg.po: Update Bulgarian translation, submitted by Vladimir Petrov. * po/it.po: Update Italian translation, submitted by Costantino, with additions from Marco Colombo. * po/nl.po: Update Dutch translation, submitted by Tino Meinen. * po/pl.po: Update Polish translation, submitted by Wit Wilinski. Fri Feb 25 11:10:19 2005 John Ellis * doc/11_1_command_line.html: Small fix. Wed Feb 23 20:19:38 2005 John Ellis * po/es.po: Update Spanish translation, submitted by Ariel Fermani. * po/it.po: Update Italian translation, submitted by Costantino. * po/ja.po: Update Japanese translation, submitted by Takeshi Aihana. * po/ru.po: Update Russian translation, submitted by Sergey Pinaev. Wed Feb 23 09:02:49 2005 John Ellis * configure.in, src/Makefile.am, main.c: Clean up define for localedir. Tue Feb 15 07:35:50 2005 John Ellis * main.c: Disable startup beta message. * po/it.po: Update Italian translation, submitted by Costantino . * README: Updates. * configure.in: Release 1.5.9 Mon Feb 14 14:47:32 2005 John Ellis * search.c (search_file_next): Ignore case for keyword search. Fri Feb 11 15:32:28 2005 John Ellis * view_file_list.c (vflist_thumb_do): Fix big thumbnail leak, no need to ref the pixbuf as thumb_loader_get_pixbuf does this for us. Wed Feb 9 10:27:00 2005 John Ellis * cache.c (cache_sim_data_save): Print a warning when a save fails. * search.c: Fix search saving the cached data by first creating the directory for the location of the data, fixes search caching bug. Wed Feb 9 09:43:02 2005 John Ellis * search.[ch]: Add ability to set the default image used for similarity in a search. * layout_util.c: Set the default image in a search to the visible image. Tue Feb 8 18:17:51 2005 John Ellis * layout_util.c: Correct wrong main window keyboard shortcuts for the editor slots. Tue Feb 8 16:16:30 2005 John Ellis * pixbuf_util.c: Change to GTK's gdk-pixbuf for saving pngs. * src/Makefile.am: Remove png libs from LDADD. * README: Updates. * configure.in: Remove libpng checks, release 1.5.8 Tue Feb 8 15:19:20 2005 John Ellis * globals.c: Change default thumbnail mechanism to shared thumbnails. * po/it.po: Update Italian translation, submitted by Costantino . * po/ru.po: Update Russian translation, submitted by Sergey Pinaev . * po/sv.po: Update Swedish translation, submitted by Hans fverbeck . * doc/10_6_advanced.html: Describe option 'Store keywords and comments local to source image'. * doc/11_4_management.html: Add list describing all folders and files used by GQview, and purpose. * doc/9_printing: Clarify a description. Tue Feb 8 09:03:27 2005 John Ellis * bar_sort.c (bar_sort_collection_list_build): Blank the collection key before setting the bookmark list to that key, fixes incorrect list when collection folder is now empty. * ui_bookmark.[ch]: Allow bookmark lists to have a blank default. Tue Feb 8 07:45:15 2005 John Ellis * bar_info.[ch]: Use the cache find utility instead of only looking for metadata in one place. If an a metdata file exists when writing, use it's location. Porperly update the keyword sidebar when renaming or moving a file to that the delayed save mechanism does not lose changes. * cache.c: Make cache_get_location honor enable_metadata_dirs, and removed duplicate isfile check in cache_find_location. * cache_maint.c: Change order of maintenance calls so that metadata is moved before the views are updated. * globals.c, gqview.h, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Add option to save metadata local to source image. * layout_image.c, layout_util.[ch]: Hook up keyword sidebar to maint. * thumb_standard.c (thumb_std_maint_move_validate_cb): Fix saving of moved thumbnails - thumb_loader_std_save requires a NULL path. Sun Feb 6 06:07:30 2005 John Ellis * search.c: Fix initial keywords matching state to be same as menu. Fri Feb 4 21:54:16 2005 John Ellis * view_file_list.c: Update vfl->select_cb when populating the list and add a sanity check to vflist_select_image. Wed Feb 2 10:57:15 2005 John Ellis * print.c: Added picas option for units. Made the default for units be metric for anything but the US,PR locales. Fixed default custom printer text to use instead of the format string with %s. Mon Jan 31 12:59:57 2005 John Ellis * src/Makefile.am: Add INTLLIBS to cmpile libs. * po/*.po: Make distcheck, ahem if LINGUAS is set it really messes up the make dist target - it took me an hour to figure out why pos were not updateing >-/ * README: Updates, including new translation status list. * configure.in: Release 1.5.7 Mon Jan 31 11:04:20 2005 John Ellis * preferences.c: Use new ui_misc utilities for radio buttons. * po/es.po: Update Spanish translation, submitted by Ariel Fermani . * po/fr.po: Update French translation, submitted by ric Lassauge . * po/it.po: Update Italian translation, submitted by Costantino . Mon Jan 31 10:42:04 2005 John Ellis * preferences.c: Change Options dialog title to Preferences. * doc/*.html: Update documentation. * doc/11_4_management.html: Add page for Cache and Data Management. Mon Jan 31 06:31:00 2005 John Ellis * cache_maint.c: Improve dialog descriptions. * dupe.c: Add fix for delayed status text update. * image-overlay.[ch] (image_overlay_update): New functions to schedule an update of an image info overlay, and fix incorrect dimensions when image has delayed flip enabled. * img-view.c, layout.c, layout_image.[ch]: Update image info overlay whenever the file count changes. Mon Jan 31 03:30:41 2005 John Ellis * preferences.c, print.c, search.c: Updates for functions deprecated in GTK 2.4, phase 2, mostly moves to new GtkComboBox. * ui_bookmark.c, ui_tabcomp.c: When creating new history type combo boxes with NULL text set the GtkComboBox active item to 0. Sun Jan 30 09:37:24 2005 John Ellis * bar_info.c, bar_sort.c, cache_maint.c, collect-table.c, dupe.[ch], fullscreen.c, image-load.c, image.c, slideshow.c, thumb.c, utilops.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Updates for functions deprecated in GTK 2.4, phase 1. Mostly fixes for using glib idle and timeout functions and to use new GtkComboBox. * ui_misc.[ch]: Add toolbar utilities. Sun Jan 30 06:10:25 2005 John Ellis * layout.c, layout_util.[ch], typedefs.h: Convert menus to use GtkUIManager, this has a nice side effect of fixing the broken shortcuts when the tools are floating. Sat Jan 29 11:36:10 2005 John Ellis * configure.in: Increase GTK+ requirement to 2.4. * README: Note above new requirement. * collect-table.c, view_file_icon.c: Fix filename tooltip window placement when using GTK 2.4. * fullscreen.c: Removed gtk version check for 'Stay above' option. * layout.c: Changes for new combobox used in GTK 2.4. * ui_bookmark.c, ui_fileops.c, ui_pathsel.c, ui_spinner.c, ui_tabcomp.c, ui_tree_edit.c: Convert to new GtkComboBox and GtkComboBoxEntry, plus fixes for functions now deprecated in GTK 2.4. * ui_misc.[ch]: Gtk 2.4 fixes, and added signal blocking utils. Thu Jan 27 10:23:33 2005 John Ellis * bar_sort.c: Make add button show new collection dialog when in collection mode. Tue Jan 25 04:47:35 2005 John Ellis * Makefile.am, autogen.sh, configure.in, gqview.spec.in: Updates for newer autoconf macros (no more acconfig.h). Update to use glib's gettext instead gettext directly. Change documentation install location to $prefix/share/doc/gqview-#version. * acconfig.h, BUGS: Removed, not used. * doc/Makefile.am: Install docs to new location. Wed Jan 19 23:30:24 2005 John Ellis * bar_sort.c: Add option to choose current image or all selected files when adding images to a collection in the sort manager. * ui_bookmark.c: Small fixes to bookmark properties dialog, and do not allow adding to a bookmark list that is not editable via drag and drop. * ui_tabcomp.c: Add heading to path entry selection dialog. Wed Jan 19 03:13:07 2005 John Ellis * collect-dlg.c: Allow saving empty collections. * collect-io.c: Remove erroneous warning about failed removes. * collect.c (collection_remove): Mark collection changed even when resulting collection is empty. Wed Jan 19 02:48:25 2005 John Ellis * bar_sort.c: Change default view of sort manager to folders, and fix widget packing. Fix collection list to be sorted. Wed Jan 19 02:14:23 2005 John Ellis * print.c: Add checkbox to remember print settings. Set a signal handler to catch a SIGPIPE when printing to a pipe, not pretty but it works. Do not allow printing to a file that already exists. Add print error dialog to tell user why printing did not complete. Mon Jan 17 23:27:19 2005 John Ellis * bar_sort.c: Add collection option to sort manager. * collect-io.[ch]: Add collection manager add and remove utilities. * collect.[ch] (collection_window_find_by_path): New function. * ui_bookmark.[ch]: Add ability to change key used for a bookmark list, and to make a list not editable. Also made bookmark buttons compact. Mon Jan 17 06:36:50 2005 John Ellis * bar_info.c (bar_info_new): Divide available space so that 2/3 goes to keywords entry and remaining 1/3 to comment entry. Sun Jan 16 22:43:46 2005 John Ellis * cache.c: Metadata for keywords/comments no longer has the option to be stored locally to the source file. * cache_maint.[ch]: Add metadata mode for cache_maintain_home, and change the dialog to have a stop and close button so that the dialog remains displayed for the user until it is user closed. Sun Jan 16 07:15:44 2005 John Ellis * fullscreen.[ch], preferences.c: Add full screen location option 'Determined by Window Manager' which is now the default. This option sets the _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN window manager hint, it also requests the size and position like 'active monitor' but the window manager may completely ignore the request. Also removed old #if 0'ed out code. * globals.c (fullscreen_screen): Set the default screen to be the new option above 'Determined by Window Manager'. Wed Jan 12 17:54:51 2005 John Ellis * image.c: Revert change to attempt to keep unkown icon unscaled, as it interferes when a pixbuf is specifically set. * icons/folder_open.png: Adjust width of the graphic in the open folder icon. Wed Jan 12 02:41:05 2005 John Ellis * icons/folder_*.xpm: Remove unused files. * icons/folder_*.png: Add new folder icons. * icons/Makefile.am: Changes for above. * pixbuf_util.[ch]: Add folder icons to inline pixbuf set. * layout_util.c, typedefs.h, view_dir_list.c: Use new folder icons, and change the folder list view so that current folder uses the open icon and the parent folder uses the 'up' icon. Tue Jan 11 23:44:50 2005 John Ellis * icons/Makefile.am: Move the inline pixbuf generation to src/icons. * src/Makefile.am: Removed unused files. * globals.h, logo.xpm, scroller.png, icons/img_unknown: Removed unused files. * gobals.c, image.c, layout.c, preferences.c, thumb.c, thumb_standard.c: Use new pixbuf_inline utility. * pixbuf_util.[ch] (pixbuf_inline): New function to retrieve pixbuf icons. * icons/gqview_logo.png, icons/scroller.png, icons/sheet_broken.png: The new or moved png images to be made inline. Tue Jan 11 21:08:23 2005 John Ellis * cache_maint.c: Only manage shared thumbnails when the option is enabled, since this is a time consuming task. * preferences.c: Fix sensitivity of thumbnail options that are disabled when the shared thumb cache is in use. Removed clear cache button, as it is now in the maintenance window. * thumb_standard.c: Add notes about implementation and what it lacks. * ui_misc.[ch]: Add pref_table_button_new and pref_button_link_sensitivity_swap. Tue Jan 11 02:23:32 2005 John Ellis * dupe.c: Fix widget spacings in find dupes window. * fullscreen.c: Set full screen window WM_CLASS to "fullscreen.GQview". Fri Jan 7 02:33:50 2005 John Ellis * src/main.c: Make message about being a beta sound less ominous. * README: Updates. * configure.in: Release 1.5.6 Fri Jan 7 01:57:28 2005 John Ellis * doc/6_collections.html: Add note that $HOME/.gqview/collections is now updated when moving or renaming files. * doc/10_1_general.html: Explain "Use shared thumbnail cache" option. * doc/10_6_advanced.html: Explain "Stay above other windows" option. * doc/10_options.html, 2_5_folder_pane.html, 8_1_slideshow.html: Apparently I have a habit of type "the" twice, and not noticing. * doc/12_credits.html: Update copyright year. Fri Jan 7 01:21:03 2005 John Ellis * search.c: Clean up appearance of search window. * po/fr.po: Update French translation, submitted by ric Lassauge . * po/ru.po: Update Russian translation, submitted by Sergey Pinaev . * preferences.c, README: Update copyright year. Thu Jan 6 23:22:05 2005 John Ellis * fullscreen.c, globals.c, gqview.h, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Add option to try to keep full screen window above other windows. Since this uses a GTK 2.4 function, it is disabled on GTK 2.2. * main.c: Issue warning when running with a GTK library with an older minor version than what GQview was compiled with. Wed Jan 5 19:59:41 2005 John Ellis * cache_maint.c: Hook up new shared thumbnails to maintenance utils. * main.c: When it takes time to get a connection to a remote GQview because it is still starting up, print progress dots (.) to the console to indicate we are waiting, and not hung. * thumb_standard.[ch]: Move core of thumb cache path building to thumb_std_cache_path. Added thumb_std_maint_* utilities for moving or deleting thumbnails to match changes to the source image. Wed Jan 5 03:51:19 2005 John Ellis * collect-io.c (collection_save_private): Use a temp file when saving a collection so that if an error occurs during write the original is not lost. The only disadvantage with temp files is group and user ids of the original are not guaranteed to be preserved by chown, oh well. * preferences.c: Remove silly EXPERIMENTAL text from description of shared thumbnails cache option. * ui_fileops.[ch] (copy_file_attributes): Add arguments to select which attributes we want to copy. Tue Jan 4 22:49:19 2005 John Ellis * image-load.[ch], typedefs.h: Add image_load_set_requested_size which will allow images to loader faster if you know you only need at most width by height image. Since only the jpeg gdk-pixbuf loader supports it, this only effects jpegs. * thumb.c, thumb_standard.c: These changes are currently disabled, but it would set the requested size when loading thumbnails for a speed improvement on jpegs. Tue Jan 4 20:39:47 2005 John Ellis * cache_maint.c: Implemented local thumbnail rendering option, and only enable it when the standard thumb cache is active. * filelist.c (path_list_filter): When filtering a dir list remove .thumbnails and .metadata. * preferences.c: Do not allow focus on progress entry in safe delete clear dialog. * thumb.[ch]: Add thumb_loader_set_cache to control cache options on a per loader basis instead of using the global setting. * thumb_standard.[ch]: Same as thumb.c above. Also moved code that was duplicated in three places into thumb_loader_std_next_source. Added retry flag to force a retry on images that are flagged as a failure. * typedefs.h (ThumbLoader): Changes for gqview thumb loader in thumb.c. Tue Jan 4 01:33:01 2005 John Ellis * cache_main.c: Reset list to NULL before using in next path_list. Mon Jan 3 23:22:36 2005 John Ellis * cache_maint.[ch]: Add maintenance window to select various thumbnail cache operations for removing old thumbnails, deleting thumbnails, and to create thumbnails for a folder. Creating thumbnails local option is not yet implemented. Also move clear cache confirm dialog here. * layout_util.c: Change thumbnails menu item name, and open the maintenance window instead of purge utility. * preferences.c: Move clear cache confirm dialog out of here. * thumb_standard.[ch]: Make local thumb caches use permissions of the source images. Local thumbnails should not store failures. Added a thumb validate utility for use by the new thumb cache manager. Sat Jan 1 23:02:49 2005 John Ellis * Makefile.am (gqview_sources): Add thumb_standard.[ch]. * collect-io.c: Use new thumb loader functions. * collect-table.c: Use doubles instead of floats in most places. * collect.c: Remove unnecessary include of thumb.h. * dupe.[ch]: Use double for rank values, and updates for new thumb functions. * globals.c: Change default thumb size to 96x72, add thumbnail_spec_standard to toggle use of new thumbnail cache. * gqview.h, main.c: Add extern for thumbnail_spec_standard and change use of float to double. * image-load.[ch]: Use doubles instead of floats for progress value. * image.[ch]: Use doubles everywhere in place of floats, hence zoom is now a double. * layout.[ch], layout_image.[ch]: More float to double changes. * preferences.c: Change selection of thumbnail sizes offered to user, and allow a custom item when the thumbnail size configured in the rc file does not match the predefined list. Added toggle for new shared thumbnail standard (option needs a better description?) * print.c: Update for image zoom now being a double. * rcfile.c: Save and restore thumbnail_spec_standard. * search.c: More float to double change madness, and update for new thumb functions. * similar.[ch]: More floats to doubles. * thumb.[ch]: Updated the thumb function API to something a bit more sane, but mostly to match that of thumb_standard.h. When the standard thumb loaders are enabled thumb_loader_new will now return a loader from thumb_loader_std_new - the function access to thumb loaders is the same but the structures are completely different - don't access the structure directly. Also removed unused utility functions in thumbs.c. * thumb_standard.[ch]: New utilities for a thumb loader that implements the proposed thumbnail management standard on freedesktop.org. * typedefs.h: ThumbLoader is now treated as an opaque structure (but no attempt is made to hide it) because there are now two thumb loader implementations (thumb.c and thumb_standard.c). We check which loader and structure is in use with the standard_loader flag common to each. * view_file_icon.[ch], view_file_list.[ch]: Change floats to doubles and updates for new thumb functions. Fri Dec 31 02:30:28 2004 John Ellis * main.c (help_browser_command): Only print info when debug is on. * collect-io.[ch]: Reduce collection manager timer to 10 seconds, and offset this by setting the idle function to low priority. Thu Dec 30 22:30:19 2004 John Ellis * layout.c (layout_status_update_progress): Fix progressbar height from changing status bar size by setting text to a space instead of NULL. Thu Dec 30 16:51:40 2004 John Ellis * bar_exif.c, bar_info.c, collect-table.c, dupe.c, layout_config.c, preferences.c, search.c, utilops.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Specifically enable or disable the search feature of the GTkTreeViews, as it interferes with shortcuts for the main window and elsewhere, also when it is enabled set the search column. Fooey: GTK+ 2.6/4 may be binary compatible with 2.2, but the behavior of the treeview search feature has changed such that it can now get in the way when it is not specifically disabled. Thu Dec 30 00:17:31 2004 John Ellis * collect-io.c: Keep a pointer to the tail of the pending action list so that each append does not require walking the list. Wed Dec 29 23:08:01 2004 John Ellis * collect-io.[ch]: Add collection manager to update collections contained in $HOME/.gqview/collections when files are moved. Made collection loading abort after too many errors. * collect.[ch]: Add collection_add_check to allow adding files to a collection that do not exist, attach collection manager to maintenance move functions. * main.c (gqview_exit_final): Flush pending collection manager changes before exit. Mon Dec 27 16:50:50 2004 John Ellis * doc/5_1_search.html, 5_2_finding_duplicates.html, 6_collections.html: Add print context menu item to relevant sections of manual. * README: Updates. * configure.in: Release 1.5.5 Mon Dec 27 15:38:56 2004 John Ellis * collect-table.c: Make context menu have same number of items, making the ones that do not apply insensitive. Add print menu item. * collect.[ch] (collection_list_get_path_list): Add utility to get a path list from a colletion list. * dupe.c, search.c: Add print to context menus. Sun Dec 26 19:53:13 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.c: Allow sizing of keyword sidebar when insensitive. * bar_sort.c, collect.c, preferences.c: Use gtk_window_present to raise windows instead of direct gdk_window_raise. * image.c: Fix broken redraws when sizing image view with NULL image, and fix clamping of scroller overlay within the new window size. * main.c: Raise remote main window when --remote is the only command line option. Fix crash when quitting from a remote --quit command. * remote.c (remote_server_client_cb): No need to check for error when return from g_io_channel_read_line is G_IO_STATUS_NORMAL. Fri Dec 24 15:03:12 2004 John Ellis * main.c: Add -sr remote command for recursive slideshows, based on patch submitted by Henry Minsky. * po/fr.po: Update French translation, submitted by ric Lassauge . * po/it.po: Update Italian translation, submitted by Kostantino . * po/sv.po: Update Swedish translation, submitted by Hans Ofverbeck . * doc/11_1_command_line.html: Document new remote -sr command. Fri Dec 24 01:47:04 2004 John Ellis * image-load.c: Properly initialize load_fd to -1 in image_loader_new so that an immediate call to image_loader_free does not do bad things. Protect against calling image_loader_start more than once on a loader. Wed Dec 22 22:44:57 2004 John Ellis * bar_exif.c, bar_info.c, bar_sort.c: Make sidebar titles bold. * print.c: Retain print settings used in print dialog. * ui_misc.[ch]: Add pref_list_*_get/set() utilites for saving int, double, or string values in the history for future use. Wed Dec 22 16:44:38 2004 John Ellis * main.c: Change remote quit description to quit (from exit). * doc/10_1_general.html, 10_2_image.html, 10_3_window.html, 10_6_advanced.html, 10_7_hidden.html, 11_1_command_line.html, 11_2_keyboard_shortcuts.html, 2_2_menus.html, 2_6_image_pane.html, 4_1_copy_move.html, 8_2_fullscreen.html, 9_printing.html: Update documentation for recent dialog and preference window changes, and do any doc updates pending in TODO. Wed Dec 22 03:26:53 2004 John Ellis * fullscreen.c, layout_config.c, preferences.c: Update preferences window to match newer dialog padding and style, moved several options to different tabs, and removed the dithering option from the ui. * ui_misc.[ch]: New convenience functions for preference window. * ui_utildlg.[ch]: Make generic_dialog_get_alternative_button_order utility available for use outside this file. Mon Dec 20 19:56:28 2004 John Ellis * collect-dlg.c, main.c, utilops.c: Add mnemonics to all dialog buttons. * img-view.c, layout_image.c, main.c: Make control+arrow key jump to respective edge of image. * layout_util.c: Rename Exit menu item to Quit. * preferences.c: Update about dialog to match other dialogs. * ui_utildlg.c: Make dialog button order honor gtk 2.6 setting for gtk-alternative-button-order. Sun Dec 19 22:43:37 2004 John Ellis * layout.c: Increase default window width, add fix to make image pane visible (non-zero initial width) in one specific condition. Sun Dec 19 21:57:08 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Set LC_NUMERIC portion of locale to "C" when using fprintf to format floating point numbers in postscript output. * gqview.png: Change desktop icon. Thu Dec 16 19:19:09 2004 John Ellis * bar_exif.c, bar_info.c, bar_sort.c, layout_util.c: Adjust padding and appearance of the sidebars. * info.c: Update property window appearance. * ui_help.c: Adjust help window padding. * ui_misc.c (pref_table_new): Support parent_box == NULL. Thu Dec 16 02:44:06 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.c: Dialog heading fix. * collect-dlg.c, collect.c: Dialog heading fixes, and changed close button to a discard button when confirming close of changed collection. * main.c: Heading fix for exit dialog with unsaved collection. * print.c: Fix layout indenting broken by fix in pref_table_label. * ui_bookmark.c: Give dialog to edit bookmarks a heading. * ui_misc.[ch]: Be consistent with GTK stock button padding, even though it seems to violate GNOME HIG. FIx pref_table_label packing. * ui_utildlg.c: Align dialog message icon vertically to top of dialog. * utilops.c: Clean up rename/copy/move/delete/overwrite/error dialogs. Fix missing error dialog when a file copy fails, and fixed (null) filename for destination in copy/move error dialog. Tue Dec 14 17:03:16 2004 John Ellis * slideshow.c (generate_random_list): Fix crash when return value of rand == RAND_MAX. Tue Dec 14 10:23:49 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.c, bar_sort.c, cache_maint.c, collect-dlg.c, collect.c, dupe.c, editors.c, main.c, preferences.c, search.c, ui_bookmark.c, ui_fileops.c, ui_pathsel.c, ui_tabcomp.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_list.c: Updates and fixes for dialog utility changes and additions, use padding defines for widget spacing. * print.c: Move pref_* stuff out of here. * ui_misc.[ch]: Move pref_* stuff here. * ui_utildlg.[ch]: Added generic_dialog_add_message(), removed message arg from generic_dialog_new(), cleaned up button utilities into a single general purpose utility. Change widget spacing, dialog layout, and dialog button order to match GNOME HIG 2.0 (ie backwards). * utilops.[ch]: Changes for above utility dialog alterations. Mon Dec 6 22:08:18 2004 John Ellis * print.c: More updates for HIG utils, added image scale to reduce image size on page. * ui_misc.c: Fix incorrect namespace used for callback. Fri Dec 3 21:41:08 2004 John Ellis * main.c: Make -l command line option now include collections that are specified on the command line, also link the first collection on the command line to the main window so that -s and -f with a collection will work as expected. * print.c: Change margin to margins. Wed Dec 1 19:59:46 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Play with widget spacing and group styling to match HIG, get it and utils right here for when we use them to update rest of app. Tue Nov 30 22:19:28 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Implement postscript text placement, still needs to convert utf8 to a proper postscript encoding. Fixed landscape orientation for postscript output. Tue Nov 30 17:50:09 2004 John Ellis * pixbuf_util.c(pixbuf_draw_layout): Clip layout to pixbuf before draw. * print.c: Fix drawing of text onto pixbufs. Update preview when changing the text options. Added red preview lines to indicate image grid when selecting proof sheet layout. Wed Nov 17 19:08:11 2004 John Ellis * image.c: Assume any request to resize the top window (per fit window to image option) will fail, and request a direct redraw - this works because we also changed the idle redraw handler's priority from G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE to GDK_PRIORITY_REDRAW so that it now has a lower priority than the resize signal. This fixes the fvwm2 maximized window does not redraw bug - the fault never was with fvwm2, although it would be nice if it set the maximized flag when windows are maximized :/. Tue Nov 16 03:44:30 2004 John Ellis * image.c, typedefs.h: Remove GtkEventbox used for image displays, as it is not necessary with GtkDrawingArea. Also removed GTK double buffering of the image display, fixes flicker when resizing window - double buffer is useless to us anyway since GQview's images are not displayed/drawn synchonously with GTK expose events. * img-view.c: Fix use of removed image eventbox. Tue Nov 9 17:32:23 2004 John Ellis * README, TODO: Updates. * po/*.po: make distcheck touches these. * configure.in: Release 1.5.4 Tue Nov 9 16:18:26 2004 John Ellis * po/it.po: Update Italian translation, submitted by Kostantino . * po/ja.po: Update Japanese translation, submitted by Takeshi AIHANA . * po/fr.po: Update French translation, submitted by ric Lassauge . * po/sv.po: Update Swedish translation, submitted by Hans Ofverbeck . * po/es.po, gqview.spec.in, gqview.desktop: Update Spanish translation, submitted by Ariel Fermani . * po/ar.po: Add Arabic translation, submitted by Youssef Assad . * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add AR translation. * README: Updates. Mon Nov 8 19:48:43 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.c, bar_sort.c, cache_maint.c, collect-dlg.c, collect-table.c, collect.[ch], dupe.c, editors.c, img-view.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, main.c, preferences.c, print.[ch], search.c, ui_bookmark.c, ui_fileops.c, ui_pathsel.c, ui_tabcomp.c, ui_utildlg.[ch], utilops.[ch], view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Set dialogs as a transient of the calling window. Some dialogs in utilops.c are still not set. Also fixed missing break in switch case causing Control+S to also close the collection window. Sat Nov 6 18:26:24 2004 John Ellis * doc/11_1_command_line.html, 2_5_folder_pane.html, index.html: Format fixes and grammar. Sat Nov 6 18:03:32 2004 John Ellis * doc/11_3_thumbnails.html, 9_printing.html: More documentation. Mon Nov 1 19:23:56 2004 John Ellis * collect.c: Fix untitled (n) counter start number and Control+S shortcut to save collection as... * dupe.[ch]: Add Control+T to toggle thumbnails. * search.c: Add Control+T to toggle thumbnails, and Control+W to close search window. * doc/5_1_search.html, 5_2_finding_duplicates.html, 6_collections.html: More documentation. Mon Nov 1 16:41:03 2004 John Ellis * collect-dlg.c, collect-table.c, dupe.c, img-view.c, layout_util.c, preferences.c, ui_pathsel.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c: Refer to directories as folders in all places. * image.c (util_clip_region): Fix clipping bounds check to return FALSE on 0 width or height. * search.c: Reduce flush size to update search count when over 100 instead of 101. * doc/10_1_general.html: Update docs to use the term folder when referring to directories. Fri Oct 29 18:51:49 2004 John Ellis * fullscreen.c (fullscreen_start): Rethink full screen geometry and window manager hints after referring to the icccm. Seems to work with all tested window managers, even twm :) . Still have to figure out which hint to use to tell the window managers to place a full screen window above panels and docks. * layout.c: Tell window managers not to request window position from user when 'save window positions' is enabled. Sat Oct 23 00:09:18 2004 John Ellis * thumb.c: Fix possible endless loop between error and done handlers, clean up image loader free/setup. Fri Oct 22 23:41:30 2004 John Ellis * main.c, preferences.c, slideshow.[ch]: Use #defines to set min and max slideshow delay, and increase the max delay to 3600 seconds. * doc/11_1_command_line.html, 11_2_keyboard_shortcuts.html, 2_4_file_pane.html, 2_5_folder_pane.html, 2_6_image_pane.html, 3_1_image_window.html, 3_2_image_properties.html, 5_1_search.html, 5_2_finding_duplicates.html, 8_2_fullscreen.html, index.html: Documentation updates. Fri Oct 22 13:32:04 2004 John Ellis * globals.c (fullscreen_screen): Change default full screen location to active monitor. Mon Oct 18 17:55:11 2004 John Ellis * main.c (gr_slideshow_delay): Remove use of non-portable round(). Fri Oct 15 15:54:43 2004 John Ellis * fullscreen.c: Turn off decorations for the full screen window, as the window manager may not yet support full screen hints. * img-view.c: Hook up R key to refresh displayed image. * layout_image.c: Hook up R refresh key to full screen. Fri Oct 8 16:58:15 2004 John Ellis * bar_exif.[ch], bar_info.[ch], info.c, layout_util.c: Add sizer handle to EXIF and Keywords sidebars. * image.c (image_size_cb): Fix return value, size_allocate prototype return is void, not gint. * ui_misc.[ch]: Implement sizer handle widget. Wed Oct 6 21:45:18 2004 John Ellis * doc/3_1_image_window.html, 3_2_image_properties.html, 3_other_windows.html: Add Chapter 3 documentation (Other Windows). * doc/4_1_copy_move.html, 4_2_rename.html, 5_1_search.html: Formatting and grammar fixes. * doc/Makefile.am: Add new files above. Tue Oct 5 00:45:41 2004 John Ellis * doc/4_1_copy_move.html, 4_2_rename.html, 4_3_delete.html, 4_4_external_editing.html, 4_image_management.html, 5_1_search.html, 5_2_finding_duplicates.html, 5_image_search.html, 6_collections.html: More pages of documentation. * doc/Makefile.am: Add above. * doc/index.html: Update missing page (m) markers. Sun Oct 3 00:03:56 2004 John Ellis * dupe.c: Fix missing status messages in the Find Dupes window introduced by last set of speed optimizations. Fix progress counters for checksums and dimensions. Fri Oct 1 19:53:42 2004 John Ellis * doc/7_1_exif.html,7_2_sort_manager.html,7_3_keywords.html, 7_sidebars.html: Add documentation for sidebars. * doc/Makefile.am: Add above. * doc/2_3_layout.html, 2_5_folder_pane.html: Updates. Thu Sep 30 21:10:32 2004 John Ellis * main.c (html_browsers): Change key used to determine GNOME browser to /desktop/gnome/url-handlers/http/command, as .../unknown/command seems to be no longer used or changed when setting Preferred Applications. Thu Sep 30 20:54:08 2004 John Ellis * doc/2_1_navigation.html, 2_3_layout.html, 2_4_file_pane.html, 2_5_folder_pane.html: Fill in missing pages of the Main Window chapter. * doc/Makefile.am: Install new files above. Tue Sep 28 14:17:15 2004 John Ellis * gqview.desktop: Add supported mime types, disable startup notification, and add Viewer to Categories. Tue Sep 28 11:47:09 2004 John Ellis * image-load.[ch] (image_loader_get_format): New util to query the mime type of the active image. * info.c: Add (mime) file type field to image properties dialog, and increase the dialogs default height to 350 (from 300). Mon Sep 27 21:33:42 2004 John Ellis * pixbuf_util.c (pixbuf_copy_font): Update alpha channel when writing text onto a pixbuf with an alpha channel. * print.c: Add image text info output, implement RGB and Preview text writers - PS text is still to be done. * view_file_icon.c (vficon_maint_removed): When removing a file from the grid, set the pointer NULL to avoid possible access before the idle sync. This is an attempt to fix a seemingly random crash when deleting files from the find dupes window. Sun Sep 26 02:49:16 2004 John Ellis * image-overlay.c: Fix overlay to counter to account for slide show. * image.c: Fix overlay date and time display for preloaded images by setting them before calling image_new_util(). * img-view.c: Fix overlay counter by setting list_pointer before changing the image, and to account for slide show. Sat Sep 25 17:59:44 2004 John Ellis * image.c: Fix to draw overlays when image is set to NULL. Sat Sep 25 17:45:40 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Allow user to set the DPI to use for printing. Sat Sep 25 16:47:12 2004 John Ellis * image-overlay.c (image_overlay_info_render): Process the image count value returned for view windows. Sat Sep 25 15:10:45 2004 John Ellis * image.[ch], typedefs.h: Add function callback for notification of a new image. * image-overlay.[ch]: New utils for image info overlays. * img-view.[ch]: Add image overlay to stand alone image window. * layout.[ch] (layout_find_by_image): New util to find LayoutWindow given an ImageWindow. * layout_image.c: Move overlay utils to new image-overlay.c. Sat Sep 25 13:53:17 2004 John Ellis * layout_image.c: Move pixbuf_draw_layout() to pixbuf_util.c. * pixbuf_util.[ch]: Move pixbuf drawing utils here from layout_image.c and ui_pixbuf_ops.c. * print.c: Close the current print job when closing the print window, so we don't crash when closing while preview is not complete. * ui_pixbuf_ops.[ch]: Removed, most was not used, stuff that is used is now in pixbuf_util.c. Fri Sep 24 19:36:35 2004 John Ellis * layout_image.c: Display more information in full screen overlays. Fri Sep 24 17:07:07 2004 John Ellis * layout_util.c (layout_key_press_cb): Fix broken keyboard scrolling when tools are hidden/float - bug introduced by removing focus border. Thu Sep 23 23:59:25 2004 John Ellis * fullscreen.c (fullscreen_image_update_cb): Only start the busy timer if the loading image is not the currently visible image. Fixes stuck busy cursor case #2. * image.c: Increase scroller timer to 30 updates per second. Thu Sep 23 18:38:15 2004 John Ellis * image.c: Fix stuck busy cursor when initially displaying an image that is still loading and smooth flip is enabled. Actually, this is the result - the fix is to only sync the pixbuf image if it has changed. Thu Sep 23 17:07:12 2004 John Ellis * image.[ch]: Fix overlay updates when over border, fix overlay test on expose event. * layout.c, layout_image.c, typedefs.h: Added full screen overlay to display image information, enabled with the I key. * print.c: Use pixbuf_set_*() to initialize pixbufs. * ui_pixbuf_ops.[ch]: New utils for setting a pixel, and drawing rectangles by directly setting values. Wed Sep 22 13:43:55 2004 John Ellis * image.[ch]: Remove alpha level parameter from image overlay, since it seems gdk_pixbuf_render_to_drawable_alpha only uses the alpha component to create the render mask, and not when rendering over existing pixels like gdk_pixbuf_composite... Wed Sep 22 13:29:49 2004 John Ellis * image.[ch], typedefs.h: Added ability to set overlays onto the image display in the form of GdkPixbufs. Change the scroller to display itself using an overlay. Tue Sep 21 14:29:56 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.c (bar_keyword_list_sync): Fix to translate the default keyword list. Mon Sep 20 19:35:28 2004 John Ellis * ui_misc.c: Fix month value when setting/retrieving from GtkCalendar. * README: Updates. * configure.in: Release 1.5.3 Mon Sep 20 11:01:18 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Make text tab insensitive, to indicate it does nothing. * po/ja.po: Updated Japanese translation, submitted by Takeshi AIHANA . * po/sv.po: Updated Swedish translation, submitted by Hans Ofverbeck . * po/it.po: Updated Italian translation, submitted by Kostantino . * README: Update Italian translation credits. Sat Sep 18 23:00:08 2004 John Ellis * search.c: Change date entries to new util from ui_misc.h, which includes convenient date selection popup. * ui_misc.[ch]: New files for the above date entry widget. Sat Sep 18 13:55:43 2004 John Ellis * img-view.c: Fix broken file management operations when full screen. * layout_util.c: Fix V key test for full screen. Sat Sep 18 02:25:12 2004 John Ellis * view_dir_list.c: Remove redundant NULL path checks. * view_dir_tree.c: Make a copy of the path so that we do not free the original, fixes crash with slideshows started with folder tree view right click menu. Fri Sep 17 20:16:20 2004 John Ellis * bar_exif.c: Added ability for user to add additional items to the standard exif view by toggling the checkmark for items listed in the advanced view. Fri Sep 17 16:43:31 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Do not allow printing when margins or proof size result in no output, grey out the print button to indicate this. Close the print window when finished printing. Postscript image data is scaled down to a max of 300 dpi to reduce spool size (hmm, this dpi value should probably be user selectable). Fri Sep 17 14:45:26 2004 John Ellis * image.[ch] (image_zoom_set_fill_geometry): New util to adjust zoom so that the image will fill the window vertically or horizontally. * img-view.c, layout_image.[ch], layout_util.c: Assign W and H keys to set the zoom to fill window width and height, respectively. Changed hide tools shortcut to [Control] + H. * README, doc/11_2_keyboard_shortcuts.html: Document above shortcuts. * doc/gqview_faq.html: New manual page for the FAQ. Fri Sep 17 13:15:25 2004 John Ellis * gqview.desktop: Change exec command to "gqview -r %F", per desktop spec 0.9.4 at freedesktop.org. * img-view.c (view_window_new): Support directories and collection files passed in as the path. * main.c: Added remote command view:filename to open filename in a new window, describe file: so it shows up in remote help list. * ui_fileops.[ch]: Move file_extenstion_match() util here. Thu Sep 16 14:56:20 2004 John Ellis * image.c: Fix remaining scroller bugs: Properly draw it onto the border, and move scroller scrolling updates into image_scroll_real().. Wed Sep 15 18:58:45 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Begin postscript output, needs page orientation fixed. * md5-util.c (md5_digest_to_text): Use '\0' instead of 0 to clarify NULL terminated string. Wed Sep 15 10:19:56 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.c, info.c, layout_util.c: Change 'Image details' sidebar and property tab to be 'Keywords' to better describe what they do. * doc/11_2_keyboard_shortcuts.html, 2_2_menus.html, 8_image_presentation.html, index.html: Update docs to use 'Keywords'. Tue Sep 14 19:30:40 2004 John Ellis * Makefile.am, globals.c, gqview.h, layout.c, preferences.c, thumb.c: Move icon declarations to globals.h, and allow use of inline pixbufs created from pngs. * globals.h: New header to include image declarations. * image.c, typedefs.h: Add Shift+Click smooth scroller, and fix area clamping in image_queue(). * scroller.png: New image for scroller icon. Mon Sep 13 23:10:13 2004 John Ellis * main.c: Fix handling of more than one file on the command line with the remote option, so that is works the same as no remote. Mon Sep 13 21:26:55 2004 John Ellis * layout.c: Fix crash when selecting dropdown history with NULL layout path, fix layout_tools_float_set to support NULL lw for main window. * main.c: Push all remote commands to server regardless of order, implement remote passing of command line filenames. * remote.c: Mark noisy printfs for debug. Mon Sep 13 17:48:13 2004 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, rcfile.c: Add variable to store maximized status and save the status to the rc file. * image.c (image_top_window_sizable): Do not attempt to automatically resize a window when it is maximized, since a maximized window is not really sizable. * layout.c: FIx layout_valid to actually check if the layout pointer is valid. Restore maximized window state. * main.c: New window_maximized() utility to check said state. Save maximized state on exit, and do not set update stored window geometry if the main window is maximized. Thu Sep 9 17:40:16 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Fix page count display when result is no pages, make 1:1 zoom button change zoom to fit when zoom is already 1:1, attempt to avoid slow bilinear pixbuf scaling when scale is under 0.01. Thu Sep 9 11:41:11 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Add preview to print job render types, so that the preview uses the same render path as printing. Cleanup unused code. Thu Sep 9 09:32:25 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Fill custom printer list using lpstat -p. Wed Sep 8 22:52:18 2004 John Ellis * globals.c: Change default thumbnail quility to tiles and default zoom quality to bilinear. Wed Sep 8 19:58:09 2004 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, image.c, rcfile.c: Added rc option scroll_reset_method, to adjust visible area behavior when changing to a new image. * doc/10_7_hidden.html: Document new scroll_reset_method option. Wed Sep 8 17:31:19 2004 John Ellis * dupe.[ch]: Fix md5sum comparison and return value in dupe_match(). Increase comparison speed by limiting number of expensive progress bar updates per second. Wed Sep 8 15:15:40 2004 John Ellis * cache.[ch]: Add support for md5sums to sim cache. * dupe.[ch]: Use md5sums for checksums. * md5-util.[ch]: New files with md5sum utilities. * ui_fileops.[ch]: Move several includes to header file. Sat Sep 4 13:48:31 2004 John Ellis * layout.c, view_file_icon.c: Fix missing thumbnails when showing a hidden tool window for the first time. * view_file_icon.h: Remove extra semicolon. Wed Sep 1 18:23:17 2004 John Ellis * remote.[ch]: New utils for sending and receiving ipc commands. * main.c: Add command line options to control an existing GQview process (-r, --remote, -rh, --remote-help). * Makefile.am: Add remote.[ch]. Sat Aug 28 08:01:46 2004 John Ellis * fullscreen.c, globals.c, gqview.h, img-view.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Remove 'full screen ignores window manager' option - the new full screen behavior is correct, and no longer grabs the keyboard interfering with an xscreensaver lock. * doc/10_6_advanced.html, 8_2_fullscreen.html: Remove above option from help manual. Sat Aug 28 07:25:11 2004 John Ellis * layout_config.c (layout_config_list_order_set): Fix transposed src and dest variable causing inconsistent layout order. * layout_image.c (layout_image_new): Remove focus border from image when it is the only thing displayed in the main window. Sat Aug 28 07:09:43 2004 John Ellis * collect-table.c: Attempted focus fix on item removal. * view_file_icon.c: Fix focus behavior when removing items, by ensuring row and column coordinates match the actual focus. Thu Aug 26 04:45:34 2004 John Ellis * README: Updates. * doc/Makefile.am: Add help_DATA to EXTRA_DIST. * configure.in: Release 1.5.2 Thu Aug 26 04:05:33 2004 John Ellis * doc/index.html, 1_introduction.html, 2_main_window.html: Doc fixes, note the many missing sections in table of contents. * print.c: Add note to print dialog that printing is not functional. Sun Aug 22 09:15:48 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.c (comment_read): Fix mem leak by freeing key variable. Sat Aug 21 08:01:18 2004 John Ellis * ui_fileops.c (copy_file): Check if source and target are hardlinks to the same file, and if so simply return success for the copy request. Tue Aug 17 07:04:17 2004 John Ellis * editors.c: Dump popen and use genuine fork and execvp to run editor commands when we need to display the command's output, this fixes verbose editor commands that were hanging GQview until they finished. * main.c: Clean up html help browser exec code. * doc/2_2_menus.html, 2_6_image_pane.html, 2_7_status_bar.html: More documentation. Mon Aug 16 07:27:34 2004 John Ellis * filelist.c (text_from_time): Fix to convert strftime result to utf-8. Sun Aug 15 22:18:42 2004 John Ellis * ui_fileops.c: Fix the utf-8 filename warning dialog to always display even if gtk was not yet initialized by attaching the dialog to an idle loop called by a gtk_init_add() function. Thu Aug 12 23:51:54 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.c: Add favorite keywords list for faster keyword selection, added dialog to edit the list. * layout_util.c: Change print shortcut to [Shift] + P. * doc/11_2_keyboard_shortcuts.html, README: Update print shortcut. Mon Aug 9 22:31:10 2004 John Ellis * docs/10_options.html, 11_3_thumbnails.html, 11_reference.html, 8_1_slideshow.html, 8_2_fullscreen.html, 8_image_presentation.html, 9_printing.html: More docmentation. * docs/10_6_advanced.html, 11_1_command_line.html, 12_credits.html, Makefile.am, index.html: Updates. Mon Aug 9 07:00:05 2004 John Ellis * fullscreen.c, globals.c, gqview.h, preferences.c, rcfile.c, typdefs.h: Added option to disable screen saver during full screen. * doc/Makefile.am, 10_1_general.html, 10_2_image.html, 10_3_window.html, 10_4_filtering.html, 10_5_editor_commands.html, 10_6_advanced.html, 10_7_hidden.html, 11_1_command_line.html, 11_2_keyboard_shortcuts.html: More documentation. * doc/index.html: Fixes. Fri Aug 6 04:41:54 2004 John Ellis * acconfig.h, configure.in: Setup doc dir and GQVIEW_HTMLDIR define. * doc/[Makefile.am, *.html, gnu_fdl.txt]: Setup framework User Manual. * POTFILES.in: Added print.c. * layout_util.c, main.c: Add help contents menu item, add utility to launch user's preferred HTML browser for User Manual. * print.c: Start adding text settings to print dialog. Mon May 31 16:52:44 2004 John Ellis * pixbuf_util.[ch] (pixbuf_to_file_as_jpg): Add jpeg pixbuf writer. * print.c: Add jpeg writing, free job_pixbuf when job is done. Tue May 25 19:39:26 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Added print job path, can now print to png files - at least it can actually do something now... Wed May 19 19:59:31 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Fleshed out print progress dialog - still no actual print.. Tue May 18 16:47:38 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Add output device selection - still no actual printing. Mon May 17 21:18:18 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Organize print dialog - still no actual printing. Fri May 14 17:41:47 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Implement single image preview - still no actual printing. Thu May 13 17:05:23 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Add entry for proof thumbnail size, and use the size to layout the preview. Tue May 11 19:10:43 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Add print preview page navigation, zoom controls - still no printing. Mon May 10 22:09:25 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Add source selection, layout selection (not hooked up), scale down the preview pixbuf to a sane size, and account for margins in the preview - still no actual printing. * ui_pixbuf_ops.[ch]: New utils for drawing onto a pixbuf. Sat May 8 14:33:47 2004 John Ellis * print.c: Add orientation, margins, units - still no actual printing. Fri May 7 15:57:20 2004 John Ellis * image.[ch] (image_area_changed): New util to notify image widget that an area of the image has changed, and needs a redraw. * layout_util.c: Add a print menu item (temporary shortcut is P). * print.[ch]: New files for (eventually) printing images. Currently a not so useful dialog. Thu May 6 19:33:05 2004 John Ellis * image.c (image_load_done_cb): Use correct, and much faster, method to set the completed pixbuf when delay_flip is enabled. Thu May 6 18:59:32 2004 John Ellis * fullscreen.[ch], globals.c, gqview.h, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Add option to delay page flips until image is completeley loaded when in full screen. * image.[ch], typedefs.h: Add and implement image_set_delay_flip(). Thu May 6 13:53:00 2004 John Ellis * globals.c, preferences.c, rcfile.c, slideshow.[ch]: Change slideshow_delay to have subsecond precision. Set that precision to 10ths of a second (use #define in slideshow.h to change precision). Change minimum slideshow delay to 0.10. Tue May 4 18:32:55 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.[ch] (keyword_list_pull): Let this function also support pulling keywords from a GtkEntry. * fullscreen.c: Make the screen debug output honor debug flag. * preferences.c: Add path selection dialog buttons to path entries. * search.c: Change the keyword TextView into an Entry, show dimensions in results whenever possible. Allow sorting of results by column. * ui_bookmark.c: Fix crash in history_list_find_by_key with NULL key, add path selection dialog buttons to path and icon entries. * ui_tabcomp.[ch] (tab_completion_add_select_button): New utility to add button to a tab completion to pop up a path selection dialog. Sat May 1 18:40:38 2004 John Ellis * exif.c (exif_get_formatted_by_key): For fShutterSpeed, the use of ExposureTime has priority over ShutterSpeedValue, as calculating the original exposure setting from an APEX value can introduce error. Sat May 1 16:24:01 2004 John Ellis * layout.c, layout_util.[ch]: Connect the keypress signal handler to the floating tool window, to fix tool window keyboard handling. Fri Apr 30 15:07:01 2004 John Ellis * ui_tree_edit.[ch]: Fix incorrect position of pop-up rename window (merge from 1.4.3). Thu Apr 29 20:03:00 2004 John Ellis * po/ro.po: Updated Romanian translation (from 1.4.3), submitted by Harald Ersch . * po/ru.po: Updated Russian translation, submitted by Sergey Pinaev . Thu Apr 29 19:20:31 2004 John Ellis * editors.c (editor_verbose_start): Set our end of pipe non blocking, so that complex editor commands that, for instance have if;then and for loops, do not hang GQview until completion. Fri Apr 23 19:31:44 2004 John Ellis [merge from stable branch] * cache.[ch] (cache_time_valid): New util to check if a thumbnail is up to date, includes a workaround for utime's inabality to change timestamps when the user is not the owner of the file. * thumb.c (thumb_loader_start): Use new cache_time_valid(), above, to check if the thumbnail is current. Fri Apr 23 15:06:28 2004 John Ellis [merge from stable branch] * image.[ch], typedefs.h: Support horizontal wheel scrolling, changed button callbacks into a single callback with a button argument, added scroll callback. * img-view.c, layout_image.c: Changes for above, and add support for horizontal scrolling. * info.c, utilops.c: Changes for new image button and scroll callbacks. Mon Apr 12 09:01:32 2004 John Ellis * collect-table.c (collection_table_file_remove): Update selection when removing a selected item, fixes crash when removing items from a collection window. * dupe.c: Fix rank calculation on orphaned items. Fix list focus behavior when changing selection or removing items. * search.c: Maintain correct state when removing items while still searching or generating thumbnails. Fix list focus behavior when changing selection or removing rows. * ui_tree_edit.[ch]: Fix tree_edit_by_path() to show popup instantly, and the popup window size when column is offscreen. Add tree_view_move_cursor_away() utility. * ui_utildlg.c (generic_dialog_default_key_press_cb): Fix access of freed GenericDialog when auto_close is TRUE, and only attempt to close the dialog once. * view_file_icon.c (vficon_sync): Update row count so that focus can not move beyond the last row. * view_file_list.c: Fix list focus behavior when changing selection or removing rows. Mon Apr 5 06:54:32 2004 John Ellis * README: Updates. * po/ja.po: Updated Japanese translation, submitted by Takeshi AIHANA . * configure.in: Release 1.5.1 Mon Apr 5 04:55:27 2004 John Ellis * collect-table.c, collect.c, fullscreen.c, image.c, info.c, layout.c, layout_util.c, main.c, view_dir_list.c, view_file_icon.c: Fixes to compile with GDK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED defined. * ui_bookmark.c, ui_fileops.c, ui_help.c, ui_spinner.c, ui_tree_edit.[ch]: Fixes from SLIK, includes change to support G_BROKEN_FILENAMES, added center option to tree_view_row_make_visible. * utilops.c: Fix auto update of preview column when dragging rows to reorder them. * view_dir_tree.c: Center new path when it is not visible. * view_file_list.c: When scrolling to display new row, center the row. Sun Apr 4 18:22:59 2004 John Ellis * search.c (search_file_load_process): Fix swapped paths on a call to filetime_set, fixes ugly bug causing source file timestamps to be changed when using search by content similarity or dimensions! Sun Apr 4 16:13:09 2004 John Ellis * fullscreen.[ch]: Added support for multiple screens and monitors, removed broken Xinerama usage, we use the gtk screen/monitor utils now. * globals.c, gqview.h, img-view.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Added option to not ignore the window manager fullscreen handling. Added selection of screen and/or monitor to use for display of the full screen window. * image.c: Set the wallpaper on the root window that the window belongs to, remove #include of gdkx.h. * configure.in, src/Makefile.am: Remove test for Xinerama, remove Xinerama and Xlib from link stage. Sat Apr 3 05:39:11 2004 John Ellis * utilops.c (file_util_delete_multiple_ok_cb): Show correct dialog. Tue Mar 23 00:46:18 2004 John Ellis * preferences.c: Make the entry in the clear trash dialog non editable instead of insensitive. Mon Mar 22 22:41:15 2004 John Ellis * bar_exif.c (bar_exif_new): Connect after the destroy signal to free the ExifBar structure, as layout_util.c accesses this data from within a destroy signal callback. Mon Mar 22 21:49:12 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.[ch]: Add size request utility. * layout_util.c: Fix clipping of labels in Image Details sidebar, by changing the size request method (see above). * img-view.c: Change folder popup menu to match rest of application. * search.c: Fix gettext warning by setting specific string format, increase year spin button width, fix compile error by correcting declaration location. * utilops.c: Fix dialog titles, use folder instead of directory when communicating with user. * po/bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation, submitted by Vladimir Petrov Fri Mar 12 02:00:54 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.c (bar_info_update): Use nondeprecated gtk_label_set_text. * po/*.po: Make distcheck updates. * src/Makefile.am (gqview_SOURCES): Its bar_info.h, not bar_ingo.h. * configure.in: Release 1.5.0. Fri Mar 12 01:53:44 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.c: Modified toolbar (added space to separate save). * layout_util.c: Fix initial selection count sent to details sidebar. Fri Mar 12 01:01:29 2004 John Ellis * search.c: Add results search type, to search current results list. * README, TODO: Updates. Thu Mar 11 23:17:06 2004 John Ellis * search.c: Add option to search all files with comments (metadata). * ui_tabcomp.c: Set completion button size allocation height to that of the entry. Thu Mar 11 21:11:15 2004 John Ellis * layout_util.c: Set initial search path to the current path. Fix initial display of the details sidebar with more than one selection. Wed Mar 10 20:39:51 2004 John Ellis * ChangeLog, README, gqview.desktop, po/hu.po, main.c, view_dir_tree.c: Merge in fixes and updates from 1.4.1 stable, One ChangeLog entry remains out of order (2/29/04) - but it _is_ inline with version order. Wed Mar 10 15:50:54 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.[ch]: Make the "set/replace all" buttons sensitive based on what we are told. Added option to only display metadata info. * info.c: Added Details tab for displaying metadata, merged permissions tab into the general tab. * layout.c, layout_util.[ch]: Notify the details sidebar of selection count changes. Wed Mar 10 03:36:24 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.[ch], layout_util.c: Add functions to set keywords to the current file selection. * cache_maint.[ch], utilops.[ch]: Copy metadata along with the files. Wed Mar 10 01:50:14 2004 John Ellis * cache.[ch], gqview.h: Changed cache get and find functions to take a CacheType, so that metadata location can be seperate from thumbnails. * cache_maint.c: Add support for meta cache to maintenance. * image.c, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Remove GDK_PIXBUF_TILE_BROKEN hack, as it has long been fixed. * ui_fileops.[ch] (filetime_set): New util to set a file's time stamp. * bar_info.c, dupe.c, filelist.c, main.c, search.c, thumb.c: Fixes for all the above changes. Tue Mar 9 05:27:23 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.c: Clean up comment format. * info.c, preferences.c: Set the properties, options, and about windows to type dialog. Tue Mar 9 01:46:12 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.c: Fix details bar display when no image is present. Tue Mar 9 01:08:36 2004 John Ellis * bar_exif.c, collect-table.c, dupe.c, editors.c, layout_config.c, preferences.c, ui_help.c, ui_pathsel.c, utilops.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Set a border for all GtkTreeViews to make them look better. * bar_info.c, layout_util.c: Make details bar cleaner, and give it a default size. Tue Mar 9 00:32:58 2004 John Ellis * search.c: Implement similarity match type. Mon Mar 8 22:07:32 2004 John Ellis * search.c: Fix statusbar label size twitching, fix selection idle update bug, increase default search window size - sorry 640x480 users. Mon Mar 8 21:07:35 2004 John Ellis * search.c: Implement dimensions matching, add dimensions 'between', overload FileData passed to search_result_append(), so that it also holds dimensions and similarity fields, and display dimensions if available. Fix memory leak in search_result_change_path(). Also make it work with 'between' input swapped (first is higher than second). Mon Mar 8 17:45:35 2004 John Ellis * search.c: Change a few default values, make search parameters insensitive during search, reorder status bar items, change start/stop button into two distinct stock buttons (find and stop). Mon Mar 8 00:21:49 2004 John Ellis * search.c: Add search options for match case, recurse search path, and 'between' for file size. Hide unused widgets when match type is not 'between'. Sun Mar 7 02:10:10 2004 John Ellis * search.[ch]: Implement maintenance utils. * utilops.c: Hook up search maintenance. Sun Mar 7 01:10:26 2004 John Ellis * search.c: Implement thumbnails, clean up the status bar. * TODO: Updates. Sat Mar 6 03:40:22 2004 John Ellis * search.c: Sort directories as they are searched. Use list buffer and only flush to the result GtkTreeView every 100 iterations or so, to reduce tree view internal updates that take time, thereby significantly increasing search speed when returning many results. * po/POTFILES.in: Added bar_sort.c and search.c. Fri Mar 5 23:31:04 2004 John Ellis * search.c: More work: selections, context menu, keyboard shortcuts, status bar, drag and drop. Fri Mar 5 03:32:24 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.[ch]: Export the comment/keyword read/write utilities. * dupe.[ch] (cell_renderer_height_override): Export this hack. * filelist.[ch] (file_data_new_simple): New util in easy to use form. * layout_util.c: Hook up search window to menu. * search.[ch]: New files, started the image search window. Basically works, but can not do anything with the results yet. Tue Mar 2 12:57:39 2004 John Ellis * bar_info.[ch]: Add details sidebar for display/entry of keywords and comments per image. * bar_sort.c: Fix text capitalization of Link. * info.[ch]: Export table_add_line utlity (for use in bar_info.c). * layout_util.[ch]: Support details sidebar, not sure header needs to export it though, not used anywhere else. * typedefs.h: Add bar_info vars to LayoutWindow. Sun Feb 29 13:51:38 2004 John Ellis * bar_sort.c: Add symbolic linking option sort manager. * main.c: Notify of beta software on startup. * ui_fileops.[ch]: Add symlink_utf8() util. * configure.in: Branch/merge for 1.5 devel cycle. Mon Mar 1 16:00:36 2004 John Ellis * README, TODO: Updates. * po/*.po: make distcheck touches these. * configure.in: Release 1.4.1 Mon Mar 1 15:49:28 2004 John Ellis * hu.po: Updated Hungarian translation, submitted by Koblinger Egmont * gqview.desktop: Updated, convert to utf-8. * README: Update credits. Wed Feb 25 21:15:42 2004 John Ellis * view_dir_tree.c: Fix crash when encountering a folder named (sigh, wait for it...) "empty". Fix is twofold: check success of vdtree_populate_path_by_iter() before accessing something it may free, and use a zero length string ("") for the placeholder node path/name, as there shouldn't be any folders with that name to encounter... Tue Feb 24 19:27:54 2004 John Ellis * main.c (main): Move gtk_init and friends before any code that may cause a warning dialog that needs gtk to be initialized. This specifically fixes crash when attempting warning about invalid home directory filename encoding. Fri Feb 20 18:29:12 2004 John Ellis * po/*.po: Make distcheck updates these. * README: Update translation status. * configure.in: Release 1.4.0 Fri Feb 20 18:11:23 2004 John Ellis * README: Add overview of changes since last stable 1.2.2 release, update email address, some clean up. * gqview.1: Update email address. * TODO: Clean up. Fri Feb 20 16:56:04 2004 John Ellis * po/fr.po: Updated French translation, submitted by Nicolas Bonifas , with additional updates from Eric Lassauge . Fri Feb 20 16:02:32 2004 John Ellis * po/bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation, submitted by Vladimir Petrov . * po/cs.po: Updated Czech translation, submitted by Jan Raska . * po/de.po: Updated German translation, submitted by Danny Milosavljevic . * po/es.po: Updated Spanish translation, submitted by "Ariel G. Fermani" . * po/fi.po: Updated Finnish translation, submitted by Lauri Nurmi . * po/nl.po: Updated Dutch translation, submitted by Tino Meinen . * po/sk.po: Updated Slovak translation, submitted by Ivan Priesol . * po/zh_TW.po: Updated Traditional Chinese (Big5) translation, submitted by S.J. Luo . * README: Credit updates. Thu Feb 12 22:58:12 2004 John Ellis * cache_maint.c(cache_maintain_home): Set the entry that displays the working path as not editable instead of insensitive, as at least the Galaxy theme shows no text in insensitive entries (fg == bg color). Thu Feb 12 22:47:31 2004 John Ellis * view_file_icon.c(vficon_find_data): Validate row/col (not negative) before attempting access into list model. Sun Feb 8 11:15:17 2004 John Ellis * layout_config.c: Fix to display translations of layout_title strings. Fri Feb 6 12:23:30 2004 John Ellis * exif.c(exif_read): Fix for gcc 3.3.2 warning. Tue Feb 3 12:51:45 2004 John Ellis * README: Updates. * gqview.desktop: Fix Encoding field "Legacy-Mixed". * po/*.po: make distcheck touches these. * configure.in: Release 1.3.9 Tue Feb 3 12:42:13 2004 John Ellis * README: Updates. * *.[ch]: Update copyright year in file headers. * main.c: Remove start up print of beta notice. Tue Feb 3 11:21:38 2004 John Ellis * po/bg.po: Updated Bulgarian translation, submitted by Vladimir Petrov * po/es.po: Updated Spanish translation, submitted by Ariel Fermani * po/fi.po: Updated Finnish translation, submitted by Lauri Nurmi * po/fr.po: Updated French translation, submitted by Nicolas Bonifas * po/pl.po: Updated Polish translation, submitted by Emil Nowak * po/ru.po: Updated Russian translation, submitted by Sergey Pinaev * po/sv.po: Updated Swedish translation, submitted by Hans Ofverbeck * po/vi.po: Updated Vietnamese translation, submitted by pclouds * README: Update translation credits where necessary. Tue Feb 3 09:33:55 2004 John Ellis * README: Updates. * gqview.1: Updated man page. * img-view.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c: Added back V to toggle fullscreen, F is still the official key but V was currently unused and it helps the upgraders migrate with less pain. Tue Feb 3 09:01:18 2004 John Ellis * exif.c: Translate return strings, include config.h so intl.h works.. * ui_fileops.c: Include config.h. Mon Feb 2 13:54:59 2004 John Ellis * exif.c (parse_IFD_entry): Fix walk past end of list when encountering unsupported format id values. * configure.in: Add --disable-xinerama configure switch. * gqview.desktop: Fixes, update to new (0.9.4) desktop spec. Mon Jan 26 02:51:21 2004 John Ellis * layout.c: Removed unused code. * main.c: Move print_term out of here, fix terminal message encoding, disable listing of 'experimental' command line options. * rcfile.c, thumb.c, ui_bookmark.c: Fix terminal message encoding. * ui_fileops.[ch]: Move print_term() here. Mon Jan 26 01:59:33 2004 John Ellis * utilops.c: Remove Preview button from batch rename dialog, and fixed the preview column to auto update. BUG: rows-reordered signal of a tree model is never sent, so reordering with drag and drop will not update the preview column - this appears to be a GTK 2.2.4 bug. Fri Jan 23 05:06:27 2004 John Ellis * utilops.c (file_util_unlink): Connect to destroy (destroyed is wrong) event, also check if file exists, if not simply return false instead of doing the whole attempt which will fail anyway. Fri Jan 23 02:27:02 2004 John Ellis * po/*.po: Make distcheck touches these. * README: Update translation table. Fix release year (re make dist). * configure.in: Release 1.3.8 Fri Jan 23 02:00:56 2004 John Ellis * preferences.c: Changed the copyright string such that changes to (c) year, website address, and email address will no longer break the translations. * README: Updates. Thu Jan 22 06:22:07 2004 John Ellis * info.c, utilops.c: Marked additional strings for translation. * po/fi.po: Updated Finnish translation, submitted by Lauri Nurmi * po/ja.po: Updated Japanese translation, submitted by Takeshi AIHANA * po/sv.po: Updated Swedish translation, submitted by Hans Ofverbeck [note: es and fr are awaiting a resend in gzip form, unless I can figure out what netscape 4.x does to po files sent as plain text...] Thu Jan 22 05:21:20 2004 John Ellis * cellrenderericon.[ch]: Changed function and structure names to avoid using the gtk namespace. * collect-table.c, view_file_icon.c: Use new names (above). * img-view.c, layout_image.c: Allow 'N' key to step to next image. * layout_util.c: Revert to old behavior where page up/down are now global to the window for stepping through images. Use Ctrl-Up/Dn to scroll file/folder views a page at a time. Sun Jan 18 21:48:16 2004 John Ellis * dupe.c: Apply patch to fix char pointer array overrun, submitted by Richard Curnow . Sun Jan 18 09:46:02 2004 John Ellis * view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Disabled double click to go to full screen - control clicking for mulitple selection too fast can activate fullscreen - need to revisit strategy. Sun Jan 18 09:29:50 2004 John Ellis * collect-table.c: Fix division by zero when all thumbnails fail to generate resulting in initial zero row count. * dupe.[ch], filelist.[ch], info.c, layout.[ch], typedefs.h, ui_fileops.[ch], utilops.c, view_file_icon.[ch], view_file_list.[ch]: Use 64 bit integer to store and count file sizes, to properly display >2 Gigabyte counts. Glib 2.2 docs claim type gint64 is guaranteed to be available, also use work-around to avoid %lld for printf conversions. Sun Jan 18 07:35:38 2004 John Ellis * image.c: NULL initialize function pointers. * view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Set double click in icon and list view to start fullscreen. Sun Jan 18 02:27:57 2004 John Ellis * image.[ch], typedefs.h: Added image load completed function, it will be called when the current image is finished rendering to screen and when the image preload is complete. Only tested with --debug. Sun Jan 18 01:32:51 2004 John Ellis * dupe.c: Mark column title strings for translation. * editors.c: Translate command name field for the default editors. * menu.c: Fix sort menu grammar. Wed Jan 14 19:09:45 2004 John Ellis * exif.c: Fix spelling error of fluorescent. * info.c: Make filename entry non-editable in place of non-sensitive. * main.c: Use the locale's preferred encoding when printing --help text to the terminal. * preferences.c: Make entire filter editor non-sensitive when filtering is disabled. * utilops.c: Grammar, newline fixes. Tue Jan 13 00:43:51 2004 John Ellis * ui_help.c (help_window_load_text): When encountering invalid utf-8, insert a blank line in place of broken text, removed warnings. * README: Convert encoding to proper utf-8. Sun Jan 11 03:27:17 2004 John Ellis * layout_util.c (layout_bar_exif_sized): Fix signal handler, size_allocate has no return value. Sun Jan 11 02:11:32 2004 John Ellis * cache.c: Fixes to initialize char variables before use. * dupe.c: Reset opposing group list when clearing a list. Fixes crash when clearing main list, then adding new files in 'compare two file sets' mode. Sat Jan 10 08:31:04 2004 John Ellis * view_file_list.c (vflist_select_by_path): Set the focus to this row, so that up/down moves to the expected image when the list has focus. Sat Jan 10 07:29:25 2004 John Ellis * bar_exif.[ch]: Allow exif info to start in advanced view, added utility to retrieve advanced state. * info.c: Fix for change to bar_exif_new(). * layout.c, layout_util.c, typedefs.h: Layout now remembers the exif sidebar size and advanced state, note this per window, and is not saved on exit. Sat Jan 10 06:38:09 2004 John Ellis * img-view.c: Fix image stepping bug when same image path is in the list more than once. Sat Jan 10 05:49:00 2004 John Ellis * thumb.c: Do not scale unknown image icon larger than orginial size. Sat Jan 10 01:43:34 2004 John Ellis * view_dir_tree.c: Added workaround so that user entered hidden paths are displayed even when 'display hidden files' option is disabled. Sat Jan 10 00:25:39 2004 John Ellis * view_dir_tree.c (vdtree_rename_row_cb): Force refresh of renamed new folders, so that the name sticks immediately in the view. Thu Jan 8 04:47:35 2004 John Ellis * view_file_list.c (vflist_select_cb): Remove unnecessary check for previous button click row that was interfering with image selection. Mon Jan 5 03:01:35 2004 John Ellis * info.c (info_tab_general_image): Fix 'Image size' calculation. Mon Dec 29 18:04:34 2003 John Ellis * thumb.c (thumb_loader_mark_failure): Fix use of freed memory. * view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Fix thumb generation stall on unknown images. Mon Dec 22 17:58:01 2003 John Ellis * README: Updated. * po/*.po: Make distcheck updates. * configure.in: Release 1.3.7 Mon Dec 22 17:25:10 2003 John Ellis * cellrenderericon.h: Fix show_text to be type boolean. * collect-table.c: Fix progressbar height changes by always setting the text of the widget to contain at least one character. * dupe.c, view_file_list.c: Fix warninga about invalid height parameter when setting cell height over 100, this hack simply changes maximum of the height property on GtkCellRenderer. * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Added sv, Swedish language. * po/sv.po: Added Swedish translation, submitted by Hans fverbeck . * po/ru/po: Updated Russian translation, submitted by Sergey Pinaev . * README, TODO: Updates. Sun Dec 21 22:50:54 2003 John Ellis * collect-table.c, dupe.c, img-view.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, menu.c, ui_bookmark.c, ui_pathsel.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Added mnemonics to all of the pop up menus. FIxed a few key bindings, notably fullscreen toggle is now F, New folder is Ctrl-F (and was renamed from Create dir), removed binding for set as wallpaper (conflicted with new window), and Float file list is now L. * README: Documented new key bindings. Sun Dec 21 21:25:46 2003 John Ellis * image.c: Increase minimum size when dropping scale quality to GDK_INTERP_NEAREST (3 to 8). * TODO: Updates. Sun Dec 21 20:55:03 2003 John Ellis * collect-table.c, view_file_icon.c: Fix pageup/down increment when text is enabled; fix keyboard popup menu placement; fix image view selection when clicking file already selected with multiple selection. Sat Dec 20 14:01:35 2003 John Ellis * exif.c: Fix return value (actually return something, oddly with -O2 gcc 3.2.2 is not giving a warning about this). Plus a few changes to avoid casting confusion. Fri Dec 19 18:08:39 2003 John Ellis * exif.c (exif_item_get_data_as_text): Fix read beyond data buffer by using correct casting of data to sizeof char. Fri Dec 19 01:40:56 2003 John Ellis * collect-table.c, view_file_icon.c: Hide the focus line drawn by the GtkTreeView by setting the focus to a column with zero width. (We draw the focus ourselves by setting the "has-focus" property of the GtkCellRendererIcon. Fri Dec 19 01:18:22 2003 John Ellis * view_file_icon.c: Use GtkCellRendererIcon as in collect-table.c Fri Dec 19 00:08:06 2003 John Ellis * collect-table.c: Hook up Control-T to toggle filename text, set the mode of the cellrenderer to ACTIVITY so that the keyboard focus is not shown. Fixed border padding (again). Thu Dec 18 23:22:41 2003 John Ellis * cellrenderericon.[ch], collect-table.c: Seems to be getting there, works as expected, anyway... Thu Dec 18 18:32:59 2003 John Ellis * cellrenderericon.[ch], collect-table.c: More fixes and work, added ability to toggle display of filename text. Thu Dec 18 16:54:17 2003 John Ellis * cellrenderericon.[ch]: Implements rough GtkCellRendererIcon, so that icon views can show the filename under the icon. * collect-table.c: Use GtkCellRendererIcon (above), for testing, needs work... * Makefile.am: Added cellrenderericon.[ch]. Tue Dec 16 12:20:14 2003 John Ellis * view_file_list.c (vflist_populate_view): Fix a gtk_list_store_set by supplying missing comma in command - fixes crash on refresh. Mon Dec 15 17:10:44 2003 John Ellis * TODO: Updates. * configure.in: Release 1.3.6 Mon Dec 15 17:02:46 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c: Do not unref a GtkStyle we never refed. * collect-table.c, globals.c, gqview.h, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Removed "Insert file drops at pointer location" option for collections, now this is always the behavior. Moved a few options to the advanced tab, removed the collections tab. * main.c: Make the printed beta release note on startup a one liner. * README: Updates. * TODO: Updated. Sun Dec 14 20:58:28 2003 John Ellis * ui_tree_edit.c, view_dir_list.c, view_file_list.c: Fix warnings by checking that GtkTreeView is realized before attempting to scroll. This was a problem when the tools are hidden. Sun Dec 14 19:26:37 2003 John Ellis * exif.c, preferences.c, ui_pathsel.c, view_file_list.c: Fix typo and a few strings. Sun Dec 14 02:51:47 2003 John Ellis * dnd.[ch] (dnd_set_drag_icon): New utility dnd thumbnails. * collect-table.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Set the drag icon when beggining a dnd operation. * dupe.c: Set drag icon, fix progress bar value warning when starting thumbnail loading. * view_dir_tree.c (vdtree_press_cb): Fix use of free GtkTreePath (move free to correct place). Sat Dec 13 15:26:15 2003 John Ellis * bar_exif.c, bar_sort.c, cache_maint.c, collect-table.c, collect.c, dupe.c, fullscreen.c, image.c, img-view.c, info.c, layout.c, layout_config.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, main.c, menu.c, preferences.c, ui_bookmark.c, ui_fileops.c, ui_help.c, ui_menu.[ch], ui_pathsel.c, ui_tabcomp.c, ui_tree_edit.c, ui_utildlg.c, utilops.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Remove use of deprecated GTK functions (as of GTK 2.2.4 with -DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED) Fri Dec 12 17:49:37 2003 John Ellis * collect-table.c: Fix removal of right clicked, but non selected items. Fri Dec 12 16:43:32 2003 John Ellis * ui_clist_edit.[ch]: Removed, clist is deprecated. * ui_tree_edit.[ch]: Move the ui_glist_XXX utils here (from above). * collect-table.c, collect.c, ui_pathsel.c: Fix includes for above. Fri Dec 12 16:31:14 2003 John Ellis * collect-table.c, typedefs.h: Fixed the marker positioning, made the drop placement more intuitive, and removed ugly popup window for display of marker position. * ui_tree_edit.c(widget_auto_scroll_cb): Only send the notify when the adjustment will change. * icons/marker.xpm: Gave marker a black border for some contrast on red images/themes. Thu Dec 11 21:45:22 2003 John Ellis * collect-io.c, collect.[ch], typedefs.h: Collection thumbnails are now stored as pixbufs instead of pixmaps... * collect-table.c: Port clist to GtkTreeView, using view_file_icon.c as a guide, so it now has the same selection behavior. * view_file_icon.c: Remove cruft, fix thumbnail pixbuf leak. Wed Dec 10 12:59:37 2003 John Ellis * view_file_icon.c: Fix centering of icons in columns, set keyboard cursor when moving focus. Tue Dec 9 22:58:11 2003 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, rcfile.c, typedefs.h, view_file_icon.c: Added option show_icon_names - for future ability to display filnames in the icon view. (this will need a custom gtkcellrenderer, on TODO). Tue Dec 9 16:48:51 2003 John Ellis * typedefs.h, view_file_icon.c: Change the icon view to a GtkTreeView. * ui_tree_edit.h: Fix function description. * view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, vire_file_list.c: Fix incorrectly unrefed style pointers, guard against possible button release event on drop event (not sure what is causing this). Wed Dec 3 16:01:24 2003 John Ellis * ui_bookmark.[ch]: Added history_combo utilities. * ui_utildlg.c: Use default history length for file dialogs. * utilops.c: When auto renaming single file, show preview of new name. Added drop down history for numerical rename prefix and suffixes. Fixed bug with numerical rename when anything but first row was selected. Gave prefix and suffix entries all available room, packed the image preview into a pane so image does not resize with window. Fixed incorrect lower value (1 -> 0) in start number selection. * view_file_list.c: Fixed incorrect resort when renaming files. * TODO: Major todo list cleanup. Wed Dec 3 00:38:41 2003 John Ellis * dnd.[ch], ui_bookmarks.[ch]: Proper uri drag and drop escape encodes. * dupe.c, img-view.c, info.c, layout_image.c, ui_pathsel.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Use new dnd, fix dnd bugs. Ignore button release event when it resulted from a drag end (event x = y = 0). Dnd to/from nautilus/konquerer now works. Tue Dec 2 15:57:03 2003 John Ellis * typedefs.h, view_dir_tree.c: Set busy pointer when loading paths. Fix bug when updating nodes via timestamp change. Force refresh when setting a path, to ensure new folders appear (in automounted folders). Mon Dec 1 17:50:37 2003 John Ellis * cache_maint.c (cache_maintain_home_cb): Use correct path when attempting to remove old thumbnails. * view_dir_list.c: Check access with R_OK | X_OK. * view_dir_tree.c: Fix icon states, population by expander click. Mon Dec 1 01:50:29 2003 John Ellis * image.c (image_change_from_image): Remove string/loader/pixbuf leaks. * ui_pathsel.c: Remove while(events) hack. * ui_tree_edit.c: Move the while(events) hack here, so that tree is in consistent state before showing popup. * view_dir_tree.c: Fix new folder command. Mon Dec 1 00:59:07 2003 John Ellis * intl.h: Fix compile error when gettext is disabled. * layout_util.c, typedefs.h: Remove pixmap/masks from PixmapFolders. * view_dir_tree.c: Fixed node leaks when removing rows, destroy. Sat Nov 29 11:06:03 2003 John Ellis * layout.c: Set the default keybaord focus to the image pane. * layout_util.c: Make the image zoom/traversal keys only work when the image has the keyboard focus. * view_dir_tree.c: Many fixes for expansion, population, sorting, dnd hovering expansion, expander display, expander clicks, and removed unused cruft. Sat Nov 29 08:18:52 2003 John Ellis * view_dir_tree.c: Fixed so clicking expanders does not select row, remove flicker caused by column AUTOSIZE, us GROW_ONLY instead. Fri Nov 28 21:38:50 2003 John Ellis * typedefs.h, view_dir_tree.c: Started change from ctree to treeview, compiles cleanly - but has 'issues'. * view_dir_list.c: Minor fixes done when using as reference for above. Mon Nov 24 15:08:00 2003 John Ellis * utilops.c: Convert multiple rename clist to a treeview, added preview for autorename results. * view_file_list.c: Fix update errors after a rename. Mon Nov 24 13:18:11 2003 John Ellis * view_file_list.c: Fix loss of selection when changing sort order, fix incorrect next row selection when deleting files, and add fix to maintain row position when toggling thumbnails. Wed Nov 19 02:17:25 2003 John Ellis * view_file_list.c(vflist_populate_view): Fix incorrect iter advance that leaves old rows behind, eventually causing crash on autorefresh. Tue Nov 18 07:33:36 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c: Fix keyboard menu placement on second_listview, set middle mouse button to toggle row selection. * typedefs.h, view_file_list.c: Fix in place renaming option, fix menu placement from keyboard pop-up, set middle button to toggle row selection, and fix image display on a select-all. Mon Nov 17 16:19:46 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c: Consistently handle button press/release pairs. * ui_tree_edit.[ch]: Fixed the visibility utility, added a scroll util based on current visibility. * view_dir_list.c: Correctly scroll to and set focus to highlight previous path when going up the tree. * view_file_list.c: Allow dnd with button 1, fix selection behavior, fix auto scrolling. Mon Nov 17 14:14:39 2003 John Ellis * filelist.c, typedefs.h: Added pixbuf pointer for FileData to store thumbnails. Changes for file list move to GtkTreeView. * ui_tree_edit.[ch]: Added tree_view_row_get_visibility, needs work. * view_dir_list.c: Set the cursor focus when clicking a row, change selection mode to NONE. * view_file_list.c: Change from GtkCList to GtkTreeView for main file list, needs cleanup. Sun Nov 16 23:10:04 2003 John Ellis * layout_config.c: Change clist to treeview for layout order. * layout_util.c, typedefs.h: Added pixbuf versions to PixmapFolders. * preferences.c: Remove include of ui_clist_edit.h. * ui_pathsel.c: Fixes for leaking GtkTreePaths. * ui_tree_edit.c: Placement fix, crash fix, grab keyboard. * view_dir_list.c: Add folder icons back, porting this widget complete? Sat Nov 15 12:32:22 2003 John Ellis * ui_tree_edit.c: Make start of scroll smoother when starting from edges of widget by slowly ramping up speed. Sat Nov 15 12:12:18 2003 John Ellis * ui_tree_edit.[ch]: Added generic autoscroll for dnd, etc. * view_dir_list.c: use above auto scroll for dnd. Fri Nov 14 21:10:45 2003 John Ellis * collect-table.c, img-view.c, layout_image.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Fixes for new menu popup utility. * dupe.c: Fixed keyboard popup menu placement, dnd cleanup. * ui_menu.[ch](popup_menu_position_clamp): Added height flag, when non zero region is avoided. * ui_tree_edit.[ch]: Added utils to retrieve cell coordinates. * view_dir_list.c: Added keyboard popup menu placement, fix menu crash, set correct dnd behavior (when source, disable dnd dest). Also removed ".." folder when root is listed. Fri Nov 14 13:25:42 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c: Use shift_color from ui_tree_edit.h, update cached static GdkColor when the widget changes. * typedefs.h, view_dir_list.c: Port clist to tree view, needs polish. * ui_tree_edit.[ch]: Make shift_color available to rest of app. Fri Nov 14 03:11:13 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c, fullscreen.c, image.c, view_dir_tree.c: Use gdk_cursor_unref instead of a direct gdk_cursor_destroy (still leaks though). Thu Nov 13 08:59:01 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c: Fixed slowness when updating thumbnails. Also set a busy cursor on listview while comparing/sorting. Wed Nov 12 15:30:36 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c: Row height is now correct when thumbnails is on, set the unknown pic for broken thumbnails, properly set alignment on date and size columns, and fixed keyboard popup menu placement. * thumb.[ch]: Added new function thumb_loader_get_pixbuf(), which has option to return unknown image if thumbnail is broken. Wed Nov 12 12:15:22 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c: Reimplement the alternating row color per match group, learning how to manipulate a gtktreeview sure is fun :-P Wed Nov 12 10:10:36 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c: Fix dnd and selection, allow button 1 to initiate dnd. Tue Nov 11 14:24:19 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c: Change GtkClists to GtkTreeView. Still needs work. * TODO: List things needed to be done to complete above conversion. Mon Nov 10 21:01:21 2003 John Ellis * utilops.c: Show safe delete status in delete dialogs (off or on). Sun Nov 9 14:56:19 2003 John Ellis * README: Updates. * src/Makefile.am: Create ui_icons.h in builddir, not srcdir. * configure.in: Release 1.3.5 Sun Nov 9 11:45:49 2003 John Ellis * bar_exif.c: Add padding to right of advanced view checkbutton. * exif.c: Use correct key when retrieving ApertureValue for fAperture. Sun Nov 9 11:09:50 2003 John Ellis * exif.c: string_append_raw_bytes() character replacement fix, added description for GPSInfo. Sun Nov 9 10:51:13 2003 John Ellis * exif.c: Added Exif 2.2 specific tags. Fixed fFlash and fSubjectDistance to return properly formatted data per 2.2 specs. Sun Nov 9 07:29:26 2003 John Ellis * exif.[ch]: Fix incorrect orientation order by swapping BOTTOM_LEFT and BOTTOM_RIGHT in the enum. * globals.c, gqview.h, image.c, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Added auto rotate image per exif info option (off by default). * image.c: Add missing include of ui_fileops.h. Sun Nov 9 06:41:48 2003 John Ellis * bar_exif.c: Fix incorrect column number setup in advanced view. * exif.c: Added additional tags (to misc section), and altered a few things after checking exif.org PDF spec sheet. Sat Nov 8 20:51:37 2003 John Ellis * bar_exif.c: Added advanced view for exif data. * exif.c: Fix capitalization, mark relevent (standard view) strings for translation. * info.c: Use a paned widget to allow expansion of properties window without expanding image view size. Sat Nov 8 10:49:55 2003 John Ellis * bar_exif.c: Fix alignments when adding labels to table, so that entries with mulitple lines will be top aligned. Sat Nov 8 10:44:43 2003 John Ellis * README, TODO: Updates. Sat Nov 8 10:38:40 2003 John Ellis * ui_fileops.c: When converting filenames to utf-8 fails, display clear warning to user, and simply allow the broken strings through. Sat Nov 8 06:07:09 2003 John Ellis * src/Makefile.am: Added exif.c back to build list. * exif.[ch]: Moved necessary declarations out to header file, a few namespace changes, added access functions (still need: (uns)byte, undefined, float, double, and the multiple data element ones). * bar_exif.c: Fixes to use exif.h instead of exif.c. Fri Nov 7 17:27:35 2003 John Ellis * bar_exif.c: Removed remnants of old exif parser. * info.[ch]: Removed unnecessary tab updates, avoid reloading things like exif data every time the window size changes. Fri Nov 7 16:46:41 2003 John Ellis * exif.c: Allow support for unknown IDF tags. * bar_exif.c: Convert ASCII strings of exif to UTF-8, added description and copyright fields. Fri Nov 7 14:30:22 2003 John Ellis * exif.c: Fix shutter speed bugs... problem 1: wrong calculation, problem 2: retrieving invalid key name! :-/ Fri Nov 7 13:51:01 2003 John Ellis * bar_exif.c, exif.c: Added formatting utility to get the commonly used data tags in a user meaningful format, output now matches previous versions, however the Shutter speeds differ a bit, will need to check (off by one?). Fri Nov 7 11:03:57 2003 John Ellis * exif.c: Rewrite EXIF parser so that data is stored in list format, such that adding additional tags will be easy, and ExifData will not need to be touched. Very rough, human readable output for exif keys is yet to be added. * bar_exif.c: Changed to work with new exif.c, temporarily include exif.c instead of exif.h, since exif.h has not been updated yet. * src/Makefile.am: Temporarily remove exif.c from build, as bar_exif.c includes it directly. Wed Nov 5 08:03:41 2003 John Ellis * editors.c(editor_verbose_io_cb): Use count returned from read when validating/converting text. Wed Nov 5 07:21:57 2003 John Ellis * README: Updates, and converted encoding format to utf-8. Wed Nov 5 06:16:57 2003 John Ellis * cache.c, cache_maint.c, collect-io.c, dupe.c, editors.c, exif.c, filelist.c, image-load.c, main.c, rcfile.c, thumb.c, ui_bookmark.c, ui_fileops.c, ui_pathsel.c, ui_tabcomp.c: Fix up the crashes when on a system claiming to be UTF-8, but the filesystem is not UTF-8. Spew warning to user when such conditions occur. Editor command result text is now validated before use in verbose window. Tue Nov 4 15:07:51 2003 John Ellis * ui_spinner.png: Changed order of frames for smoother start.. Tue Nov 4 12:01:14 2003 John Ellis * filelist.[ch]: The filter listing is now retrieved from gdk-pixbuf, so that newly installed loaders are automatically added to the filters. * preferences.c, rcfile.c: Changes for new filter keys. Changed rcfile keys from filter to filter_ext, since the values are not backward compatible. Jumping between old and new releases will reset the list. Tue Nov 4 10:49:23 2003 John Ellis * filelist.c(filter_add_defaults): Added svg format, if you have librsvg installed, chances are you have the gdkpixbuf loader too. Tue Nov 4 09:46:47 2003 John Ellis * icon_config.xpm icon_home.xpm icon_reload.xpm icon_zoom_fit.xpm icon_zoom_in.xpm icon_zoom_norm.xpm icon_zoom_out.xpm: Removed old unused icon files. * Makefile.am: Remove references to above. * layout_util.c: Really remove references to above. Tue Nov 4 09:40:01 2003 John Ellis * cache_maint.c: Added spinner to purge old/clear thumbnails dialog. Tue Nov 4 09:25:03 2003 John Ellis * Makefile.am: Build details to create ui_icons.h (inline pixbufs). * ui_spinner.[ch]: New activity spinner and icon utils. * ui_spinner.png, ui_tabcomp.png: New icon files. * ui_tabcomp.xpm: Removed, using pngs now. * ui_tabcomp.c: Use inline pixbuf data from ui_spinner. * editors.c: Added spinner to verbose window. Fri Oct 31 11:34:42 2003 John Ellis * editors.c: Include editors.h. (-Wmissing-prototypes warning) * ui_fileops.[ch]: Move sys/stat.h include to header file. (same) * utilops.c: Made file_util_unlink static. (same) * README: Updated. * po/*.po: Make distcheck touches these. * configure.in: Release 1.3.4 Fri Oct 31 10:57:51 2003 John Ellis * utilops.c(file_util_safe_number): Fix mem leaks, includes using correct utility to free the list (path_list_free -> filelist_free). Also avoid sorting list more than once. Fri Oct 31 10:35:34 2003 John Ellis * editors.c(editor_command_one): Free path removed from list, fixes memory leak. * image.c(image_free): Set post buffer NULL before destroying image window, fixes mem leak. * thumb.c(thumb_loader_done_cb): Fix pixbuf leak when scaling for thumbnails [yeek! has this always been here?]. Sun Oct 26 06:14:07 2003 John Ellis * README: Updates: * image.c(image_tile_render): Add hack to avoid crash in the pixbuf scalers when image window size is less than 3 in any direction. (debian BUG# 209365) Sun Oct 26 03:59:45 2003 John Ellis * cache.c, cache_main.c, collect-io.c, collect.c, dupe.c, editors.c, exif.c, filelist.[ch], image-load.c, img-view.c, info.c, layout.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, main.c, menu.c, pixbuf_util.c, rcfile.c, thumb.c: Fixes for utf8 <--> locale conversion, all paths are now held in utf8 strings. Paths are now converted to locale prior to use in a library function. * dnd.c: Simply make this a wrapper for the ui_bookmark.c functions. * ui_bookmark.[ch]: utf8 fixes. * ui_fileops.[ch]: utf8 fixes, added utf8 path string utils. * ui_help.c: Removed old comments no longer needed. * ui_menu.[ch]: Added menu_item_add_simple, for filenames as menu text. * ui_pathsel.c, ui_tabcomp.c: utf8 fixes. * utilops.c: utf8 fixes, also fixed broken auto rename option when copy/move a single file. * view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c: utf8 fixes. * view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: utf8 fixes, plus drag and drop selection fixes. Fri Oct 24 08:00:12 2003 John Ellis * editors.c: Added stop button to allow aborting midway through multiple file operations. * preferences.c: Added help button for the command macros to the editor preferences tab, added credits button to the about dialog. * README: Added editors section describing macros, marked credits section to be found by about credits button. * po/POTFILES.in: Added editors.c Fri Oct 24 06:16:32 2003 John Ellis * editors.[ch]: Moved the editor command stuff here, added window to display results of a command. Window only shown when command prefixed by %v. * gqview.h, main.c: Removed above functions. * collect-table.c, collect.c, dupe.c, img-view.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, preferences.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Include editors.h. * ui_fileops.[ch]: Moved path_list_copy here. Mon Oct 21 00:05:03 2003 John Ellis * README, TODO: Updates. * po/*.po: make distcheck changes. * configure.in: Release 1.3.3 Mon Oct 20 10:16:12 2003 John Ellis * preferences.c: Clean up the editor slot entry alignments, removed extra frame from inside each tab. Mon Oct 20 08:26:05 2003 John Ellis * gqview.h, main.c, globals.c, rcfile.c, preferences.c: Make the number of editor slots adjustable by a define, instead of hard coding it everywhere. Increase the slot count to 10. Add lossless jpeg rotation to the defaults (uses jpegtran). * collect.c, dupe.c, img-view.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, menu.c: Connect the ctrl+9/0 keys to the new 9 and 10 editor slots. * view_file_icon.c: Fix loss of selection of changed files on refresh. * README: Updates. Sat Oct 18 21:06:10 2003 John Ellis * exif.[ch]: Flash display patch to work with more cameras, based on gqview-devel post by Eric Swalens * de.po: Updated German translation, submitted by Unseld@t-online.de (Rainer Unseld). * es.po: Updated Spanish translation, submitted by Ariel Fermani * preferences.c: Some cleanup fo duplicated code, set the options insensitive that can be disabled by another. * view_dir_list.c: Added the '.' folder back so that users can drop images into the current path with dnd. * dupes.c: Added ability to select all group 1 (parent) and all group 2 (child) duplicates. Very handy when comparing two file sets. * info.c: Make the properties window remember its size when expanded. * layout_util.c(layout_key_press_cb): Small fix. * layout.c(layout_selection_list): Return active image when in collection view mode. Sat Oct 18 12:09:35 2003 John Ellis * utilops.c: Fix incorrect test for file_util_unlink return value. Sat Oct 18 04:02:56 2003 John Ellis * utilops.c: Added debug printf. * README: Updated changes list. Sat Oct 18 03:01:40 2003 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, main.c, preferences.c, rcfile.c, utilops.[ch]: Added a safe delete feature (trash folder), location and max size can be set in preferences. By default trash is off (normal delete). Let's just say the developer wishes he had the safe delete option only a few hours ago... * layout.c, view_file_icon.[ch], view_file_list.[ch]: Make the file views return if they were affected by the maintenance call. Use this info when resetting the autorefresh time stamp for the layout. Fri Oct 17 23:53:13 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c(dupe_item_set_path): Correctly update the lists when the second list is enabled. Fri Oct 17 20:04:54 2003 John Ellis * image.c, typedefs.h: When read ahead is enabled, also buffer the previous image. Fri Oct 17 19:11:02 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c, similar.c: Moved the alternate enabled check to similar.c, so that there is only one place to check for it. Fri Oct 17 08:59:57 2003 John Ellis * cache.[ch], dupe.c, main.c, similar.[ch]: Changes to the alternate 'algorithm' layout to make adjustments easier (only from similar.c). Thu Oct 16 21:40:45 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c: Fixed up the compare two file sets option, results now include which list the image is from. Thu Oct 16 20:48:43 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c: Fixups, and make item removal work. Thu Oct 16 01:37:38 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c: Added debug thumbprint window to display what is going on with the similarity thumbprints. Thu Oct 16 00:23:33 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c: More fixes for sort/group by rank. Still need to work on the removal and second list functions. Wed Oct 15 20:20:29 2003 John Ellis * dupe.[ch]: Major reorganization, started change to rank based sorting and grouping of matches. Wed Oct 15 02:27:26 2003 John Ellis * cache.c: Fixups to string comparison logic (eek!). * similar.c: Added (unused) utility to stretch the contrast of a color channel, may use this for the grey mode. Tue Oct 14 23:15:19 2003 John Ellis * cache.[ch], dupe.c, similar.[ch]: Added experimental greyscale similarity algorithm. * main.c: Added command line option --greysims to enable the greyscale algorithm. Fri Oct 3 20:03:40 2003 John Ellis * collect.c, filelist.c, preferences.c, rcfile.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_list.c: Made case sensitive sorting optional. * ui_fileops.[ch]: Add case sensitive sort option utility. * ui_pathsel.c, ui_tabcomp.c: Support case sensitive sort option in file dialogs. Fri Oct 3 18:40:52 2003 John Ellis * collect.c, filelist.c, ui_pathsel.c, ui_tabcomp.c: Changed sorting of filenames to be case insensitive. * view_dir_tree.c: Ditto, but required a bit more than simply changing strcmp to strcasecmp, sorting was using the internal compare of clist. Fri Sep 26 20:53:27 2003 John Ellis * utilops.c: Added image preview panes for the delete and rename dialogs. Fri Sep 26 18:35:01 2003 John Ellis * bar_sort.c: use GtkToolbar for bottom buttons. For undo, refresh the file list before selecting the undone source image so that the selection matches the viewed image. Fri Sep 26 18:22:33 2003 John Ellis * bar_exif.c: Added sizing arrows to this sidebar. * bar_sort.c: Added (1 level) undo to the sort manager. Fri Sep 26 15:40:45 2003 John Ellis * image.c (image_size_sync): Remove redundant image redraw causing flicker when going fullscreen. Still flickers on other ops though. Mon Jul 28 11:41:26 2003 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Added option to disable the auto update features (update_on_time_change). * image.c, layout.c: Honor the update_on_time_change option. Fri Jun 13 22:42:29 2003 John Ellis * nl.po: Updated Dutch translation, submitted by Tino Meinen * es.po: Updates Spanish translation, submitted by Ariel Fermani * id.po: Added Indonesian translation, submitted by Tedi Heriyanto * bg.po: Added Bulgarian translation, submitted by Vladimir Petrov * README: Updates. * configure.in: Release 1.3.2 Fri Jun 13 22:05:24 2003 John Ellis * bar_sort.c, ui_bookmark.c: Hook up enter as default to ok button. * ui_tabcomp.c: When enter signal is not connected do not claim the keypress. * README: Updates. Fri Jun 13 17:30:29 2003 John Ellis * layout.c: Increased zoom label width. * layout_util.c: Added separator in view menu for sidebar items. Fri Jun 13 17:10:02 2003 John Ellis * bar_sort.[ch]: Moved the sort manager stuff here (from manager.c). * bar_exif.[ch]: Moved the exif display here from info.c and made it more generic, also to be used in a sidebar format. * manager.[ch]: Removed these files (see bar_sort). * exif.c: Fixed major file descriptor leak in exif reader. * info.c: Use new exif display utlity in bar_exif.c. * layout.c: New exif sidebar, updates to sort sidebar. * layout_image.c: Hook sidebar into image changes. * layout_util.[ch]: Updates to sidebar management, sidebar namespace changes. Added exif sidebar. * typedefs.h: Sidebar items added to LayoutWindow struct. * po/POTFILES.in: Updated for new/removed files. Fri Jun 13 14:05:47 2003 John Ellis * info.c: Apply patch to fix display of exif exposure time, * po/fi.po: Update translated string. both submitted by Tuomo Kohvakka . Thu Jun 12 21:10:38 2003 John Ellis * manager.[ch]: New files for sort manager utility. * layout.c, layout_util.[ch], typedefs.h: Incorporate sort manager. * po/POTFILE.in: Added manager.c Thu Jun 12 17:23:28 2003 John Ellis * main.c (setup_default_options): Register the default bookmarks. Fri May 9 15:34:32 2003 John Ellis * image.[ch], typedefs.h: Added auto refresh utilities. * fullscreen.c: Honor auto refresh setting in full screen. * img-view.c, layout_image.c: Set auto image refresh enabled. Tue Apr 1 18:35:36 2003 John Ellis * ui_pathsel.c: Fixed keyboard popup menu placement, removed excess columns in the path selection table when used as a directory chooser. Tue Apr 1 17:29:10 2003 John Ellis * ui_bookmark.[ch]: New files, contains new bookmark utils and moved the history list handling here. * ui_tree_edit.[ch]: New files, adds treeview version of the cell text editing of ui_clist_edit.[ch]. * ui_pathsel.c: Replace clists with treeview/model. Added bookmarks, allow drag and drop from the lists. Padding fixes. * ui_utildlg.c: Packing and padding fixes. * ui_tabcomp.[ch]: Fixes from SLIK. * main.c, layout.c, layout_util.c: Include ui_bookmark.h, as this is the new location fo the history_list utils. Sun Mar 9 14:41:51 2003 John Ellis * exif.c: Changed the #include for stdint.h to inttypes.h, as some libcs do not seem to have the former (solaris 9). Mon Mar 3 20:37:22 2003 John Ellis * README: Updates. * po/*.po: distcheck touches these. * po/POTFILES.in: Added exif.c * configure.in: Release 1.3.1 Mon Mar 3 19:40:08 2003 John Ellis * utilops.c: Further fixes for copy/move overwrite dialogs. * po/es.po: Updated Spanish translation, submitted by Ariel Fermani . * po/fr.po: Updated French translation, submitted by Eric Lassauge . * po/vi.po: Added Vietnamese translation, submitted by pclouds . * configure.in(ALL_LINGUAS): Added vi (Vietnamese). * README: Updated a few credits. Mon Mar 3 18:25:25 2003 John Ellis * utilops.c: Fixed the skip/skip_all logic in the copy/move overwrite dialogs. Mon Mar 3 15:13:36 2003 John Ellis * info.c, exif.c: Marked the exif strings for translation, they will be the same even in the event of exif API rewrite. Mon Mar 3 14:54:03 2003 John Ellis * info.c: Exif fixups, in patch from Eric Swalens . Mon Mar 3 14:10:54 2003 John Ellis * main.c: Bind the textdomain to the UTF-8 codeset, fixes broken menus and strings display for the translations. * preferences.c: Moved to GtkListStore/TreeView for the filter listing, based on patch by pclouds . Sun Feb 23 10:45:13 2003 John Ellis * layout.c: Removed tooltip form the path entry. * layout_util.c(layout_key_press_cb): When the path entry has the focus, try sending it the keypress event first. This fixes the menu accelorators from having precedence over input to the entry. Thu Feb 13 12:27:26 2003 John Ellis * image.c: Fixed flicker when the image focus state changes. Tue Feb 4 15:41:22 2003 John Ellis * preferences.c: Added close button to about window. * ui_help.c: Changed close button to a stock button. Tue Feb 4 09:17:09 2003 John Ellis * README: Updates. * configure.in: Release 1.3.0 Tue Feb 4 08:49:58 2003 John Ellis * README, ChangeLog: Updates, typos. * fr.po: Updated french translation, submitted by Nicolas Boos * exif.[ch]: Removed comment babble. * preferences.c: Marked about window title string for translation, fixed a label indent. Tue Feb 4 07:57:14 2003 John Ellis * view_dir_tree.c: Set the tree view to GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE, so that keyboard users are not stuck viewing every single path between where they are and where they want to be. * view_file_list.c: Pass a valid row when highlighting a context menu key press. Tue Feb 4 07:32:43 2003 John Ellis * collect-table.c, dupe.c, img-view.c, layout_image.[ch], layout_util.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Hooked up context menu key, to show right click menus, F10 will also work for the collection, dupes, and image windows. Also now explicitely destroy pop up menus when the underlying view is destroyed, since the menu does not go away when menu items are toggled with the spacebar (no selection done is sent in this case). * ui_menu.[ch](popup_position_clamp): Given a GtkMenu, ensure the passed coordinates will position the menu so that it is entirely on screen, adjusting the x,y values if needed. Sat Feb 1 23:10:23 2003 John Ellis * TODO: Updates. * info.c: Some exif display cleanups. Fri Jan 31 04:01:24 2003 John Ellis * exif.[ch]: Added a util, some cleanup. * info.c: Fixed up exif info display, added missing fields. Also hooked up mouse buttons/wheel on the image for moving within the image list. * layout.c: Added temporary tooltip warning beta users of brokenness. Wed Jan 29 06:29:15 2003 John Ellis * ui_menu.c, ui_pathsel.c, ui_tabcomp.c: Merges from SLIK 0.13.0 Wed Jan 29 06:05:36 2003 John Ellis * dupe.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: When mulitple files are selected, pass entire selection to the new view window. Wed Jan 29 05:04:32 2003 John Ellis * exif.[ch]: New files for EXIF support. * Makefile.am: Added exif files, above. * info.c: Added Exif properties tab, missing a few fields though. * main.c: Enabled startup beta warning. Wed Jan 29 02:15:00 2003 John Ellis * info.c: Use stock buttons/icons for file info window. * layout_util.[ch]: Use stock icons for the toolbar where available. * preferences.c: Update copyright in about. * po/*.po: Updated strings for the new copyright year. Wed Jan 29 00:58:25 2003 John Ellis * collect-dlg.c, collect-table.c, collect.c, dupe.c, img-view.c, layout.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, main.c, preferences.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Added stock icons for menu items and dialog buttons. * utilops.c: Same, also fixed big where skipping a file during copy/move operations, when the source and dest are the same, does not actually skip to the next file. * ui_menu.[ch], ui_pathsel.c, ui_utildlg.[ch]: Added gtk stock menu and dialog button support. Tue Jan 28 22:06:50 2003 John Ellis * globals.c, layout.c: Fix default window/pane values to match the slightly larger padding of gtk2 buttons. Fixed the sort popup menu. * image.[ch], img-view.c, layout_image.c, typedefs.h: Fix for gtk2's new support of scroll_event on the mouse wheel. * ui_help.c: Use a mark to scroll, since scroll to iter does not work when the textview is not yet visible. * view_dir_tree.c: Increase folder tree view row height by 1. * gqview.spec.in: Remove gdk-pixbuf requires, up gtk to gtk2 >= 2.0.1. Tue Jan 28 19:57:46 2003 John Ellis * [GTK2 port] * merged in latest release. Thu Jan 23 23:43:28 2003 John Ellis * README, TODO: Updates. * po/*.po: Distcheck always touches these. * configure.in: Release 1.2.1 Thu Jan 23 23:06:57 2003 John Ellis * image.c: Added file chunk size throttling when reading image files larger than 1 MB (current throttle is 4x). * ru.po: Updated Russian translation, submitted by Oleg Andryuschenko * fr.po: Updated French translation, submitted by Pascal Bleser * ja.po: Updated Japanese translation, submitted by Ryan Murray on behalf of Junichi Uekawa Thu Jan 23 22:48:56 2003 John Ellis * README, TODO: Updates. * globals.c, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Removed the 'place dialogs under mouse' option from the general user. Can be enabled by editing the gqviewrc file, see README. The option is also reset to it's new default on upgrade by renaming rc key to display_dialogs_under_mouse. * layout_util.c: The editor slots now use the current file selection when selected from the main menu, instead of only the viewed image. Tue Jan 14 21:41:49 2003 John Ellis * view_file_icon.c(vficon_sync): Properly remove _all_ rows that are no longer valid when updating the icon view. FIXES bug causing remnant images to be displayed after delete/move operations. Tue Jan 14 21:53:36 2003 John Ellis * [GTK2 port] * merged in 1.2.0 stable. Thu Dec 12 21:36:51 2002 John Ellis * README, TODO: Updates. * configure.in: Release 1.2.0 Thu Dec 12 21:17:13 2002 John Ellis * po/de.po: Updated German translation, submitted by Thomas Klausner * po/fi.po: Updated Finnish translation, submitted by Lauri Nurmi * po/cs.po: Updated Czech translation, submitted by Michal Bukovjan Thu Nov 14 17:02:43 2002 John Ellis * configure.in: Set the locale path to that of datadir instead of the prefix. * gqview.spec.in: Ditto. Tue Oct 15 14:44:45 2002 John Ellis * [GTK2 port] * merged in latest codebase. * src/Makefile.am: Added X_LIBS to ld flags (for -LXinerama to work). * ui_tabcomp.c: Fixed merge conflict dealing with (gdk_)time stuff. * view_file_icon.c(tip_schedule_cb): In GTK 2, window_has_focus has been renamed to has_focus in the GtkWindow structure. Thu Sep 26 10:25:01 2002 John Ellis * po/sl.po,tr.po: Fixe for fuzzy header and/or incorrect encoding name. * po/*.po: Make distcheck touches these. * README: Updated. * configure.in: Release 1.1.6. Thu Sep 26 09:36:50 2002 John Ellis * po/et.po: Updated Estonian translation, submitted by Ilmar Kerm . * po/fi.po: Updated Finnish translation, submitted by Lauri Nurmi . * po/fr.po: Updated French translation, submitted by Eric Lassauge * po/ro.po: Added Romanian translation, submitted by Harald Ersch . * configure.in(ALL_LINGUAS): Added tro. Wed Sep 25 11:52:13 2002 John Ellis * info.c: Fixed display of arrow buttons in properties window, some themes do not work with GTK_SHADOW_NONE... Wed Sep 25 11:22:49 2002 John Ellis * globals.c: Thumbnail caching is now _on_ by default. * layout.c, layout_util.c: The list and icon views are now a radio group in the menus. Now Ctrl-L display list view and Ctrl-I displays the icon view. Also grouped the related file view options in the menus. * README: Updates to the key shortcuts. Tue Sep 24 16:46:10 2002 John Ellis * view_file_icon.c: Do not pop up the filename tooltip if the window does not have the focus (fixes popping up when in fullscreen). * layout_image.c: The window and tools window should always be sensitive, even in fullscreen, since some users have Xinerama and could therefore still be able to use the main/tools window. Tue Sep 24 16:14:22 2002 John Ellis * image.c, img-view.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c: Fixed window title to remove the " - " part when no image is viewed. Also made the exit using control-Q consitent, hooked up control-P for image properties, and fixed it to drop out of full screen when showing the image properties window. (note that fullscreen is not intended for 'file management' use, therefore new windows will not work correctly when displayed from fullscreen, so the mode is exited.) * collect.c, dups.c: Hooked up Control-P to properties. * README: Documented Ctrl-P properties window shortcut. Tue Sep 24 14:20:15 2002 John Ellis * ui_pathsel.c, ui_tabcomp.c, ui_utildlg.c: Fixed merged from SLIK. Mon Sep 23 16:51:28 2002 John Ellis * fileutils.c(filters_add_default): Removed pcx (not supported by gdk-pixbuf), and added raster (.ras) to default filter group. Sat Sep 21 08:02:22 2002 John Ellis * thumb.c: Broken images are now marked with a 0 byte thumb file, so that regeneration is not reattempted until the timestamp changes. Also added (better) debugging output for thumb code. Sat Sep 21 06:45:28 2002 John Ellis * view_file_icon.c: Syn the view in an idle call when removing multiple files, for speed/clean view. * typedefs.h(ViewFileIcon): Added sync_idle_id var, for above. Sat Sep 21 06:17:47 2002 John Ellis * view_dir_list.c: Removed '.' from the dir list, and added a 'up to parent' popup menu item in it's place. * view_dir_tree.c: Added 'up to parent' menu item, for consistency. Fri Sep 20 11:46:57 2002 John Ellis * image.c: Retain zoom setting even when no image is present. Also fixed string on no image from returning infinite zoom text. Fri Sep 20 11:24:24 2002 John Ellis * rcfile.c: Fixed editing commands to allow quotes in the command. * main.c: Use %f in some example (default) commands. Fri Sep 20 11:06:56 2002 John Ellis * filelist.[ch]: Reimplemented the file filter lists. * globals.c, gqview.h: Removed global vars for specific file types. * main.c: Setup new file filters. * preferences.c: Added new file filter editor, also added missing cancel button to clear thumbnails confirm dialog. Sun Aug 4 03:48:52 2002 John Ellis * view_file_icon.c(vficon_maint_removed): If the removed file is the 1 actively being thumbnailed, set the thumbnail pointer to NULL so that the thumb routines will ignore this cycle (instead of trying to use it along with the freed memory!). * view_file_list.c(vflist_maint_removed): Ditto. Wed Jul 3 08:08:41 2002 John Ellis * Makefile.am, configure.in: Changes for upgrade to gettext 0.11.1 * autogen.sh: More gettextize command line options. * po/Makevars: New file for the new gettext - MANY cursing and complaint lines removed from ChangeLog that could have been simply avoided by adding upgrade notes to the gettext README! * po/*.po: Make distcheck with new gettext did this, plus a few fixes that the new gettext complains about (and fails on). Tue Jul 2 08:41:15 2002 John Ellis * main.c: Removed printing of beta warning message at startup. * README: Updates. * po/*.po: make distcheck touches these. * configure.in: Release 1.1.5 Tue Jul 2 07:49:26 2002 John Ellis * po/et.po: Updated Estonian translation, submitted by Ilmar Kerm * po/uk.po: Updated Ukrainian translation, submitted by Volodymyr M. Lisivka Tue Jul 2 07:28:24 2002 John Ellis * layout.c: When syncing window paths, pass full image path to the file list for correct scroll point. * view_file_list.c: Fixed refresh causing odd scroll point jumping. * view_file_icon.c: 0 -> NULL pointer fix, plus scroll after the clist is thawed. Fri Jun 14 16:19:41 2002 John Ellis * ui_tabcomp.c, ui_pathsel.c: Set gtk_combo to use case sensisitive compares for the directory/filter history lists. Sun Jun 9 23:27:07 2002 John Ellis * image.c(image_change_from_image): Maintain scroll offset. Sun Jun 9 23:03:08 2002 John Ellis * ui_utildlg.[ch]: Fixed addition of cancel button in a way that resulted in the window resizing onscreen when first showed. * utilops.c: Added a "Skip all" button to the move and copy overwrite dialog. Sun Jun 9 21:49:09 2002 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, layout.c, rcfile.c: Added lazy_image_sync for classic behavior of changing the path not effecting the displayed image. The new behavior is now to view the first image in the new path (many users wanted this - to enable old behavior set lazy_image_sync to true in gqviewrc). * main.c(main): Fixes to work with new non lazy image changing. Sun Jun 9 20:26:47 2002 John Ellis * layout_image.c: Set the main window (and tools) insensitive when showing full screen. * view_file_icon.c(tip_schedule_cb): Do not show the tooltip when the top level window is insensitive (fixes bug that tooltip can show up when switching to fullscreen). * view_dir_tree.c(vdtree_set_path): Expand the node of the new path to display the subdirectories. Sun Jun 9 19:30:07 2002 John Ellis * layout.c: Fixed broken 'fit window to image when tools float' option for the main window. Also fixed pane positioning bug causing panes to move to 1,1 when user holds down h or f to hide or float the tools. Wed Jun 5 19:38:40 2002 John Ellis * configure.in: Added test for Xinerama. * fullscreen.c: Added Xinerama support based on patch from "Jrg Mensmann" (untested - do not have Xinerama display - NVidia's twinview does not support it with tv out as the second device - crash :/ ) * Makefile.am(LD_ADD): Added Xinerama lib var. * view_file_list.c: Some crash fixes when refreshing the file view. Of note make sure nothing is selected until the clist is completely synced, and guard against vflist_index_get_data returning NULL, although that should no longer happen during the refresh. Fri May 24 18:39:03 2002 John Ellis * layout.c(layout_style_set): NULL widget pointers before destroying them, as the group box destruction will cause attempts to update widgets that may already be flagged for destruction. Tue May 14 19:20:48 2002 John Ellis * info.c: Added drag and drop support to info window (as source only). Tue May 14 18:59:12 2002 John Ellis * layout_config.c: Made the window layout selection look better. Wed May 1 21:28:55 2002 John Ellis * README, TODO: Updated. * po/*.po: Make distcheck always touches these. * configure.in: Release 1.1.4 Wed May 1 21:04:10 2002 John Ellis * layout.c: Fixed delete event signal handler parameters (oops), and unref the gtk_tooltips on window close to avoid leaking them. * layout_util.[ch]: Added new window menu item to create another main window, along with the companion close window menu item. * README: Updates. Wed May 1 19:52:58 2002 John Ellis * img-view.[ch]: Added maintenance support for deleted/moved files. * utilops.c: Hooked up the new img-view maintenance functions (above). Wed May 1 19:18:04 2002 John Ellis * dnd.[ch]: Removed image specific dnd functions (moved to img-view.c, as that is the only place that used them). * img-view.c: Dropping a list a of files onto the window now remembers the entire list, they can be navigated as in the main window and used to start a slideshow for that window. Dropped directories also pop up a menu requesting the actions, similar to the duplicates and collection window drag and drop stuff. * img-view.h: Added view_window_new_from_list. Wed May 1 16:45:22 2002 John Ellis * image.c(image_zoom_adjust_real): Removed the rounding hack when incrementing the zoom from the 'fit to window' (zoom == 0.0) state. It was a broken attempt to clamp the zoom to the increment size, which, upon further review is really just unexpected behavior and breaks when the increment size is larger than the resulting fit window scale. (surprised no one saw this earlier, it has been this way since pre 1.0) * preferences.c(zoom_increment_cb): Fix for converting float to int. Mon Apr 29 22:04:56 2002 John Ellis * utilops.c: Added the ability to auto-rename files numerically from within the rename (multiple) files dialog. Mon Apr 29 18:05:59 2002 John Ellis * info.c: Added display of image transparency (yes or no). * layout_image.c(layout_image_maint_removed): Move to the next closest image within a collection when deleting files, and a collection member is the actively viewed image. * view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: In the maintenance removed utils consider that the viewed image may be a collection member. Mon Apr 29 16:18:13 2002 John Ellis * main.c: Added support of %f escape to insert filenames anywhere within the editor command line. * rcfile.c(save_options): Remove brain dead fprintf that could result in writing random memory to the config file by simply specifying an printf format escape in an editor slot (oops). Mon Apr 29 15:12:02 2002 John Ellis * [GTK2 port] * image.c: Changed focus drawing a bit to remove the frame when the focus is active, and removed some crufty #if 0 sections. * view_file_icon.c: Grab the focus for the clist on a button 1 press. Fri Apr 26 00:32:59 2002 John Ellis * [GTK2 port] * collect-table.c: Fixes for removal of gtk_widget_popup. * dupe.c: Fixes for removal of gdk_time_get. * image-load.c: Fixes for pixbuf_loader castings, and gdk_pixbuf... * image.c: Fixes to find size of a pixmap, focus drawing, and gdk_pixbuf_(un_)referencing. * layout.c: Fixes for gdk_time_get and remove setting of paned handle size. * main.c: gdk_pixbuf_new_from_file now has a gerror parameter, and the gtk_item_factory_dump_rc plus friends seem to be gone, so disabled it. * preferences.c: Fixes button box spacing and about label justify. * ui_help.c, ui_tabcomp.c, ui_utildlg.c: Fixes needed copied from the slik GTK2 port. * view_dir_list.c: Fixes for pulling the GdkFont from a style. * view_file_icon.c: Fixes for gtk_widget_popup removal and to return values so that drag and drop works. * view_file_list.c: Fixes for pulling the GdkFont from a style. * configure.in: Use new gtk2 checks. * src/Makefile.am: Removed gdk-pixbuf flags as it is now part of gtk2. Fri Apr 26 00:30:02 2002 John Ellis * img-view.c, layout_util.c, preferences.c, view_dir_list.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Proper signal handler casts, and use of const gchar * where appropriate (for clean gtk2 compile). Wed Apr 24 21:19:00 2002 John Ellis * layout.c, layout_util.c, slideshow.c: Removed no longer needed FIXME printfs and comments. Wed Apr 24 20:34:26 2002 John Ellis * image.[ch]: Alterations now retain the center point of the image. Also added image_zoom_adjust_at_point(), which will keep the same point x,y in position after the zoom. * img-view.c, layout_image.c: Use the nre image_zoom_adjust_at_point so that ctrl-mouse wheel zooming stays relative to the mouse position. Sun Apr 21 01:16:53 2002 John Ellis * layout.c, typedefs.h: The active path of the main window is now checked for a timestamp change, is so call a refresh. * view_file_list.c: Fixed bug causing a jump to end of the list during a refresh or toggling thumbnails. Thu Apr 18 20:40:08 2002 John Ellis * README: Updates. * po/*.po: Make distcheck will touch these. * configure.in: Release 1.1.3 Thu Apr 18 20:15:53 2002 John Ellis * pixbuf_util.c: Compile cleanup. * po/POTFILES.in: Added info.c. * po/cs.po: Updated Czech translation, submitted by Jan Raska Thu Apr 18 13:00:07 2002 John Ellis * info.c: Added a misc. tab to the properties dialog for permissions. Wed Apr 17 19:48:11 2002 John Ellis * info.c (info_window_new): Remove unused vbox variable. * pixbuf_util.c: Made some small optimizations for the pixbuf rotation functions (appears roughly 2-3x faster, could probably be further improved by making clockwise and counter-clockwise specific versions, to remove the if statements from the inner loops). Wed Apr 17 15:13:11 2002 John Ellis * image.c: Ignore two pass zoom when imd->scale is 1.0 (not zoomed). Wed Apr 17 14:30:40 2002 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Added two pass zoom option, on by default. * image.c, typedefs.h: Implemented two pass zooming, also tried to throttle the image buffer size for larger image files - but left it #defined out for now, the buffer size needs to be calcualted better than mulitplying by 8 :) Wed Apr 17 12:50:11 2002 John Ellis * image.c: Removed the old debugging defines. Wed Apr 17 12:02:36 2002 John Ellis * info.c: When image is unkown flaged, do not display image attributes. * layout.c: When an image has no read access, display this fact. * layout_image.c, layout_util.c: Some menu fixes to remove the ugly (and poor design) (Un)float, etc. menu text. * view_dir_list.c: Scroll to show previous directory when walking up the path tree. * view_file_list.c: Fix broken filename text alignment when turning off thumbnails in the middle of loading the thumbnails. Mon Apr 15 12:46:08 2002 John Ellis * typedefs.h, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c: Disconnect the drag and drop autoscroller callback when the widget is destroyed. Sat Apr 13 12:22:24 2002 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, rcfile.c, main.c: Added toolbar_hidden variable. * layout.[ch], layout_util.c, main.c, typedefs.h: Added menu option to hide the toolbar buttons, based on patch from Trevor Harmon Wed Apr 10 12:24:00 2002 John Ellis * slideshow.c(generate_list): Fix non random list generation. (it was reversing the list after adding each index - with fun results). Tue Apr 9 23:54:52 2002 John Ellis * dupe.c: Fixed the reversed addition of matches that has been around since the beginning of time. (Fix absolutely needed now for the rank numbers to make any real sense.) Tue Apr 9 23:17:38 2002 John Ellis * info.c: Added compression ratio display to image properties. This is the real ratio of disk size to memory size. * dupe.[ch], globals.c, gqview.h, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Added display of the similarity rankings to the find dupes window. Also added a user adjustable 'custom threshold' for similarity. Tue Apr 9 18:34:33 2002 John Ellis * info.[ch]: Added an image properties dialog, only shows basic info at this time... * collect-table.c, dupe.c, img-view.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Added a 'Properties' item to all the menus to show the new dialog. Tue Apr 9 01:34:42 2002 John Ellis * similar.c: Did some optimizing, quick timing with stopwatch shows improvements in compares from 2 to 3.5 times faster. Tried to improve similarity data generation, but I doubt it helped much (if at all). Mon Apr 8 14:35:18 2002 John Ellis * README: Updates. * po/*.po: Make distcheck touched these. * po/th.po: Removed duplicate translation of "Overwrite file" * configure.in: Release 1.1.2. Mon Apr 8 14:03:48 2002 John Ellis * po/et.po, gqview.desktop: Updated Estonian translation, submitted by Ilmar Kerm . * po/fr.po: Updated French translation, submitted by Eric Lassauge . * po/th.po: Added Thai translation, submitted by Phanumas Thanyaboon . * README: Added translator credit. Mon Apr 8 13:33:23 2002 John Ellis * layout.c: Fixed mem leak. * ui_fileops.[ch]: Added unique_filename_simple() to deal with the extensions for us. Also added extension_from_path() util. * ui_utildlg.[ch]: Functions to add buttons to a dialog now return a pointer to the button. * utilops.c: Added auto/rename options to the file overwrite dialogs. Mon Apr 8 11:14:16 2002 John Ellis * image-load.c: Spew a warning if area_update happens with a NULL pixbuf. Sat Apr 6 13:10:03 2002 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, rcfile.c, preferences.c: Added option to allow imge backgrounds to be set to black. * image.[ch]: Added background color setting support, black or any other color (at this time app does not have custom color option). * fullscreen.c: Use new image_background_set_black (above) to set fullscreen images to black background. * img-view.[ch]: Added util to sync the color preferences, also all open windows are now kept in a list. * layout.[ch], layout_image.c: Support for color syncing to user setting. Fri Apr 5 15:58:33 2002 John Ellis * layout_util.c: Added ctrl-i and ctrl-t shortcuts for icon and tree views, respectively. 'Remove old thumbnails' no longer has a shortcut. Also added menu items for these (view menu), and made thumbnails menu and button insensitive when icon view is active. * ui_fileops.[ch]: Maintain file attributes during a file copy. Added copy_file_attributes util. * view_file_icon.c: Fix vficon_sync bug causing missing thumbnails after delete operation. Fri Apr 5 14:24:06 2002 John Ellis * layout.[ch]: The tools float and hide seem to be working well now. * layout_image.c, layout_util.c: Use the 'smart' layout_tools_{float|hide}_toggle() functions. * main.c: Pull the tools information before saving the rc file. * typedefs.h(LayoutWindow): Added slots to store the divider positions. * view_file_icon.c (destroy_cb): Unschedule the tip window when the view is destroyed (fixes crash). Mon Apr 1 12:18:35 2002 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, rcfile.c: Added float_window_divider to store the divider position of the tools window. * layout.[ch], layout_image.c, layout_util.c, main.c, typedefs.h: Started implementation of the float/hide tools option. Sort of works, but does not properly restore divider positions in some cases. Also get an X badwindow when holding down hide or float keys (hmm, race?). Mon Apr 1 07:05:40 2002 John Ellis * gqview.h, image.c, preferences.c, rcfile.c: When using gdk-pixbuf 0.16.0 or higher enable the TILES zoom quality option. * ui_clist_edit.c: Fix broken auto-scroll to make cell visible. * ui_help.[ch]: Added hbox accessor, plus prototype signal fixes. * ui_pathsel.c: Added divider between dir and file lists. Thu Mar 28 06:45:38 2002 John Ellis * collect-table.c: Use drag_leave signal to stop the autoscroller. * view_file_icon.c: File refresh and removal positioning fixes. Thu Mar 28 03:07:18 2002 John Ellis * view_dir_tree.c: Fix highlight dnd bug. Tue Mar 26 05:03:42 2002 John Ellis * configure.in: Use datadir for the GNOME icon and desktop entry, so that prefix is honored. Tue Mar 26 05:00:25 2002 John Ellis * collect-table.c, dupe.c, img-view.c, layout.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, menu.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: More proper signal casting (menus). Tue Mar 26 01:15:59 2002 John Ellis * collect-table.c, collect.c, dnd.c, fullscreen.c, image-load.c, image.c, img-view.c, layout.c, layout_config.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, main.c, menu.c, preferences.c, ui_help.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Signal connection, prototype, and return value clean ups. Fri Mar 22 21:06:41 2002 John Ellis * view_dir_tree.c: Unset the click_node and drop_node if they match the removed node. Wed Mar 6 01:57:26 2002 John Ellis * dupe.c, thumb.c: Update the thumbnail/sim if the mtime does not match the source file ( > just does not work), then set the mtime of the thumbnail/sim to that of the source file. You probably needed to re-generate those thousands of thumbnails anyway ;) * view_file_icon.c, view_file_list.c: Fix maintenance bugs where when deleting an image the next is not automatically selected/viewed. Mon Feb 25 01:01:14 2002 John Ellis * ui_*.c: Fixes from SLIK (0.7.0). Mon Feb 18 14:56:40 2002 John Ellis * main.c: Set the current worrking path to that of the file before calling the editor command. For multiple files, the first path in the list is used. Mon Feb 18 02:21:31 2002 John Ellis * rcfile.c: Fix buffer over-runs y using strncpy. Thu Feb 14 15:17:31 2002 John Ellis * view_dir_tree.c: Compile clean ups. * README, TODO: Updated. * po/*.po: Pretty sure make dist(check) is gonna touch these. * configure.in: Release 1.1.1 Thu Feb 14 11:05:13 2002 John Ellis * ui_fileops.[ch]: Added concat_dir_and_file() util, it handles case of base == "/" to avoid paths like "//name". * main.c, ui_pathsel.c, ui_utildlg.c, view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c, view_file_list.c: Use new concat_dir_and_file where appropriate. * utilops.c: The move/cop_simple calls now correctly determine single file operations, such that they are not treated as multiple files. * img-view.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c: Added 9, 8, 7 keyboard shortcust for zooms of -2, -3, and -4, respectively. Wed Feb 13 21:16:43 2002 John Ellis * layout.c(layout_list_new): Pass NULL as path when creating lists. * ui_clist_edit.c(clist_edit_by_row): Account for offset if clist is really a ctree. * view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c: Added new folder and rename options to the right click menus, check access perms before allowing in menus. * view_file_icon.c: More fixes. Wed Feb 13 14:49:49 2002 John Ellis * view_file_icon.c: Fixed sync() update when removing files from table. Wasted 30 minutes trying to fix focus handling for sync, discovered I was trying to re-invent what 1 call to vficon_update_focus() already does :-/ Tue Feb 12 21:59:12 2002 John Ellis * filelist.[ch]: Added text_from_size_abrev(), returns size in bytes, K, or MB. * image.c: Increased BUFFER_COUNT from 4 to 8, this results in twice as many bytes read from the image file per idle cycle. * layout.c: Fix sort sync bug. size totals are now displayed for the file list. * layout_util.[ch]: Added folder pixmap utilities. * typedefs.h: Added PixmapFolders struct (for above), and additional vars for the dir views. * view_dir_list.c, view_dir_tree.c: Added folder icons for the standard list for consistency, several fixes/cleanups, also allow drops on the std list for move/copy. * view_file_list.c: Fixes, selected images are passed to the image handler when idle (to avoid multiple selection mess). Tue Feb 12 15:28:23 2002 John Ellis * filelist.[ch]: Added filelist_insert_sort. util. * layout.[ch], layout_image.[ch]: Added maintenance support. * preferences.c, rcfile.c: The tree_descend_subdirs option is now user adjustable, and saved. * utilops.c: Hooked up layout maintenance. * view_dir_tree.c: Refresh now updates active path. * view_file_icon.[ch], view_file_list.[ch]: Added maintenance, fixed selection retention on refresh, and possible crashes when syncing the icon view. Mon Feb 11 21:47:52 2002 John Ellis * icons/folder_deny.xpm: New folder icon for dirs with no permissions. * view_dir_tree.c: Show the deny (locked) folder icon for dirs that do not pass a call to access(). Mon Feb 11 19:37:31 2002 John Ellis * icons/folder_[open|close]/xpm: New icons for folders. * view_dir_tree.c: Us folder icons in the ctree's view. Mon Feb 11 16:20:07 2002 John Ellis * po/POTFILES.in: Added view_dir_tree.c and view_file_icon.c. * filelist.c, ui_fileops.c: Fixed reading of file list so that top level paths (this in root dir) do not return //path (note double slash) * globals.c, gqview.h: Added tree_descend_subdirs option vars. * typedefs.h(ViewDirTree): Filled in needed vars. * layout.c: Hooked up vdtree_* stuff. * utilops.[ch]: Added file_util_[copy|move]_simple() funcs to bypass location dialog when you do not need it. * view_dir_tree.[ch]: Implemented tree view. * view_file_list.c: Fixed crash on refresh after moving selected files. (the refresh stuff still needs work) Sun Feb 10 15:35:32 2002 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, main.c, rcfile.c: Added state saving of icon and tree view options. * image.c: When image is set to NULL, still call the update function. * layout.[ch]: Support view as icons and tree, fix leak on layout style change. * typedefs.h: More needed vars to structs. * view_dir_list.c: Disconnect popup menu destroy signal when the main widget is destroyed, as it may be gone before the popup is done. * view_file_list.c: Added 'View as icons' popup menu option, also same fix as above. * view_file_icon.c: More work, selections states, dnd, menus, more. Fri Feb 8 16:17:29 2002 John Ellis * layout.c: Added the necessary vficon_xxx calls. * typedefs.h: Added necessary stuff to ViewFileIcon struct. * view_file_icon.[ch]: Started as collect-table.c, then edited to use FileData instead of CollectInfo... Sort of works. Wed Feb 6 19:54:48 2002 John Ellis * filelist.c, layout.c, layout_config.c, layout_image.c, layout_util.c, slideshow.c, view_dir_list.c, view_file_list.c: Compile cleanups from make CFLAGS="-g -Wall -O2 -Wmissing-prototypes -Werror" * README: Updates. * po/POTFILES.in: Updated. * po/*.po: Make distcheck touched these. * configure.in: Released 1.1.0 Wed Feb 6 18:32:23 2002 John Ellis * layout_config.c(layout_config_set): Fixed src<->dest swap thinko when setting syncing clist order. Wed Feb 6 16:11:17 2002 John Ellis * menu.[ch]: Allow sort menu to indicate current sort type. * main.c: Correctly set and save sort options. * collect-table.c: Fix for layout sort API change. * layout.[ch], view_file_list.[ch]: Implemented sort ui, also added sort to the file list pop up menu. * typedefs.h: Added sort widget (info_sort) to LayoutWindow. Wed Feb 6 14:40:09 2002 John Ellis * layout.[ch], layout_image.[ch], layout_util.c, preferences.c, slideshow.c, view_dir_list.c, view_file_list.c: Status bar is now working. Applying settings in config window now updates the layout of the main window - this seems to be ok, but I still cross my fingers when I press apply ;) Tue Feb 5 16:22:57 2002 John Ellis * layout.c: Fixed (most of) the tab completion and history. * layout_util.c: Keyboard shortcuts should all work now. * main.c: Removed old keyboard handler (to layout_util.c). * layout_image.c, dnd.c: Main window image dnd hooked up. * ui_tabcomp.c: Enabled tab completion helper popup menu, and fixed entry cursor positioning when selecting from the menu. Tue Feb 5 08:53:02 2002 John Ellis * layout_image.c, slideshow.c: Fixed read ahead issues (was double loading the file, sequentially) * menu.c: Removed include for window.h, file no longer exists. Mon Feb 4 18:22:33 2002 John Ellis * global.c, gqview.h, rcfile.c: Added horizontal divider var. * layout.[ch], layout_image.c, layout_util.[ch], main.c, typedefs.h, view_dir_list.[ch], view_file_list.[ch]: Most things now work, it now resembles a useable interface again. * slideshow.c: Fixes. * menu.c: Removed all old menu stuff, clean now. * window.[ch]: Removed files. Mon Feb 4 14:31:25 2002 John Ellis * img-main.[ch]: Dumped. * layout_image.[ch]: New files, contains image code adapted from above img-main files. * typedefs.h: Move all public structures here. * fullscreen.h, slideshow.h: Move structures out (to above). * collect-table.c, collect.c, dups.c, window.c: Include fixes. * dnd.c, menu.c: Removed unused code. * gqview.h, main.c: start_editor_* fixes. * layout.[ch], view_file_list.[ch]: More work. Sun Feb 3 15:36:31 2002 John Ellis * typedefs.h: Moved layout, list struct headers here. * filelist.h, layout.h, layout_util.h, preferences.c, view_dir_list.h: Changes for above. * layout.c, view_file_list.[ch]: The file listing now sort of works. * slideshow.c: Fixed crash from wrong test placement. Sat Feb 2 16:47:19 2002 John Ellis * dnd.[ch]: Made drop types public. * collect-table.c, dupe.c: Removed enum now duplicated in dnd.h. * filelist.[ch]: Fixes. * layout.[ch]: Added dir list view plus more work. * menu.c: Removed old dir popup menu code. * view_dir_list.[ch]: Impemented, pretty much done except for reporting back to the layout. Sat Feb 2 12:48:49 2002 John Ellis * layout_config.[ch]: Added new files, includes util to select window layout and to convert the selected layout to/from simple format for saving in an rc file. * globals.c, gqview.h, main.c: Added layout variables for default view. * rcfile.c: Save/restore these variables. * layout.c, layout_util.c: More work, mainly all for configuration. * preferences.c: Added layout configuration to window tab. Fri Feb 1 13:19:19 2002 John Ellis * layout.[ch]. main.c, view_file_list.h: Well, we got the window back.. Also worked on the layout code, seems it should be done in a simpler way.... Thu Jan 31 14:30:21 2002 John Ellis * layout_util.[ch]: Added utils for layouts (menus, toolbar, +misc). * collect-io.c, collect-table.c, collect.c, dupe.c, preferences.c: Fixed for new layout structure. * filelist.ch, globals.c, gqview.h: Fixes, and removed global vars. * dnd.c, img-main.h, main.c, menu.[ch], window.c: Made these compile (mostly by #if 0-ing out offending code). * layout.[ch]: More fleshing out. * view_file_list.[ch]: Well it compiles... * slideshow.[ch]: Fixed to use new layout window, should be ok. * Makefile.am: Updates, well it now compiles without warnings - just don't run it -- there's no window :) Wed Jan 30 12:13:35 2002 John Ellis * filelist.[ch]: Stripped out old file list code, only list utils are to remain here (no GUI stuff). * layout.[ch]: This will be the functions to generate the main window. * view_file_list.[ch]: Began new file list code (much of it is just making original file list self-contained (no globals, etc.) * view_file_icon.[ch]: The is will be a wrapper around the collection table to view the file list as a collection layout. (currently empty). * view_dir_list.[ch]: Will be new directory list (currently empty). * view_dir_tree.[ch]: Will be new tree view of dirs (curently empty, will probal start with using tree code from old bitgrazer app). * Makefile.am: Added above new files, note that no compiling has been attempted - it wont work anyway for a quite a while. Fri Jan 11 01:15:04 2002 John Ellis * main.c: Removed pre-1.0 compatibility code (very old versions placed gqviewrc and thumbnail dir in top of $HOME, this checked for and moved them to current location $HOME/.gqview/.) * TODO: Updated. * ChangeLog: added marker for start of post-2.0 Changes. Fri Jan 11 00:40:45 2002 John Ellis * *.[ch]: Update copyright year. * main.c(main): Print blurb about devel beta etc. * configure.in: Removed useless test. ======================================================================= GQview 1.1.x series started. (1.1 marker) ======================================================================= Tue Jan 29 05:36:32 2002 John Ellis * README: Updated. * configure.in: Release 1.0.2 Sun Jan 27 08:34:13 2002 John Ellis * po/*.po: Make distcheck touched these. * README: Updated. Sun Jan 27 08:04:36 2002 John Ellis * po/[cs, de, pt_BR].po: Fixed warnings for incorrect or no charset. * po/cs.po: Updated Czech translation, submitted by Jan Raska * po/zh_CN.GB2312.po: Updated Chinese translation, submitted by Charles Wang * po/pl.po: Minor Polish translation tweak. Wed Jan 16 02:16:38 2002 John Ellis * dupe.c(dupe_window_remove_selected): Copy the selection list before removing files, because clist->selection may change as items are removed. Fixes BUG where not all files selected were being removed from the list. Tue Jan 1 12:32:52 2002 John Ellis * gqview.1: Updated contact info in man page. * configure.in: Release 1.0.1 Tue Jan 1 12:23:26 2002 John Ellis * preferences.c, README: Old gqview@email.com changed to gqview@users.sourceforge.net. * po/*.po: Some patching to update e-mail (above). Tue Jan 1 11:24:19 2002 John Ellis * cs.po: Added Czech translation, submitted by Jan Raska * uk.po: Updated Ukrainian translation, submitted by Volodymyr M. Lisivka * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Added cs. * README: small update. Sat Dec 15 12:21:02 2001 John Ellis * po/hu.po: Updated Hungarian translation, submitted by Egmont Koblinger * po/nl.po: Updated Dutch translation, submitted by Tino Meinen * README: Updated. * configure.in: Released 1.0 Mon Dec 10 13:26:24 2001 John Ellis * po/nl.po: Updated from Tino Meinen. * README, TODO: Updated. * configure.in: Release 0.99.3 (release candidate 1) Mon Dec 10 12:54:03 2001 John Ellis * po/nl.po: Updated Dutch translation, submitted by Tino Meinen Sun Dec 9 11:54:19 2001 John Ellis * po/no.po: Fixed fuzzy caused by make dist. * po/ru.po: Minor format change from a make dist (no translation changed, however). * po/*.po: Make dist updated the POT creation date for the others. Sun Dec 9 11:43:26 2001 John Ellis * preferences.c: Fixed the license statement in the about dialog. * po/*.po: Adjusted translation lines for above, where I could - to avoid fuzzies. Sun Dec 9 11:03:46 2001 John Ellis * po/et.po: Updated Estonian translation, submitted by Ilmar Kerm * po/es.po: Updated Spanish translation, submitted by Rodrigo Sancho Senosiain * po/fr.po: Updated French translation, submitted by Eric Lassauge * po/ru.po: Updated Russian translation, submitted by Sergey Pinaev * po/no.po: Added Norwegian translation, submitted by Torgeir Ness Sundli * po/it.po: Added Italian translation, submitted by Di Maggio Salvatore * configure.in (LINGUAS): Added no. Wed Dec 5 18:31:47 2001 John Ellis * README: Updated. * po/*.po: Make distcheck touched these. * configure.in: Release 0.99.2 Wed Dec 5 18:04:37 2001 John Ellis * README, TODO, gqview.1: Minor updates. * configure.in (LINGAUS): Changed zh_TW.Big5 to zh_TW. * po/zh_TW.po: Updated Traditional Chinese translation, submitted by Abel Cheung * po/zh_TW.Big5.po: Removed, renamed without Big5 at submitter's request - not sure of any possible problems this may cause? * po/fi.po: Updated Finnish translation, submitted by Lauri Nurmi * po/de.po: Updated German translation, submitted by Thomas Klausner * po/fr.po: Updated French translation, submitted by Eric Lassauge * po/pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation, submitted by Guilherme M. Schroeder Sun Nov 25 10:46:00 2001 John Ellis * README: Updated. * configure.in: Release 0.99.1 Sun Nov 25 10:36:00 2001 John Ellis * po/*.po: Make distcheck updated these. * po/pt_BR.po: Many entries marked fuzzy were fine, plus a few fixes. Sun Nov 25 09:55:03 2001 John Ellis * da.po: Added Danish translation, submitted by Birger Langkjer . * pt_BR.po: Updated Brazilian Portuguese translation, submitted by Guilherme M. Schroeder * configure.in: Added da to LINGUAS. * README: Updates. Sun Nov 25 09:44:14 2001 John Ellis * README, gqview.spec.in, po/fr.po: Updated French translation, submitted by Eric Lassauge * filelist.c: When entering a directory with no read acces, still clear the file/dir lists. Also add . and .. to allow exit of said dir. * img-view.c, window.c: The " - GQview" string really should not be marked for translation. Mon Nov 19 12:02:19 2001 John Ellis * README: Updated. * configure.in: Release 0.99.0 Mon Nov 19 11:54:09 2001 John Ellis * po/fr.po, gqview.spec.in, gqview.desktop: Updated French translation submitted by Eric Lassauge Mon Nov 19 09:15:23 2001 John Ellis * image.c(image_tile_render): Use the simple render when scale is also 1.0. This speeds up renders when zoom is auto, but the scale is 1.0. Also removed crufty #if 0'ed lines. Mon Nov 19 09:00:00 2001 John Ellis * image.c: Finally fixed the window shrinking bug with zoom_to_fit, needed to add a 'new image' flag to a few funcs for this. Mon Nov 19 07:30:29 2001 John Ellis * filelist.c: The history menu text is now truncated using the available space in the GtkOptionMenu instead of forcing to 32 chars. Sun Nov 18 07:02:23 2001 John Ellis * Makefile.am, configure.in, acconfig.h: Install README to a share dir. * README: Added section keys. * gqview.spec.in: Added README of share dir. * POTFILES.in: Added ui_help.c * gqview.h, main.c, menu.c: Added simple help window to display README. * ui_help.[ch]: New files for utils to display a help window. Fri Nov 16 10:28:44 2001 John Ellis * main.c, slideshow.c: Went back to rand()/srand() [from (s)random], as it is more portable. Thu Nov 15 02:32:17 2001 John Ellis * README: Updated. * cache_maint.c(cache_maintain_home_c): Fixed == to = (oops); * po/POTFILES.in: cache_main.c is actually cach_maint.c. * configure.in: Release 0.13.0 Wed Nov 14 13:33:57 2001 John Ellis * cache_maint.[ch]: Moved cache maintenance stuff here, and added a dialog displaying 'purge thumbnails' progress - it also no longer blocks the app. * cache.[ch]: Moved above out of here. * Makefile.am, filelist.c, menu.c, preferences.c, utilops.c: Used new functions and/or include cache_maint.h. * po/POTFILES.in: Added cache_maint.c Tue Nov 13 07:04:38 2001 John Ellis * icons/marker.xpm, Makefile.am: Moved the marker.xpm file to the icons dir. * collect-table.c: Update include of marker.xpm. Tue Nov 13 06:23:29 2001 John Ellis * Makefile.am, marker.xpm: Added marker icon file. * collect-table.c: Added marker to display insertion point of a dropped image in collection windows, same for moving. Also dropped directories are sorted before adding to the collection, and honor the collection_drop_inserted option. Also if the mouse is outside the clist window, shut down the autoscroll cb. * filelist.[ch]: Made path_list_sort() public. Mon Nov 12 20:58:18 2001 John Ellis * main.c: Changed exit dialog title. * window.c: Fixed delete_event handlers to return TRUE (was void). Mon Nov 12 20:45:02 2001 John Ellis * collect-dlg.[ch]: Added type to close collection window after save. * collect-io.c, collect-table.c, collect.[ch], typedefs.h: Added a changed flag to collections, and use it to remind user a collection was modified before closing the window. * main.c: Remind user at least one open collection has been modified, with option to cancel exit. Mon Nov 12 19:22:05 2001 John Ellis * gqview.spec.in: Updated the RPM spec file. * po/nl.po: Updated Dutch translation, submitted by Hette J Visser * po/uk.po: Added Ukrainian translation, submitted by Volodymyr M. Lisivka * configure.in: Added uk to LINGUAS. * README: Updates. * po/{all_others}.po: Make dist did this while testing RPM build. Mon Nov 12 06:54:04 2001 John Ellis * collect-table.[ch], collect.[ch], typedefs.h: Implemented collection insert, and added moving of images within a collection using dnd. * dupe.[ch]: Changed color coding for duplicate list, alternate colors are now 10% darker instead of inverted fg and bg. * globals.c, gqview.h, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Added option to insert dropped files into a collection at the drop point. * main.c, slideshow.c: Use random instead of rand. * ui_clist_edit.[ch]: Added utils for g_lists and clist row styles. * ui_pathsel.c: Moved uig_list_insert_link() out to ui_clist_edit. Thu Nov 8 23:35:53 2001 John Ellis * ui_menu.[ch]: Added more menu item utils. Thu Nov 8 20:59:20 2001 John Ellis * preferences.c: Made ok, apply, and cancel button sizes consistent. * collect-dlg.c: Changed Load to more consistent Open. Thu Nov 8 19:47:47 2001 John Ellis * ui_utildlg.c: Changed the vertical spacing on dialogs (same dialog size, moved some space from above the buttons to top of window). Also aligned buttons right and made them bigger. Thu Oct 25 14:10:47 2001 John Ellis * ui_pathsel.c: Fixed incorrect strncmp in dest_filter_list_sync() to check entire string (strcmp). Ordered filter addition so that they are listed in descending order, but keep All Files ( * ) filter at the bottom of the list. Fri Oct 19 20:09:44 2001 John Ellis * ui_clist_edit.c: Explicitely set the focus for the text entry to fix missing cursor. * README: Updated. * configure.in: Release 0.12.0 Fri Oct 19 18:47:16 2001 John Ellis * README, TODO: updated. * po/et.po: Added Estonian translation, submitted by Ilmar Kerm * configure.in: Added et to ALL_LINGUAS. Tue Sep 18 21:53:04 2001 John Ellis * collect.c: Added keyboard shortcuts for copy/move/rename/delete, also fixed control-key test. * README: Credit updates. Tue Sep 18 21:19:46 2001 John Ellis * collect.c, filelist.[ch], globals.c, gqview.h, main.c, menu.c, rcfile.c, typedefs.h, window.c: Added sort files ascending/descending option. Also added compile-time feature to sort names numerically (numerical sort based on patch from Martin Pool ) * README, gqview.1: Documented the I keyboard shortcut for collections. Tue Sep 18 20:06:30 2001 John Ellis * utilops.c (file_util_create_dir_cb): Support dir names entered as an absolute path. Tue Sep 18 19:05:52 2001 John Ellis * cache.[ch], dupe.c, gqview.h, thumb.c: The local (home) thumb dirs are created with mode 0755 (as before), but the .thumbnails dirs created near the images are now 0775 (so that others in the group can update the thumbs). * ui_clist_edit.[ch]: Added clist_edit_set_highlight (remember to fix filelist.c to use this in future), also fixed the clist_moveto calls to use a valid column number (-1). * ui_pathsel.c: Added right click menus to rename dirs and files, and to delete files. Also added a New Directory button to create new directories from within the dialog. Tue Sep 18 15:33:41 2001 John Ellis * po/ja.po: Updated Japanese translation, submitted by Yuuki NINOMIYA on behalf of SATO Satoru * po/pl.po: Updated Polish translation, submitted by Zbigniew Chyla * po/nl.po: Added Dutch translation, submitted by "H.J.Visser" * po/fi.po: Added Finnish translation, submitted by Lauri Nurmi Fri Sep 14 15:43:53 2001 John Ellis * filelist.[ch]: Added text_from_time and text_from_size utils for file attribute display. Added size and date to the file list. * window.c: Changes for above. * dupe.c: Removed text_from_time, use new one as well as one for byte size from filelist.h. * collect-table.c: Fixed a style leak on clist cell selections. Sat Sep 8 01:49:04 2001 John Ellis * dupe.c: Fix style leak when re-aligning clist row colors, also made removing multiple selected rows much faster (it was realigning the row styles after every line removal, eww). Sun Jun 24 22:27:40 2001 John Ellis * collect-table.c: Added copy, move, rename, and delete to the pop up menu of collections (keyboard support not done). Thu Apr 5 18:21:59 2001 John Ellis * dupe.[ch]: Made the 'compare two file sets' list use less (1/3) of the window. * globals.c, gqview.h, main.c, rcfile.c, window.c: Added saving of the divider position between dirs and files. Also fixed a bug that attempting to get the tool window size when it was not visible. Thu Apr 5 16:38:23 2001 John Ellis * filelist.[ch]: Fixed path_list_filter() to do checks on the file name, not full path. Also added is_dir_list which will not do the check for the extension on directory lists. * collect-table.c, dupe.c, menu.c: Fixes for the above, and also added additional filtering for the duplicates window. Thu Apr 5 15:41:02 2001 John Ellis * po/de.po: Updated German translation, submitted by Christian Ullrich * po/ja.po: Updated Japanese translation, submitted by Yuuki NINOMIYA * po/fr.po: Updated French translation, submitted by Eric Lassauge * po/sl.po: Updated Slovene translation, submitted by Matej Erman * po/it.po: Updated Italian translation, submitted by Christopher R. Gabriel Tue Mar 20 13:36:41 2001 John Ellis * README: Updated. * configure.in: Release 0.11.0 Tue Mar 20 13:25:04 2001 John Ellis * image.c: Added #define option to use faster zooming method. Also attempted to fix shrinking window bug - failed. * README: Updated. * po/zh_TW.Big5.po: Updated Traditional Chinese translation, submitted by Abel Cheung . Thu Mar 15 16:49:11 2001 John Ellis * dupe.c: Freeze dw->second_clist when adding files. Thu Mar 15 15:48:57 2001 John Ellis * main.c: Added support for opening collections from the command line. Thu Mar 15 14:14:26 2001 John Ellis * dupe.c: Minor window file count fix. * thumb.c: Use xvpics (if enabled) only as a last resort when searching for a pre-existing thumbnail. Wed Mar 14 08:50:00 2001 John Ellis * dupe.[ch]: Added option to compare between two different sets of files (very useful when checking a handful of new files to a known unique group). Also set the default window width back to 600. Thu Mar 8 10:35:25 2001 John Ellis * gqview.h, image.c: Went back to 0.10.0 method of using gdk_pixbuf_composite_color() for every quality except NEAREST for images without transparency. Also disabled the TILES option for zooming all together - my little test scenario now crashes with the new gdk-pixbuf (0.10.0). -- maybe I do have a bug floating around the scaling compuations somewhere, but damn if I can find it. Thu Mar 8 10:14:32 2001 John Ellis * configure.in, gqview.h, image.c: Made quick non-public package so that anyone interested in fixing gdk-pixbuf's gdk_pixbuf_scale() can try the fixes with GQview. (all broken scaling methods are enabled in this version). Thu Mar 8 09:52:01 2001 John Ellis * po/es.po: Updates Spanish translation, from Rodrigo Sancho Senosiain * dupe.c: Made the default window 20 pixels wider. Thu Mar 8 09:28:09 2001 John Ellis * configure.in, gqview.spec.in: Require gdk-pixbuf 0.10.0 or newer. * gqview.h, image.c, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Use the fixed simple scaling of gdk-pixbuf 0.10.0, also disabled the TILES zoom quality option until this is fixed in gdk-pixbuf (assuming it is a gdk-pixbuf bug, as the other qualities work fine - ask for test case of image sizes if anyone is interested in fixing this). Wed Feb 28 16:40:02 2001 John Ellis * collect-dlg.c, collect.c, dupe.c, img-view.c, preferences.c, utilops.c, window.c: Use GQview as the window class, as X man page encourages capitalization of first letter, and this removes conflict of gqview for instance of main window. Mon Feb 26 15:39:15 2001 John Ellis * po/zh_CN.GB2312.po: Added simplified Chinese translation, from Wu Yulun . * README, TODO, gqview.spec.in: Updated. * configure.in: Release 0.10.1 Sat Feb 24 05:39:53 2001 John Ellis * filelist.c (path_list_recursive): Return NULL, not FALSE. (it's a pointer) * img-main.c (main_image_slideshow_start_from_list): Free the path_list before returning if slideshow is already running. * slideshow.c (real_slideshow_start): Fix test of path_list before return of NULL. Sat Feb 24 03:46:12 2001 John Ellis * image-load.c: Fix to support image loaders that do not have a pixbuf until the the loader is actually closed. (This should fix thumbnail generation failures for xpm and tiff). * similar.c (image_sim_fill_data): Fix to support generation of data for images with dimensions less than 32 x 32. Thu Feb 22 08:44:38 2001 John Ellis * cache.c: Added blurb about the SIMcache file format. * dupe.c: Properly ref/unref clist row styles. Thu Feb 22 07:54:12 2001 John Ellis * dupe.[ch]: Operations now give a (very rough) estimate of time left before completion of the comparison stage. Thu Feb 22 05:47:17 2001 John Ellis * cache.[ch]: New files to handle the caching placement/management stuff. Also location of reading and writing of the dupe window cache data. * dupe.c: Added caching of file data (dimensions, checksum, and similarity). * filelist.c, menu.c: Namespace update for cache maintenance. * globals.c, gqview.h, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Added option to save cache data into direct subdir of source (.thumbnails support). * thumb.[ch]: Use new cache functions for locating thumbs. * utilops.c: Move/remove cache date when doing the same for their parent files. Tue Feb 20 19:41:27 2001 John Ellis * ui_fileops.[ch]: Moved include of time.h back to the .c file. * ui_utildlg.c: #include , this should have been the original fix anyway... * gqview.h: Added #include * image-load.c: Removed above include. Mon Feb 19 17:26:23 2001 John Ellis * gqview.1, README: Updates. * configure.in: Release 0.10.0 Sun Feb 18 08:08:03 2001 John Ellis * ui_utildlg.[ch]: Real fix for enter activating wrong widgets, now you must set it manually with generic_dialog_attach_default(). Note that file_dialog_add_path_widgets() does this automatically. * utilops.c: Added a few attaches, from above. Sun Feb 18 07:32:04 2001 John Ellis * ui_utildlg.c (generic_dialog_key_press_cb): Only call the default function upon press of enter while a gtkentry has the focus. (no longer conflicts with pressing enter while focused on, say a button). Sun Feb 18 06:52:51 2001 John Ellis * image.c (image_draw_focus): Fixed the focus drawing to follow themes, since painting merely a black rectangle was very broken with some theme engines (and did not follow the theme). Tue Feb 13 02:34:33 2001 John Ellis * ui_fileops.[ch]: Fix #include of time.h (moved it to header). Mon Feb 12 15:04:51 2001 John Ellis * README, TODO: Updates. * configure.in: Release 0.9.5. Mon Feb 12 05:39:30 2001 John Ellis * Makefile.am, gqview.spec.in: Added man page. * gqview.1: The man page, submitted by Ryan Murray * README: Credits for man page. Fri Feb 9 20:26:46 2001 John Ellis * menu.c: Use gdk-pixbuf to generate toolbar images. * window.c (tollwindow_hide): Retrieve the window's geometry attributes before hiding the window (else we get a random X BadMatch error). Fri Feb 9 19:45:26 2001 John Ellis * fullscreen.c: The mouse is now hidden on start of fullscreen instead of waiting for the 'no-move timeout'. * dnd.c, filelist.[ch], menu.[ch], window.c: All pop-up menus are now created as needed, instead of globally at start-up. Right clicking unselected files in the file list now highlights them. Added a right click menu to the dir list that includes new slideshow recursive feature (also standard slideshow, and find duplicates choices). * globals.c, gqview.h: Removed unused global menu vars (above). * img-main.[ch]: Added main_image_slideshow_start_from_list(). Fri Feb 9 17:02:07 2001 John Ellis * image.c (image_size_top_window): When checking if a resize is needed, compare to the window that will actually be resized (the top window). This was checking the wrong widget's window, and was returning TRUE incorrectly, subsequently causing no update if the image had the same size for the main window. * po/hu.po: Updated Hungarian translation from Mtys Tibor Thu Feb 8 18:16:18 2001 John Ellis * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Added hu (Hungarian). * po/hu.po: Added Hungarian translation from Mtys Tibor * po/fr.po: Updated French translation from Eric Lassauge Thu Feb 8 17:46:00 2001 John Ellis * image.c (image_change_from_image): Copy all relevent data from source, now fullscreen toggle while loading an image works. This is really a move function, it moves most data from source to dest. Probably should add a copy function that copies pixbuf, or loads from scratch if still loading source. * img-main.c, img-view.c: Mouse wheel (b4, b5) now reverses the 'mouse scrolls image' option when holding down shift, and also zooms when holding down control. * typedefs.h (ImageWindow): Removed crufty size_idle_id. Thu Feb 8 16:31:57 2001 John Ellis * filelist.c (file_is_moved): Fixed bug causing moved files not to removed from the file list. * image.c (image_scroll_real): Fix race condition between expose_event and scrolling so that redraws are always called on the correct region. (This was the cause of missing redraws when scrolling with the mouse). Thu Feb 8 15:30:14 2001 John Ellis * img-main.c: Connect 'b' and 'p' keys to the full screen as well. Mon Feb 5 17:37:29 2001 John Ellis * README, TODO: Updates. * configure.in: Release 0.9.4 Mon Feb 5 17:03:27 2001 John Ellis * dupe.c: Added keyboard shortcuts for the duplicates window. * image.c (image_change_complete): Call the update function explicitely if sync if FALSE. Mon Feb 5 14:06:07 2001 John Ellis * collect-dlg.c, filelist.c, utilops.[ch]: Added wrappers around the new dialog routines to re-implement place dialogs under mouse option. * ui_utildlg.h: Fixed #defines for re-definition safety. Fri Feb 2 15:36:17 2001 John Ellis * dupe.[ch]: Optimized Loading of data when setuping up for a compare. Also speedups by using the image_sim_compare_fast() (below), and setting the buffer size of the image loader higher (8). * similar.[ch] (image_sim_compare_fast): New function that aborts when the return no longer has the possibility of reaching the minimim requested value. Significantly faster when used to search for images that are very close. (say, above .95). Fri Feb 2 01:02:11 2001 John Ellis * similar.[ch]: New files, provides functions for simple comparison of images by average area color content. * dupe.[ch]: Added similarity compare methods (normal, high, and low accuracy matches.) The cutoff for each is 90, 95, and 85 percent, resp. Wed Jan 31 19:31:10 2001 John Ellis * image.c: Fixed typo in comparison of window sizes in top_window_size, also do not call gtk_widget_set_usize in that func, as gdk_window_size is enough (and avoids duplicate size events). Also only call a redraw if the top window was not resized, as the size event will do this for us. * img-view.c: Attached ctrl-w to close a view window. Wed Jan 31 16:43:21 2001 John Ellis * dnd.c (get_uri_file_list): Handle file:/// as well, so that drops with this do not result in "///file" path names. * img-view.c, main.c: Added following key support: P to toggle pause of slideshows, B to be same as BackSpace, and 1 - 4 to set zoom level. Also marked debug printfs with if (debug), and and added --version command line option. Tue Jan 30 20:05:36 2001 John Ellis * collect.[ch]: Added maintenance funcs for renamed, moved files, etc. * dupe.[ch]: Added maintenance funcs (as above), also added Remove to the pop-up menu, and fixed the alternating color swap (now that individual items can be removed, the colors need to be re-synced). * filelist.[ch]: Added file_is_moved(), and fixes to use the file_maint_*() stuff. * img-main.[ch] (main_image_get_collection): Added this accessor. * utilops.[ch]: Added file_maint_*() funcs, call these when files have been manipulated (rename, move, delete). Tue Jan 30 16:04:42 2001 John Ellis * image-load.[ch]: Added ability to set the priority of the image loader, default is G_PRIORITY_DEFAULT_IDLE (same as g_idle_add). * typedefs.h (ImageLoader): Added idle_priority (see above). * image.c: The drawing queue now uses an idle with priority G_PRIORITY_HIGH_IDLE, so that redraws of the image will occur before anything else. (this way when scrolling a still-loading image, the scrolled area is updated faster) Mon Jan 29 13:48:47 2001 John Ellis * collect-io.[ch], collect.[ch]: Const ify some arguments. * configure.in: Release 0.9.3 Mon Jan 29 13:35:21 2001 John Ellis * collect.c (collection_window_new): Only load the path if it is absolute (starts with a '/'); * main.c: Added -l,--list option to open a collection window with the files from the command line. Mon Jan 29 12:52:19 2001 John Ellis * menu.c: Applied patch from Zbigniew Chyla to remove translation markers from item_factory accessors. * po/pl.po: Updated Polish translation from Zbigniew Chyla * po/es.po: Updated Spanish translation (missed for 0.9.2) from Rodrigo Sancho Senosiain * po/ru.po: Updated Russian translation (missed for 0.9.2) from Michael Bravo * po/sl.po: Added Slovene translation (missed for 0.9.2) from Matej Erman Thu Jan 25 21:09:10 2001 John Ellis * utilops.c: Put the name of the file in the entry of the rename dialog, and select the text. * image.c: #ifdef some debugging output. Thu Jan 25 15:28:08 2001 John Ellis * image-load.c: We do not use gdk_pixbuf_loader's "area_prepared" signal, so make sure to retrieve the pixbuf before calling our loader's "area_updated" signal. * image.c: Added new_data status to debugging info. Wed Jan 24 12:03:27 2001 John Ellis * collect.c, dupe.c, img-view.c, window.c: Set the wmclass to all lowercase, and changes for new window_set_icon(). * gqview.h, main.c (window_set_icon): Changed to use gdk_pixbuf. * preferences.c: Made about it's own window, and made the config window a little more compact. Wed Jan 24 11:13:52 2001 John Ellis * filelist.[ch] (path_list_filter): New function, applies filter options on a path list. * collect-table.c, dupe.c: Run path lists through the filter (above). Wed Jan 24 00:11:15 2001 John Ellis * image.c: Use the collection's name field instead of pulling it from the end of the path field. * main.c: Multiple files on the command line are now added to a collection, this collection is then set to the main window viewer. Tue Jan 23 23:08:45 2001 John Ellis * thumb.c: Fix xvpics support: the done signal was never being sent for xvpics. Also made xvpics scale to the thumbnail size even when smaller. Tue Jan 23 21:58:49 2001 John Ellis * image-load.[ch], typedefs.h: Added ability to set the size of the read buffer. The buffer is always 512 bytes (as before), what this does is set the number of time to read from the file on each idle call, in effect increasing the buffer size to 512 x size. * image.c: Fixed race condition where an image area may be ready to be queued before the pixbuf is set. Fixed the tile blank flag, it is now set correctly in all (?) cases. Set the image loader buffer size to 4, so that more of the image is decoded between render calls. Also removed unused crufty function argument for image_tile_expose. Tue Jan 23 13:37:29 2001 John Ellis * image.c: Fix scrolling while partially obscured, and made the focus drawing code cleaner (removed gtk_signal_disconnect() junk). Tue Jan 23 11:32:08 2001 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, img-main.c, img-view.c, main.c, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Made the delete key optional, since this is a dangerous key with delete confirmation disabled. Also do not come out of fullscreen when confirm delete is disabled. Based on patch submitted by Niku Toivola Mon Jan 22 20:32:53 2001 John Ellis * image.c: Fix setting scale when zoom_to_fit_expands is false. * collect-dlg.c: Fix the missing cancel button in the overwrite confirm dialog for the save as dialog. (The good: Easy fixes. The bad: Stupid mistakes. The ugly: Had not tested these before release.) Mon Jan 22 12:09:43 2001 John Ellis * README: Updates. * configure.in: Release 0.9.2. Sat Jan 20 00:37:47 2001 John Ellis * ui_tabcomp.c (tab_completion_append_to_history): Fix to keep the same path in the entry when calling this. Fri Jan 19 22:51:56 2001 John Ellis * *.[ch]: Changed the copyright in all the files to 2001. Fri Jan 19 22:41:45 2001 John Ellis * gqview.spec.in: Upped gdk-pixbuf req. to 0.9.0 * configure.in: Bump version to 0.9.2 * utilops.c: Fix text in copy/move dialog for multiple files. Thu Jan 18 19:45:22 2001 John Ellis * dupe.c: When starting a compare set the status text to file count, gives user idea of how many files are being compared. * image.c: Compile clean-up. * po/*.po: Make distcheck touched these. Thu Jan 18 19:22:40 2001 John Ellis * filelist.c, window.c: Fix drop down history on main window to change to the selected path after the popup window is hidden. * image.c (image_pixbuf_sync): Clear the window when set to a NULL pixbuf. * utilops.c (generic_dialog_add_images): Implemented this function. Thu Jan 18 17:25:39 2001 John Ellis * filelist.c: Fix sticky thumbnails when changing to a dir with files that have similar file names as the previous dir. Fix refresh to reload thumbnails (it was stalling in the thumb_next checks). * menu.c: Call filelist_refresh() instead of the hack to refresh by changing to the same dir. * preferences.c: Use a button box for the ok, apply, cancel buttons. * po/POTFILES.in: Added new files, removed missing. Thu Jan 18 16:38:19 2001 John Ellis * ui_clist_edit.[ch], ui_fileops.[ch], ui_menu.[ch], ui_pathsel.[ch], ui_tabcomp.[ch], ui_tabcomp.xpm, ui_utildlg.[ch]: New convenience files from SLIK. * clist_edit.[ch], fileops.[ch], path.[ch], tabcomp.[ch], tabcomp.xpm, utildlg.[ch]: Removed (see above). * collect-dlg.[ch], collect-io.c, collect-table.c, collect.c, dnd.c, dupe.c, filelist.[ch], gqview.h, image.c, img-main.[ch], img-view.[ch], menu.[ch], preferences.c, rcfile.c, slideshow.c, thumb.c, typedefs.h, utilops.[ch], window.c: Use the new convenience functions, constify things where needed. * main.c: Moved the file path utils out of here (see above). Wed Jan 17 15:06:47 2001 John Ellis * image.[ch]: Added fit window to image support (back in). * fullscreen.c, img-view.c, window.c: Fixes for above (namespaces). * typedefs.c (ImagwWindow): Changed zoom_enable to top_window_sync. Tue Jan 16 13:40:29 2001 John Ellis * image.c: Scrolling while decoding a scaled image no longer causes dropped (black) areas. Also added an tile blank flag so that tiles with no loaded data simply render a black rectangle for a speed improvement (this is currrently semi-broken as image_tile_sync() is currently always called to set the blank flag to FALSE :(. Mon Jan 15 21:53:25 2001 John Ellis * fullscreen.c: Made the full screen window have a black background once again. * img-main.c: Enabled keyboard grab on fullscreen window, and re-grab the keyboard after a popup menu closes. Sun Jan 14 17:39:47 2001 John Ellis * image-load.c(image_loader_free): Fix a memory leak. Sun Jan 14 17:18:47 2001 John Ellis * dupe.c: Create the clist with 6 columns (forgot to increment this when I added the thumbnail column). * image.[ch]: Added the update functions, made them work. * img-main.c, img-view.c: Set the update functions, attach the windows for the titles. * window.c: Set the initial image to the logo. Sun Jan 14 15:26:49 2001 John Ellis * dnd.c: Temporarily disable dnd highlighting for image windows. * gqview.h, main.c: Minor fixups. * image.c: Generally works now, borders are cleared, focus is handled, etc. TODO: Add update callback, window title updating, and window auto-sizing. * menu.c: Added missing menu item 'Zoom to fit'. (must have been missed during convertion to a menu_factory. * window.c: Moved focus draw/handling code out of here (into image.c). Sat Jan 13 18:51:20 2001 John Ellis * image.c: Trying to fix scale bugs/crashes in gdk_pixbuf_scale(), here is what I determined with gdk-pixbuf 0.9.2 (CVS, as of now): This only applies when the scale width offset is not zero _and_ the resulting right edge of the scaled image is also the right side of the source image. (in other words: when rendering a tile that is aligned with the right side of the image). Under the above conditions, gdk_pixbuf_scale() breaks for all GdkInterpTypes except NEAREST. gdk_pixbuf_compsite_color() is only broken for TILES (I suspect this is because eog uses it, but does not have a TILES option, so that was not tested). At this point I was tired of dealing with this mess, so I _think_ gdk_pixbuf_composite() is broken the same as gdk_pixbuf_scale() [memory is getting mushy]. Oh, and breakage means the last 2 columns of pixels are seamingly generated from some random memory point, at best causing them to be corrupted, at worst causing a crash. So what I did: Use gdk_pixbuf_composite_color() since it is the least broken. It does seem slower than gdk_pixbuf_scale(), since it does more. (I hope the gdk-pixbuf included with GTK+ 2.0 has this fixed, as the gdk-pixbuf in CVS seems to have little maintenance lately - 2 ChangeLog entries in 3 months...) Fri Jan 12 12:07:44 2001 John Ellis * image.c, typedefs.h: Well, it now displays the image in all zoom settings. Still have to add (back) scrolling, set up the update call function, and work on redrawing the borders (borders currently do not get cleared to remove the previous image). Thu Jan 11 13:35:15 2001 John Ellis * image.[ch], typedefs.h: Start towards a new method of rendering the image to the screen. The image window is now basically _only_ a gtk_drawing_area, and we do all the scrolling ourselves. Currently I am lucky if it doesn't crash, and really lucky if part of an image appears :) Well, at least the namespaces for the functions are at least a little saner now, so I accomplished something, althought the whole thing still needs to be re-thought from the tile/render point of view. * dnd.c, fullscreen.c, img-main.c, img-view.c, main.c, slideshow.c, utildlg.c, window.c: Made it at least compile for testing. Mon Jan 8 22:57:05 2001 John Ellis * dupe.c (dupe_menu_view): Use filelist_change_to_full_path() in place of main_image_change_to(), so that the file list of the main window also syncs to the image. Mon Jan 8 21:55:54 2001 John Ellis * dupe.[ch]: Added thumbnail support. Mon Jan 8 20:22:12 2001 John Ellis * dupe.[ch]: More work, many fixes, added right click menu, and generally made it nice to use (useable). * collect-table.c: Add the collection to the dupe window. * menu.c: Added 'Find duplicates...' to the file menu. Sat Dec 30 16:45:51 2000 John Ellis * README, TODO: Updates. * collect-table.c: Set default duplicate window mask to sort by name. * dupe.[ch]: Allow change of comparison method by adding drop down menu, fixed dnd when dragging from the list. * filelist.c: Only allow rename when new name does not exist. Thu Dec 14 20:20:14 2000 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, main.c: Set up menus to use GtkItemFactory and allow saving of user's accel keys (to ~/.gqview/accels). * menu.c: Use GtkItemFactory, fix callbacks to (void) for those that do not use the data (because GtkItemFactory has a weird signal alignment (gpointer is first). Sorry translators, menus must be re-translated (and it does not look like fun with GtkItemFactoryEntry using menu paths) Thu Nov 30 17:45:08 2000 John Ellis * configure.in: Do more compatible checks for png ? * tabcomp.c: Sanity checks for adding NULL key/path to list. Mon Nov 20 12:32:08 2000 John Ellis * image.c: Added render_types to better decrease unnecessary renders. * main.c, window.c: Save/Restore the window positions like in gimp, since that seems to work better. (And gimp programmers can't be wrong :) Wed Nov 8 09:16:45 2000 John Ellis * dupe.[ch]: Added new files containing 'find duplicates' window. * collect-table.c: Added 'find duplicates...' to pop-up menu. * fileops.[ch]: Added checksum_simple(), made some things const. * collect.[ch]: Added collection_info_valid(). * filelist.[ch], menu.c, pathsel.c: const stuff. * image-load.[ch]: Added image_load_dimensions(), const stuff. * Makefile.am: Added dupe.[ch] to objects. Sun Sep 10 09:55:50 2000 John Ellis * po/*.po: Make distcheck did this. * configure.in, README: Release 0.9.1. Fri Sep 8 17:34:37 2000 John Ellis * thumb.[ch](maintain_thumbnail_dir): Added a clear argument for completely clearing the disk cache. * filelist.c, menu.c: Changes for above. * preferences.c: Added a 'Clear cache' button. * utildlg.c: Allow passing NULL pointer for the cancel callback in confirm_dialog_new() and confirm_dialog_add(). Fri Sep 8 16:58:20 2000 John Ellis * icons/collect.xpmi: Added wm icon for collection windows. * collect.c: Use it. Fri Sep 8 15:55:53 2000 John Ellis * menu.[ch]: Unified the main window image and fullscreen pop-up menu, and made it consistent with the one for view window. Added 'slideshow pause'. * collect-table.c, filelist.c, globals.c, gqview.h: Uses new menus, 4 less global Widget variables now, yay. * image.c: Reset scroll to 0,0 on new image. * img-main.[ch]: Used new menus, added necessary accessors for menus. * img-view.c: Added 'view in new window', and 'slideshow pause'. Fri Sep 8 13:33:12 2000 John Ellis * utildlg.[ch]: Added class parameter to set windowmanager class for dialogs. Also added option to set window under the mouse. * collect-dlg.c, filelist.c, utilops.c: Changed to add class assignments. * globals.c, gqview.h, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Added place_dialogs_under_mouse var. Fri Sep 8 12:15:08 2000 John Ellis * po/ru.po: Updated Russian translation, submitted by val . * po/fr.po: Updated French translation, submitted by Jean-pierre PEDRON . * po/pl.po: Added Polish translation, submitted by Grzegorz Kowal (yes, close to a release once I do this). Fri Sep 8 11:51:52 2000 John Ellis * collect.c, image.c: Removed #warning warnings :) * fullscreen.c: Make sure the window is set to 0,0. * preferences.c: Changed the way thumbnail sizes are selected. Now uses a dynamic drop down menu. Available sizes are now stored in a static list, and added a few more sizes. Fri Sep 8 10:25:44 2000 John Ellis * image.[ch]: Added read ahead buffering. * dnd.c, filelist.c, globals.c, gqview.h, img-main.[ch], img-view.c, main.c, preferences.c, rcfile.c, slideshow.c, typedefs.h: Hook up all the necessary read-ahead stuff. Allow verbosity levels for debug: each --debug on the command line increments verbosity. * thumb.c: Even on error, attempt to display what we have. Wed Sep 6 13:52:45 2000 John Ellis * image.c: Fix slow loading when zoomed in rather high. (clamp hack). Wed Sep 6 12:58:42 2000 John Ellis * image.c: Fix printing of window titles. * main.c: Changed Gimp default from 'gimp' to 'gimp-remote -n'. * preferences: Cleaned up window a bit, added tab 'window'. Wed Sep 6 11:55:32 2000 John Ellis * globals.c, gqview.h, image.c, img-main.c, img-view.c, main.c, menu.c, preferences.c, rcfile.c, thumb.c, typedefs.c: Added thumbnail quality option, zoom and dither quality options, adjustable zoom increment. Fixed menu separators to be insensitive. Wed Sep 6 07:54:36 2000 John Ellis * image.[ch]: Fix window resizing when zoom is auto, changed a few image_area options to be standard. * fullscreen.c, img-view.c, window.c: Use new image_area options that are now needed. Thu Aug 31 07:44:38 2000 John Ellis * image.[ch]: Add a image_area_reload() function, and fix zoom_adjust from autozoom mode (implement it). * img-main.[ch], menu.c: call image_reload when reload button/menu is selected. * utildlg.c: Made Escape key cancel all dialogs. Thu Aug 31 07:17:10 2000 John Ellis * image.c: Fix image_area_set_from_image to actually copy the pixbuf and image data. * img-main.c, img-view.c: Update for slideshow, below. * slideshow.[ch]: Added arguments to slideshow_start_* functions so that slideshows start from the current image when no in random mode. Also added a slideshow_pause set of functions, currently not used anywhere right now -- will hook to keys/mouse menus later. Wed Aug 30 10:23:05 2000 John Ellis * collect-table.c, collect.c: Changed 'loading thumbnails..' status to include a progress bar. * image.[ch], img-main.[ch], img-view.c, menu.[ch], tydefs.h: Added rotate options. * pixbuf_util.[ch]: Added pixbuf rotate 90 / mirror stuff. * README: Added rotate keys to key summary. Tue Aug 29 08:26:35 2000 John Ellis * pixbuf_util.[ch]: New files to manipulate pixbufs, currently only provides save to png function. * Makefile.am, thumb.c: Used save to png function. * configure.in: Test for png, now required. * image.c: Fix bug in queue area computation. * main.c: Change -help to --help in warning message. * po/*.po: Fix --help stuff. Tue Aug 29 06:40:02 2000 John Ellis * collect.[ch], collect-io.c: Make it work with new thumbnail loaders. * filelist.c, globals.c, gqview.h, image.c: Made the img_unknown.xpm global data, so it is only included once. * main.c: Bye bye, Imlib. It is now OFFICIALLY DEAD. * thumb.h, typedefs.h: Moved all structs to typedefs.h. * configure.in, gqview.spec.in, Makefile.am, README: Remove imlib references, added gdk-pixbuf stuff. Mon Aug 28 13:27:04 2000 John Ellis * thumb.[ch]: Added idle thumbnail generation. Hmm, the pixbuf 0.8.0 GIF loader seems to error out on thumbnail _RE_generation, will have to look into that. * filelist.c: Use it. * collect-table.c: Broken, but at least it compiles to test new thumbnail code. Mon Aug 28 08:06:15 2000 John Ellis * image.c: Image loading now works with no black spots on scroll :) Still a lot of fixes/optimizes/mem cache management to do though... Sat Aug 19 01:08:08 2000 John Ellis * image.[ch]: Move to a floating point zoom, mor work on queue and rendering.. still really broken. * img-main.[ch], img-view.c, menu.c, typedefs.c: Update for new zoom number type. Fri Aug 18 01:41:53 2000 John Ellis * filelist.c: Fix crash when deleting files while loading thumbs (this code will die a horrible death anyway when I move thumb loading to an idle call that uses image-loader.c stuff. * image-load.[ch]: Gdk-pixbuf load wrappers to do it in idle calls. * image.[ch]: Moved to gdk-pixbuf (no caching right now), slow and error prone, no zoom. * gqview.h, tydefs.h: Changes for gdk-pixbuf. (Imlib is still used most places though <-- FIXME. * configure.in, Makefile.am: Added gdk-pixbuf, new files. * logo.xpm: Use staandard xmp for logo now, may move to inline pixbufs (eventually). Sun Jul 23 21:34:22 2000 John Ellis * img-main.c: Fix file operations from keyboard when coming out of full screen. * configure.in, README: release 0.9.0 Sun Jul 23 19:48:56 2000 John Ellis * collect.c, img-view.c: It now compiles cleanly with "-g -Wall -O2 -Wmissing-prototypes -Wmissing-declarations -Werror" Sat Jul 22 20:46:45 2000 John Ellis * tabcomp.c: Preserver order of keys between load/save. * filelist.[ch], window.c: Added a path history to the path entry, combo crashes when changed while popped up, so it does not work as expected, yet. * README: Updated. Fri Jul 21 00:01:33 2000 John Ellis * collect-io.[ch], collect.[ch], typedefs.h: Added saving of collection window sizes to the collection file. (and restore is 'save window positions' is enabled) * gqview.h, main.c: Renamed .gqviewrc to gqviewrc, since we are now our own hidden .gqview dir, no reason to hide the config file. Thu Jul 20 22:29:42 2000 John Ellis * collect-dlg.c, collect-io.[ch]: Minor fixes, added append functions. * collect-table.[ch], collect.c: Added more keyboard commands, more fixes. * image.c: Check that image in a collection is valid before using it. * menu.[ch], typedefs.c: Added SORT_PATH, which allows sorting by path (well, duh). * window.c: Changes for additional sort option. Thu Jul 20 17:32:14 2000 John Ellis * collect-io.c: Change warning printf. * preferences.c: Open proper tab when showing 'about'. * po/POTFILES.in: Updated to include collection files, as well ad the other new ones added since 0.8.2. Wed Jul 19 19:07:27 2000 John Ellis * clist_edit.c, img-main.c, img-view.c, main.c, tabcomp.c: Added support for the numeric keypad. Zoom using +, -, /, *; move with the number keys, etc. * collect-table.c, typedefs.h: Added support for navigation/selection in collections with the keyboard. Tue Jul 11 16:09:14 2000 John Ellis * collect-io.c, collect-table.[ch], collect.c, typedefs.c: Added frame for displaying status, image/selection count, etc. * globals.c, gqview.h, preferences.c, rcfile.c: Added collection tab to options, added selection style option. Save open_recent_max to config. Tue Jul 11 13:37:00 2000 John Ellis * collect-table.c: Properly set the main image on 'view'. * dnd.c, main.c: Namespace changes, make dropping collections work on main window. * filelist.[ch]: Moved file_next/prev/first/last to img-main.c, more appropriate there. * img-main.[ch]: Added (back) slideshow, various minor changes. * img-view.c: Added slideshow, make keys work with CAPS on. * slideshow.c: Make only the main window support filelist slideshows. Sat Jul 8 11:07:23 2000 John Ellis * Makefile.am, fullscreen.[ch]: Made fullscreen more generic. * dnd.c, filelist.c, image.c, main.c, menu.c, window.c: Updated to new names (below). * img-main.[ch]: Redid fullscreen, slideshow, and namespace changes. * img-view.[ch]: Added fullscreen, changed way of doing popup menu. * slideshow.[ch]: Redid slideshow, made it more generic, it now accepts a path list, collection list, or falls back to filelist. Thu Jul 6 23:00:10 2000 John Ellis * collect-dlg.c: Don't free the data in the confirm_cancel callback, it is just a NOP. * collect-table.c, collect.c: More work on popup menus, added recursive directory dropping. And more work overall. * dnd.c, filelist.[ch], main.c, utildlg.[ch]: Used path_list_free in place of old free_selected_list, Exposed more in the filelist.h header. * fileops.[ch]: Added path_list_* functions. * img-view.[ch]: Added a way to start a new window from a collection. Wed Jul 5 19:08:58 2000 John Ellis * collect-dlg.c, collect-io.c, collect-table.c, collect.[ch]: Started popup menus for, sorting, saving, editing. Collections now have a ref count. * globals.c, gqview.h, main.c, menu.[ch], typedefs.h, window.c: Added recent open menu, history saving, popup menu utils. * pathsel.c: Synced the file list to change as the user types in the entry. (also fixes it to change when combo-items are selected). * tabcomp.[ch]: Added history_list features to load/save keys to a file. Tue Jul 4 14:40:43 2000 John Ellis * collect.[ch], collect-table.[ch]: Changed the way dnd selection data is generated, since the case of the same path being in a collection multiple times broke the old method. Moving between collections seems to work now. Added collection stepping accessors. * dnd.c, image.[ch], img-view.c: Added support for collection browsing. * main.c (filename_from_path): Test that path != NULL. * typedefs.c: Move collect.h typedefs here. Its funny, but after this bit of hacking I feel dirty, like I did this all wrong... Mon Jul 3 19:44:29 2000 John Ellis * collect-table.c: Added a tooltip to display the filenames, probably should be an option. Mon Jul 3 15:23:00 2000 John Ellis * collect-dlg.[ch]: Added load save dialogs for collections. * collect-io.[ch], collect-table.c, collect.c: More work. * filelist.[ch]: Added select all routines. * gqview.h, main.c, rcfile.c, thumb.c: Move to a new config file hierarchy: Everything is under ~/.gqview now, old locations are moved to the new ones if found on start-up. * pathsel.[ch]: Added filtering toggle. * utildlg.h: Added a generic data pointer for FileDialogs. * menu.c: Added collection new/open and select all/none menu items. Mon Jul 3 12:51:29 2000 John Ellis * collect-table.c, collect.h: Added selections, started dnd data set, and other stuff. * dnd.[ch]: New function, make_uri_file_list(), put it in header. Fri Jun 16 04:41:38 2000 John Ellis * collect.[ch], collect-table.[ch]: Actually displays something now when a file is dragged on the window. Fri Jun 16 01:56:32 2000 John Ellis * img-main.c: When in fullscreen, hide the mouse cursor after 5 seconds of inactivity. Tue Jun 13 03:32:33 2000 John Ellis * preferences.c: Fix typo (sorcforge -> sourceforge, boy am I dumb) and updated netpedia URL, since the old location is often (always) broken. Tue Jun 13 03:26:39 2000 John Ellis * collect.[ch], collect-io.[ch]: Start of collections, load/saveing should work, if there was anything that actually used the functions. Right now a blank window opens :) * collect-dlg.[ch], collect-table.[ch]: Basically empty right now. * menu.c, typedefs.h: Added 'Open collection...' menu item, added SORT_NONE to SortType enum. * rcfile.[ch]: quoted_value() is now public, it is used in collect-io.c Thu Jun 8 19:57:54 2000 John Ellis * *.[ch]: All c files now have corresponding .h headers, except globals.c and main.c, which are in gqview.h. * src/Makefile.am: Added the headers. * config.[ch]: renamed to preferences.[ch] to avoid conflict with autogenerated config.h. Tue Jun 6 20:45:14 2000 John Ellis * filelist.c, gqview.h, main.c: Added new function to change the current image through the filelist given pathname. Use it to fix bug causing filename not to be selected in list on startup and tab completion entry. Tue Jun 6 20:04:03 2000 John Ellis * filelist.c, globals.c, gqview.h, main.c, rcfile.c, window.c: Added basic sorting of files on name, size, or date. Mon Jun 5 19:39:02 2000 John Ellis * configure.in: Release 0.8.2 * README: Updated. * utilops.c: Change a \b to a \n. * po/*.po: Make corresponding change to above. Mon Jun 5 18:54:46 2000 John Ellis * filelist.c (filelist_change_to): When going up one dir, make previous place visible in the list. Tue May 9 00:54:36 2000 John Ellis * clist_edit.c: Fixups for positioning. * config.c, filelist.c, globals.c, gqview.h, rcfile.c: Made in place renaming optional. Mon May 8 23:05:06 2000 John Ellis * clist_edit.[ch]: New files that allow in place editing of a clist. * filelist.c: Add in place renaming. Mon May 8 18:08:20 2000 John Ellis * config.c, main.c, utildlg.c, img-view.c, utildlg.c, window.c: Set icons on windows. * icons/[config.xpm, dialog.xpm, icon.xpm, tools.xpm, view.xpm], icons/Makefile.am: Add new icons for windows. * filelist.c, menu.c, tabcomp.c, thumb.c: -Wall cleanups/bug fixes. * gqview.h, image.[ch], img-view.c: Fix image scaling for new views, GQview title is now after the image filename. Mon May 8 15:06:35 2000 John Ellis * main.c: Pressing delete now correctly deletes selected files. * config.c, globals.c, gqview.h, image.c, rcfile.c: Zoom to fit now expands images too (by default, added config option to have old behavior. Mon May 8 13:56:01 2000 John Ellis * po/it.po: Added Italian translation, submitted by Christopher R. Gabriel * po/es.po: Updated Spanish translation, submitted by Rodrigo Sancho Senosiain * po/pt_BR.po: Updated brazilian translation, submitted by "Evandro F. Giovanini" * configure.in: Added it to ALL_LINGUAS Fri Apr 14 15:50:22 2000 John Ellis * README: Updated. * configure.in: release 0.8.1 Thu Apr 13 10:50:43 2000 John Ellis * config.c, globals.c, gqview.h, image.c, img-main.c, img-view.c: Added support for mouse wheel (4,5) to scroll image or flip through images. Thu Apr 13 09:38:25 2000 John Ellis * configure.in, po/sk.po: Added Slovak translation, submitted by "Sandokan" Thu Apr 13 09:35:36 2000 John Ellis * configure.in, po/es.po: Added Spanish translation, subbmitted by Rodrigo Sancho Senosiain Thu Apr 13 09:32:42 2000 John Ellis * confgure.in, po/fr.po: Added French translation, submitted by Jean-pierre PEDRON Thu Apr 13 09:28:04 2000 John Ellis * Makefile.am, configure.in: Include gqview.spec in make distcheck so that rpm -tb will work. * po/tr.po, gqview.desktop: Update Turkish translation, from Fatih Demir Thu Apr 6 19:03:04 2000 John Ellis * README: Release 0.8.0. Wed Apr 5 11:35:52 2000 John Ellis * filelist.c (rebuild_filter): Fix bug that hacked on the wrong string, causing custom_filter to only have one entry max. * utilops.c: Removed unused code, fix rename description. Wed Apr 5 11:19:31 2000 John Ellis * filelist.c, gqview.h, window.c: File list now scrolls to display the first file that matches the path entry box during tab completion. The directory changes to follow the completion too. Wed Apr 5 10:30:51 2000 John Ellis * filelist.c, gqview.h, main.c, menu.c, rcfile.c, slideshow.c: Added: Save thumnbnail mode to rcfile; add command line option for slideshow, rename other long options; make next/prev work properly during slideshow. Tue Apr 4 15:00:15 2000 John Ellis * po/zh_TW.Big5.po, configure.in: Added Traditional Chinese (Big5), translation from Kam Tik Tue Apr 4 13:20:43 2000 John Ellis * *.[ch]: Update copyrights to 2000. * configure.in: Bumper version to 0.8.0 ('bout time) * README, TODO: Updates Tue Apr 4 12:21:27 2000 John Ellis * image.c, img-main.c: Fix mem leaks. * utildlg.[ch]: Added confirm_dialog_new_with_image() utility. * utilops.c: Added display of source and dest images to overwrite dialogs (uses above). All this is derived from a patch by Gordon Messmer Tue Apr 4 10:44:22 2000 John Ellis * main.c: Added full screen startup option (-f or -full), derived from patch by Rami Lehti Tue Apr 4 10:33:15 2000 John Ellis * image.[ch], img-view.c, img-main.c, menu.c, gqview.h: Added ability to set the root window wallpaper. (If zoom is fit to window, image is scaled, otherwise tiled. Derived from patch by ENTERforNone Tue Apr 4 09:45:08 2000 John Ellis * img-main.c, menu.c: Changed full screen key to V. Derived from patch by Martial MICHEL Tue Apr 4 09:32:14 2000 John Ellis * fileops.c (get_current_dir): Fix problem when there is no read permission for the current dir. Derived from patch by Mathieu Dessus Apr 4 09:15:16 2000 John Ellis * configure.in, po/tr.po: Added Turkish translation from Fatih Demir Thu Mar 16 17:04:24 2000 John Ellis * pathsel.c, tabcomp.c: Fix memory leaks. Fri Oct 1 17:17:21 1999 John Ellis * po/ru.po: Added Russian translation from Oleg Andrjushenko * po/pt_BR.po: Added Brazilian Portuguese translation from Vitor Fernandes * po/ja/po: Added Japanese translation from Shingo Akagaki * configure.in: Updated ALL_LINGUAS. Mon Sep 6 06:25:38 1999 John Ellis * image.c, img-main.c, img-view.c, window.c: Remove warnings for gtk+-1.2.5-pre1. I think there are still realize issues with that version of GTK+, however. Wed Aug 18 21:03:05 1999 John Ellis * filelist.c: Fix reversal of calculating column width of the files list for icons vs. no icons. * pathsel.c, utilops.c: Set teh clist columns to autosize, so that horizontal scrollbar is accurate (and usually not there ;) Wed Aug 18 20:35:07 1999 John Ellis * gqview.h, tabcomp.c, utilops.c: Move and copy dialogs now have a history. This was done by adding a combo widget option to the tab completion routines. Wed Aug 18 17:37:48 1999 John Ellis * config.c: Fix 'fall back to 48x48 icon size' bug. Mon Aug 16 13:25:29 1999 John Ellis * po/de.po: Added german translation by mawarkus@t-online.de (Matthias Warkus) * configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Added de. Mon Aug 16 12:44:56 1999 John Ellis * utilops.c: Make it easier for translators. Mon Aug 16 12:09:53 1999 John Ellis * thumb.c: Regenerate thumbnails whent the preferred size changes. Mon Aug 16 11:56:29 1999 John Ellis * config.c, globals.c, gqview.h, main.c, rcfile.c: Removed the 'save settings on exit' option and always save one exit, this was leading to confusion as to why settings are not always saved. * menus.: Removed the save settings menu line, no longer needed. Tue Aug 10 07:03:44 1999 John Ellis * main.c(main): Use gtk_set_locale(); * window.c: Use gqview instead of main for wmhints. Tue Aug 10 06:55:48 1999 John Ellis * filelist.c: Update the file count when files are removed. * dnd.c: When a drag and drop results in a GDK_ACTION_MOVE, refresh the lists to account for possibly deleted files. Fri Jul 23 17:09:02 1999 John Ellis * window.c: Fix hang bug when dragging a file after starting with tools floating, then unfloating the window. (don't use gtk_widget_reparent for this). * dnd.c: Properly add "\r\n" to the end of all files for URI types, now all drags to Gimp 1.1.6 works. Tue Jul 20 20:37:03 1999 John Ellis * configure.in, Makefile.am: Added localedir definition. * src/main.c: Added locale and i18n initialization. Tue Jul 20 20:03:18 1999 John Ellis * configure.in, Makefile.am, autogen.sh: Add gettext calls, simplify gtk/imlib checks. * po/POTFILES.in: Created for gettext. * src/intl.h, gqmpeg.h, *.c: Added intl stuff, marked strings for translation. Sat Jul 10 15:12:13 1999 John Ellis * all files: Moved to autoconf and automake. Sat Jul 3 08:23:59 1999 John Ellis * gqview.h, README, gqview.spec: Release 0.7.0 Fri Jul 2 13:00:21 1999 John Ellis * img-view.c: Added a 'close window' option to pop up dialog. Fri Jul 2 09:11:02 1999 John Ellis * main.c (main): Fix so that window does not expand to image size when strting up with an image (from command line). * img-view.c (view_window_new): Follow the limit window size option, if enabled. Thu Jul 1 20:13:31 1999 John Ellis * main.c: Setup random seed, for better random slideshows. Sun Jun 27 15:17:10 1999 John Ellis * img-main.c: Use black background for full screen. * menu.c: Keep keyboard grab when full screen menu closes. Sun Jun 27 14:07:05 1999 John Ellis * img-main.c: Keyboard now works with full screen. * main.c: Drop out of full screen before exiting. Sun Jun 27 06:57:22 1999 John Ellis * image.c: Fix image snapping to uppper left when resizing window. * main.c: Increase progressive scrolling rate. Fri Jun 25 15:22:32 1999 John Ellis * config.c, globals.c, gqview.h, img-view.c, main.c, rcfile.c: Added progressive key scrolling option. Fri Jun 25 14:06:12 1999 John Ellis * image.c, img-main.c, gqview.h: A few api changes with regard to image auto-sizing and zooming. * dnd.c: Made image dnd more generic to work with separate views. * img-view.c: Added dnd and keyboard support. Fri Jun 25 11:00:38 1999 John Ellis * image.c, img-view.c, window.c: Fixups for window resizing and initial size setting. Fri Jun 18 13:42:35 1999 John Ellis * dnd.c, filelist.c, gqview.h, menu.c: Dragging and right clicking on file list no longer displays image, but correctly, only displays action/popup menu. * globals.c, gqview.h, img-main.c, main.c, menu.c, window.c: Add full screen option. Fri Jun 18 04:24:51 1999 John Ellis * image.[ch], img-main.c, gqview.h: Beginnings of adding capability to view images in a new window. ImageWindow functions are now completely generic (save one spot). Wed Jun 16 03:47:36 1999 John Ellis * slideshow.c, filelist.c: Make slideshow work correctly. * config.c, rcfile.c: Add saving and adjustment of slide show options. Wed Jun 16 00:46:09 1999 John Ellis * slideshow.c, globals.c, gqview.h: Begin slideshow ability. * menu.c: Add 'Toggle slideshow' so view menu, may not stay here. * filelist.c: Made a few functions needed for slideshow public. Tue Jun 15 19:21:26 1999 John Ellis * filelist.c, pathsel.c, tabcomp.c: Small speed improvements in handling (creating) GLists. Sat Jun 12 23:17:34 1999 John Ellis * rcfile.c (load_options): Fix memory leak, patch submitted by F. Petitjean Thu May 27 14:32:22 1999 John Ellis * gqmpeg.h, README, gqmpeg.spec: Release 0.6.1 Thu May 27 13:10:02 1999 John Ellis * filelist.c: Generate thumbnails for visible files first. Thumbnails are now kept when renaming. Thu May 27 11:54:09 1999 John Ellis * pathsel.c: Merge improvements from gqmpeg version. * tabcomp.c, tabcomp.xpm: ditto. * utildlg.c: ditto. * config.c, utilops.c, window.c: Use newer features of above. Thu May 27 11:44:00 1999 John Ellis * filelist.c, image.c, gqmpeg.h: Properly update the image window when viewed files are moved, renamed, or deleted. Thu May 27 11:01:31 1999 John Ellis * main.c (main): Push correct visual and colormap to fix 8 but psuedo color displays. Sun May 23 09:21:50 1999 John Ellis * Makefile: Added static build target, some cleanup. Sat Apr 10 19:01:33 1999 John Ellis * window.c(toolwindow_create): Use gtk_window_set_policy on toolwindow so it can be resized smaller. 0.6.0 (3-5-98) > Major rewrite (60-70%), now requires gtk+-1.2.0 > Multiple file selection. > Drag and drop. > Better keyboard support. > xvpics thumbnail support (read only), optional. - Add command line options to force show and hide of tools. * Fix tab completion bug. * Fix gtk 1.2.0 related bugs. 0.5.1 (12-8-98) - Should compile now without editing the Makefile with any gtk through 1.1.5 * Fix file highlight bug when user tab completes to currently displayed dir. * Fix for FreeBSD. 0.5.0 (11-11-98) > Add path entry window with tab completion. > Add tab completion to all areas where a path can be typed. > Add option to save window positions. - Pressing '+' zooms image. Previously only '=' was bound, causing problems for some keyboard layouts. - Add border to floating tools window for better appearance on some WM's. 0.4.3 (10-09-98) * Fix bug when 'fit window to image' is on, tools float/hide, and the next image selected has the same dimensions, it would not display. * More fixes dealing with 'fit window to image' 0.4.2 (10-07-98) > Add 'fit window to image' option when tools float or hide. > Add copy and move dialogs. > Add option to hide the tools completely. > Save settings on exit option added, and option to restore tool state. - Pressing the [ESC] key will now stop loading of thumbnails. - [CTRL] - M is now moves files, purging old thumbnails is now [CTRL] - T. - Add save button to config dialog. - New configuration tab: image, moved relevent options there. 0.4.1 (9-11-98) > Scrollbars removed, now you can pan the image by pressing and dragging the mouse on the image. The arrow keys will pan too (use [Ctrl] to pan faster) > The file selection area and status line can be 'floated' into a separate window, this allows the image window to display more of the image. > The file delete confirmation dialog can now be disabled in the options window. > The beginnings of keyboard support ( see the keyboard chart, above ) - Now if a thumbnail is older than it's parent image, the thumbnail is recreated, so that changed images have their thumbnail properly updated. - While loading thumbnails GQview is now responsive to commands, slowly, but it works. You can now load images, delete files, etc. while the thumbnails are being generated. The thumbnail generation can be interrupted too by simply turning them off. * The code that determines the user's HOME directory has been rewritten, now hopefully users of nis will be happy. If the directory is not found or cannot be determined, GQview exits semi-gracefully. * Fixed some bugs here and there. 0.4.0 (8-15-98) > Thumbnail caching added ($HOME/.gqview_thmb). - patch from Joshua Thomas Green applied for those that want to compile with GTK 1.1.x (the development version), just uncomment one line in the Makefile. - patch from Joel Young applied to the .spec file of the RPM version. 0.3.4 (7-30-98) * Fixed problem loading files into external editors when a space was in the pathname. 0.3.3 (5-15-98) - Changes to file listing code for speed improvement in large directories. * Fixed a bug that would cause a thumbnail's height or width to be zero when an image has a large aspect ratio. * Fixed some memory leaks in the file listing code. - Other small changes including source re-organization. - Added a pixmap file to use as an icon (gqview.xpm). 0.3.2 (5-7-98) * Fixed a bug which made the first editor slot useless from config dialog. 0.3.1 (5-4-98) - Changed filelist code to properly implement Glist. - Moved definitions of variables and #includes to better places. 0.3.0 (4-24-98) > New feature! Thumbnails displayed in the file list(us 't' to toggle). > Thumbnails size can be selected (General Options). > Rewrite (again) of the file list (to support adding/removing entries without re-reading the entire directory listing, [still need to convert the directory list, however]). - minor display layout changes (to accomodate the progress bar). - if a file format cannot be determined, a generic 'unknown image' picture is displayed. - added display for the number of files listed. - added '-debug' command line option for debug output (preliminary) 0.2.1 (4-8-98) > Added a handle, now the file lists are sizeable. - renamed menu item Exit to Quit. - Added missing file includes that were exposed with GTK+ 0.99.10 release. 0.2.0 (3-19-98) > External editors can be specified in the configuration window (max 8). Under the "external editors" tab. - Popup menu for filelist (delete, rename, and edit). - Filelist highlight now follows currently viewed image. - A few minor fixes. 0.1.1 (3-3-98) > Updated code to compile with GTK+-0.99.4 (will not work with previous versions of GTK) - Command line no longer requires a complete path to a file if it is in the current working directory. (or must be relative to it) - When moving to the next (or previous) image, the file list scrolls to include the current image's name. 0.1.0 (2-28-98) > Added menu bar. > Added keyboard shorcuts. > Configuration can be saved (to .gqviewrc in user's home dir) > Command line support. (specify startup directory or file to view) > Can set startup directory in options window (can be disabled) > Added custom filtering options to support more formats (Imlib supports almost anything your system can read using ImageMagick or Netpbm, if available). > File operations: create directory, rename file, delete file. > clicking mouse on image: button one: next image button two: previous image button three: popup menu (zoom, file operations, edit image) > Added option to load image into The Gimp. - Fixed a bug in the history list truncating routine. (GQview would crash) - Other minor improvements and fixes. 0.0.3 (2-18-98) > Source code clean up! The source code has been organized and is now readable (some code still needs organizing, but at least now the code can be followed). > Makefile rewritten, it may still need editing for some systems. The '-g' gcc option was removed for the released code, this makes the binary about 1/3 smaller (it removes some debugging facilities) - Fixed the transparency problem. This removes the garbage displayed where an image is transparent, unfortunately for now it is set to purple. 0.0.2 (2-14-98) > Rewrote directory and file list handling, the lists can now be of any length. > Lists are now sorted. > History list no longer expands out of control as the directory path gets longer, entries are truncated at 32 characters and '/...' is prepended. > Added configuration window, including: - show or hide dot files - select default zoom mode for new image - disable file filtering - choose file types to filter - about tab for version and contact info 0.0.1 (2-10-98) > No history, first release! geeqie-1.4/HACKING000066400000000000000000000014021322215423100135740ustar00rootroot00000000000000A brief overview for those that wish to work with the source. The Makefiles and configure script are generated by the autogen.sh script, usually only distributed with snapshot releases. Running autogen.sh requires automake and autoconf. GNU gettext may also be needed by autogen.sh. Git commits _require_ an explicit log message. Think it will be used in the release Changelog. Coders should respect general coding style (see CODING). Coders, please resync po/POTFILES.in if you add or remove source files from src/ directory (using regen_potfiles.sh script in po/) and re-run make update-po when appropriate to keep translations in sync with the code. Maintainers, don't forget to run make update-po before releases. Translators, please have a look at po/README. geeqie-1.4/Makefile.am000066400000000000000000000016651322215423100146540ustar00rootroot00000000000000## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in. include $(top_srcdir)/aminclude.am SUBDIRS = src po doc plugins DIST_SUBDIRS = src po doc plugins man_MANS = geeqie.1 readmedir = @readmedir@ if HAVE_MARKDOWN readme_DATA = README.md COPYING ChangeLog TODO README.lirc AUTHORS README.html ChangeLog.html else readme_DATA = README.md COPYING ChangeLog TODO README.lirc AUTHORS ChangeLog.html endif desktopdir = $(datadir)/applications desktop_in_files = geeqie.desktop.in desktop_DATA = $(desktop_in_files:.desktop.in=.desktop) @INTLTOOL_DESKTOP_RULE@ icondir = $(datadir)/pixmaps icon_DATA = geeqie.png EXTRA_DIST = \ $(readme_DATA) \ $(desktop_DATA) \ $(desktop_in_files) \ $(icon_DATA) \ geeqie.spec.in \ geeqie.1 \ doxygen.conf dist-hook: geeqie.spec cp $(top_builddir)/geeqie.spec $(distdir) DISTCLEANFILES = config.report .PHONY: ChangeLog ChangeLog.html: ./gen_changelog.sh README.html: README.md ./gen_readme.sh geeqie-1.4/NEWS000066400000000000000000000107171322215423100133150ustar00rootroot00000000000000Geeqie 1.4 ========== - Improvement of GTK3 implementation - Improved marks workflow - Animate gifs (via context menu or key A) - Compiles with gcc and clang - Rectangular selections (activated by Alt-R) - Folder bookmarks - Search via geo position - Thumbnail preview in dialogues - Customisable tool bar - Slideshow speed customisable while playing - Many usability improvements - Language updates - Many small improvements - Many bugfixes as usual Geeqie 1.3 ========== - Sort by creation date - Enhancements in mouse less operation - Rotation invariant duplication search - Better zoom steps - Easy access to working directory when copying ('.') - Updated documentation - Speed improvements - Stability improvements - Many bugfixes Geeqie 1.2 ========== - Support for lcms2 - Basic support for lua scripting - limited map support - Initial GTK 3 implementation - Several bugfixes Geeqie 1.1 ========== - support for stereoscopic images - input: side-by-side (JPS) and MPO format - output: single image, anaglyph, SBS, mirror, SBS half size (3DTV) - custom tiff loader - better handling of large tiff files - rewritten file grouping Geeqie 1.0 ========== Comparing images side-to-side Menu: View/Split/... View/Connected Scroll View/Connected Zoom File marks Each image can be marked with up to 6 different flags, it is possible to convert marks to selection and vice versa, even boolean operations are supported Note: marks are visible in file list and fullscreen mode with info, they are not visible in icon list (yet). Menu: Select/Show Marks Select/Mark ... File grouping It is possible to group files which have the same name and different extension, and show them as one entry. Typical usage: raw + jpeg, raw + xmp. Configuration: Preferences/Filtering External commands It is possible to replace internal copy/move/delete operations with external commands, for example create hardlinks instead of copying files. External editors handling was improved, it is possible to run an editor on the best fitting file type, and the exit status is reported back to Geeqie. Configuration: Preferences/Editors Menu: Edit/... Controls redesign Most of controls was added to menu and is handled via keyboard accelerators, thus they can be configured in ~/.geeqie/accels The default function of keys 1, 2, 3, ... was changed from zoom to mark toggle and function of 1, 2, 3, ... from external editor to selecting mark. Exiv2 support Geeqie can be optionally linked with exiv2 to improve support for image metadata. Details are at http://geeqie.wiki.sourceforge.net/Exiv2 Various enhancements * Customizable overlay info (see Edit > Preferences > Advanced > Full screen). * Configurable frame around image (see Edit > Preferences > Image > Limit image size when autofitting). * Custom border color around the image (see Edit > Preferences > Image > Custom border color). * Honor selection while fullscreen navigation (patch by Uwe Ohse). * Make properties tabs reorderable through drag'n drop (patch by Laurent Monin). * Various exif improvements (see Edit > Preferences > Properties > Exif, based on patch by Uwe Ohse). * Setting no limit size to trash directory is now possible using zero as value. * Main configuration file was renamed from gqviewrc to geeqierc. * Add the possibility to match duplicates on the name but ignoring the case (see Find Duplicates dialog). * Add the possibility to print file names with path (see Path checkbox in the Text tab in the Print dialog). * Histogram added to full screen overlay (press twice I to display, J to change mode, K for channels). * Add support for some Samsung raw files (.pef) (need testing). * In the collection view, display the full path to the file as tooltip when Show filename text is on. * Secure rc file saving was implemented, it reduces the risk of corruption during the save. * New Go to directory view feature that permits to find and display the directory corresponding to an image view. * Hiding the self (.) directory from directory view is now possible (Edit > Preferences > Filtering > Show dot directory) * Image postprocessing (rotation, color management and grayscale) is now done in pixbuf-renderer. * Toggling Grayscale now applies to all images. * Add zoom ratio display to OSD in fullscreen mode. It appears as [%zoom%] in fullscreen info string. * Support for AdobeRGB colorspace * Try to keep image orientation set by the user during the session. geeqie-1.4/README.lirc000066400000000000000000000060411322215423100144210ustar00rootroot00000000000000Linux Infrared Remote Control - use an easy to build home-brewn IR-receiver, an (almost) arbitrary remote control and control your Linux box with it! More about it at www.lirc.org. Be sure to read LIRC documentation before going ahead in this README. If you have installed the lirc-package, configure will autodetect it. If LIRC support is enabled and an error occurs Geeqie will tell you on startup. The application name for Geeqie is geeqie. Here is the list of supported commands: DOWN [int] - Move "camera" down by the specified amount. Default=1 EXIT - Exit Geeqie FIRST - Jump to first image INFO - Show image information (full screen only) LAST - Jump to last image LEFT [int] - Move "camera" left by the specified amount. Default=1 NEXT - Go to next image PAUSE - Pause/unpause slideshow PREV - Go to previous image RIGHT [int] - Move "camera" right by the specified amount. Default=1 ROTATE_90 - Rotate image 90 degrees clockwise. ROTATE_90_CC - Rotate image 90 degrees counter-clockwise. SET_INV_ZOOM [int] - Zoom to 1/Nx. Deafult=1x SET_ZOOM [int] - Zoom to Nx. Default=1x UP [int] - Move "camera" up by the specified amount. Default=1 ZOOM_IN [int] - Zoom in. Value specifies the amount of zoom. ZOOM_MAX - Zoom to fit image ZOOM_OUT [int] - Zoom out. Value specifies the amount of zoom. Don't forget to enable the repeat flag in .lircrc when it make sense (directional buttons, zoom in and out, ...) Here's an excerpt from my .lircrc: begin geeqie begin prog = geeqie button = vol_up config = ZOOM_IN 1 repeat = 3 end begin prog = geeqie button = vol_down config = ZOOM_OUT 1 repeat = 3 end begin prog = geeqie button = down config = DOWN 10 repeat = 1 end begin prog = geeqie button = up config = UP 10 repeat = 1 end begin prog = geeqie button = right config = RIGHT 10 repeat = 1 end begin prog = geeqie button = left config = LEFT 10 repeat = 1 end begin prog = geeqie button = back config = PREV end begin prog = geeqie button = forw config = NEXT end begin prog = geeqie button = skip_back config = FIRST end begin prog = geeqie button = skip_forw config = LAST end begin prog = geeqie button = pause config = PAUSE end begin prog = geeqie button = surround config = SET_ZOOM end begin prog = geeqie button = 1 config = ROTATE_90 end begin prog = geeqie button = 2 config = ROTATE_90_CC end begin prog = geeqie button = 3 config = INFO end begin prog = geeqie button = 4 config = EXIT end end geeqie At the moment Geeqie uses the standard location for the lirc-config file (~/.lircrc). LIRC support and documentation by Matteo Beniamino . (This file is 'inspired' by LIRC documentation from mplayer). geeqie-1.4/README.md000066400000000000000000000231161322215423100140720ustar00rootroot00000000000000 ################################################################### ## Geeqie 1.4 ## ## ## ## Copyright (C) 2008 - 2017 The Geeqie Team ## ## Copyright (C) 1999 - 2006 John Ellis. ## ## ## ## Use at your own risk! ## ## ## ## This software released under the GNU General Public License. ## ## Please read the COPYING file for more information. ## ################################################################### This is Geeqie, a successor of GQview. [![Build Status](https://api.travis-ci.org/BestImageViewer/geeqie.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/BestImageViewer/geeqie) Geeqie has been forked from GQview project, because it was not possible to contact the GQview author and only maintainer. The Geeqie project will continue the development forward and maintain the existing code. Geeqie is currently considered stable. Please send any questions, problems or suggestions to the [mailing list](mailto:geeqie@freelists.org) or open an issue on [Geeqie at GitHub](https://github.com/BestImageViewer/geeqie/issues). Subscribe to the mailing list [here](https://www.freelists.org/list/geeqie). The project website is and you will find the latest sources in the [Geeqie repository](http://geeqie.org/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=geeqie.git). # README contents: * Description / Features * Downloading * Installation * Notes and changes for this release * Requirements ## Description / Features Geeqie is a graphics file viewer. Basic features: * Single click image viewing / navigation. * Zoom functions. * Thumbnails, with optional caching and .xvpics support. * Multiple file selection for move, copy, delete, rename, drag and drop. * Thumbnail preview of the destination for move, copy and rename functions. * On-the-fly renaming for move and copy functions, with formatted and auto-rename features. * File grouping (an image having jpeg, RAW and xmp files will appear as a single entity). * Selectable exif auto-rotation of images. * Single click file copy or move to pre-defined folders - with undo feature. * Drag and drop. * Collections. * support for stereoscopic images * input: side-by-side (JPS) and MPO format * output: single image, anaglyph, SBS, mirror, SBS half size (3DTV) * Viewing raster and vector images, in the following formats: 3FR, ANI, APM, ARW, BMP, CR2, CRW, CUR, DNG, ERF, GIF, ICNS, ICO, JPE/JPEG/JPG, JPS, KDC, MEF, MPO, MOS, MRW, NEF, ORF, PEF, PTX, PBM/PGM/PNM/PPM, PNG, QIF/QTIF (QuickTime Image Format), RAF, RAW, RW2, SR2, SRF, SVG/SVGZ, TGA/TARGA, TIF/TIFF, WMF, XBM, XPM. Animated GIFs are supported. * Preview and thumbnails of video clips can be displayed. Clips can be run via a defined external program. * Images can be displayed singly in normal or fullscreen mode; static or slideshow mode; in sets of two or four per page for comparison; or as thumbnails of various sizes. Synchronised zoom when multi images are displayed. * Pan(orama) view displays image thumbnails in calendar, grid, folder and other layouts. * All available metadata and Exif/IPTC/XMP data can be displayed, as well as colour histograms and assigned tags, keywords and comments. * Selectable image overlay display box - can contain any text or meta-data. * Panels can be docked or floating. * Tags, both predefined and custom, can be assigned to images, and stored either as image metadata (where the file format allows), sidecar files, or in directory metadata files. Keywords and comments can also be assigned. * Basic editing in the form of lossless 90/180-degree rotation and flipping is supported; external programs such as GIMP, Inkscape, and custom scripts using ImageMagick can be linked to allow further processing. * Advanced searching is available using criteria such as filename, file size, age, image dimensions, similarity to a specified image, or by keywords or comments. If images have GPS coordinates embedded, you may also search for images within a radius of a geographical point. * Geeqie supports applying the colour profile embedded in an image along with the system monitor profile (or a user-specified monitor profile). * Geeqie sessions can be remotely controlled from external software, so it can be used as an image-viewer component of a bigger application. * Geeqie includes a 'find duplicates' tool which can compare images using a variety of criteria (filename, file size, visual similarity, dimensions, image content), either within a single folder or between two folders. Finding duplicates ignoring the rotation of images is also supported. * Images may be given a rating value (also known as a "star rating"). * Maps from [OpenStreetMap](http://www.openstreetmap.org) may be displayed in a side panel. If an image has GPS coordinates embedded, its position will be displayed on the map - if Image Direction is encoded, that will be displayed also. If an image does not have embedded GPS coordinates, it may be dragged-and-dropped onto the map to encode its position. ## Downloading Geeqie is available as a package with some distributions. The source tar of the latest formal release may be downloaded: However Geeqie is stable, and you may download the latest version (if you have installed git) from here: Either: `git clone git://www.geeqie.org/geeqie.git` Or: `git clone http://www.geeqie.org/git/geeqie.git` ## Installation List compile options: `./autogen.sh --help` Common options: `./autogen.sh`, Compilation: `./autogen.sh [options]; make -j ` Install: `[sudo] make install` Removal: `[sudo] make uninstall` #### Note: The zip and gzip files at geeqie.org and GitHub contain only the sources - they cannot, by themselves, be used to install Geeqie. It is recommended to always use `git clone git://www.geeqie.org/geeqie.git` to download Geeqie. After installing Geeqie you may delete the folder you have cloned Geeqie into. However if you leave the folder intact, whenever new features or patches are available, execute: `git pull; sudo make uninstall; sudo make maintainer-clean; ./autogen.sh; make -j; sudo make install` Only the changed sources are downloaded, which makes this a quick operation. Your configuration file, history file and desktop files are not affected by this process. ## Notes and changes for the latest release See the NEWS file in the installation folder, or [Geeqie News at GitHub](https://github.com/BestImageViewer/geeqie/blob/master/NEWS) And either the ChangeLog file or [Geeqie ChangeLog](http://geeqie.org/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=geeqie.git;a=shortlog) ## Requirements ### Required libraries: GTK+ 2.20 enabled by default even when GTK+3 libraries are found. disable with configure option: --enable-gtk3 optional items map display and GPU acceleration are not available with GTK2 or GTK+ 3.00 www.gtk.org disabled by default when GTK+2 libraries are found. enable with configure option: --enable-gtk3 Note: GTK+3 is still somehow experimental. It is needed for some features but we have several complains about the GTK+3 usability. So if you need a stable version, you are advised to compile it with GTK+2. If you want to play with the cool new features, use GTK+3. ### Optional libraries: lcms2 2.0 or lcms 1.14 www.littlecms.com for color management support enabled by default disable with configure option: --disable-lcms exiv2 0.11 www.exiv2.org for enhanced exif support enabled by default disable with configure option: --disable-exiv2 lirc www.lirc.org for remote control support enabled by default disable with configure option: --disable-lirc libchamplain-gtk 0.12 libchamplain 0.12 libclutter 1.0 wiki.gnome.org/Projects/libchamplain for map display enabled by default disable with configure option: --disable-map libclutter 1.0 www.clutter-project.org for GPU acceleration (a check-box on Preferences/Image must also be ticked) enabled by default disable with configure option: --disable-gpu-accel explicitly disabling will also disable the map feature lua 5.1 www.lua.org support for lua scripting enabled by default disable with configure option: --disable-lua librsvg2-common for displaying .svg images libwmf0.2-7-gtk for displaying .wmf images (see also "Additional pixbuf loaders" in the References section of the Help file) awk when running Geeqie, to use the geo-decode function markdown when compiling Geeqie, to create this file in html format libffmpegthumbnailer 2.0.0 https://github.com/dirkvdb/ffmpegthumbnailer for thumbnailing camera video clips disable with configure option: --disable-ffmpegthumbnailer ### Code hackers: If you plan on making any major changes to the code that will be offered for inclusion to the main source, please contact us first - so that we can avoid duplication of effort. The Geeqie Team ### Known bugs: See the Geeqie Bug Tracker at geeqie-1.4/TODO000066400000000000000000000000411322215423100132730ustar00rootroot00000000000000Geeqie 1.3 Geeqie 1.4 Geeqie 2.0 geeqie-1.4/acinclude.m4000066400000000000000000000276631322215423100150170ustar00rootroot00000000000000# This file is part of Autoconf. -*- Autoconf -*- # Copyright (C) 2004 Oren Ben-Kiki # This file is distributed under the same terms as the Autoconf macro files. ########## CHANGELOG ################## # 2009-01-14 Martin Mann # * DX_ARG_ABLE : new variable 'DX_FLAG_DX_CURRENT_FEATURE' # * DX_CLEAR_DEPEND : use of explicit variable 'DX_FLAG_DX_CURRENT_FEATURE' # in AC_SUBST instead of 'DX_FLAG[]DX_CURRENT_FEATURE' which is rejected by # newer autotools # Generate automatic documentation using Doxygen. Works in concert with the # aminclude.m4 file and a compatible doxygen configuration file. Defines the # following public macros: # # DX_???_FEATURE(ON|OFF) - control the default setting fo a Doxygen feature. # Supported features are 'DOXYGEN' itself, 'DOT' for generating graphics, # 'HTML' for plain HTML, 'CHM' for compressed HTML help (for MS users), 'CHI' # for generating a seperate .chi file by the .chm file, and 'MAN', 'RTF', # 'XML', 'PDF' and 'PS' for the appropriate output formats. The environment # variable DOXYGEN_PAPER_SIZE may be specified to override the default 'a4wide' # paper size. # # By default, HTML, PDF and PS documentation is generated as this seems to be # the most popular and portable combination. MAN pages created by Doxygen are # usually problematic, though by picking an appropriate subset and doing some # massaging they might be better than nothing. CHM and RTF are specific for MS # (note that you can't generate both HTML and CHM at the same time). The XML is # rather useless unless you apply specialized post-processing to it. # # The macro mainly controls the default state of the feature. The use can # override the default by specifying --enable or --disable. The macros ensure # that contradictory flags are not given (e.g., --enable-doxygen-html and # --enable-doxygen-chm, --enable-doxygen-anything with --disable-doxygen, etc.) # Finally, each feature will be automatically disabled (with a warning) if the # required programs are missing. # # Once all the feature defaults have been specified, call DX_INIT_DOXYGEN with # the following parameters: a one-word name for the project for use as a # filename base etc., an optional configuration file name (the default is # 'Doxyfile', the same as Doxygen's default), and an optional output directory # name (the default is 'doxygen-doc'). ## ----------## ## Defaults. ## ## ----------## DX_ENV="" AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_doc], ON) AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_dot], ON) AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_man], OFF) AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_html], ON) AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_chm], OFF) AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_chi], OFF) AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_rtf], OFF) AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_xml], OFF) AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_pdf], ON) AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_ps], ON) ## --------------- ## ## Private macros. ## ## --------------- ## # DX_ENV_APPEND(VARIABLE, VALUE) # ------------------------------ # Append VARIABLE="VALUE" to DX_ENV for invoking doxygen. AC_DEFUN([DX_ENV_APPEND], [AC_SUBST([DX_ENV], ["$DX_ENV $1='$2'"])]) # DX_DIRNAME_EXPR # --------------- # Expand into a shell expression prints the directory part of a path. AC_DEFUN([DX_DIRNAME_EXPR], [[expr ".$1" : '\(\.\)[^/]*$' \| "x$1" : 'x\(.*\)/[^/]*$']]) # DX_IF_FEATURE(FEATURE, IF-ON, IF-OFF) # ------------------------------------- # Expands according to the M4 (static) status of the feature. AC_DEFUN([DX_IF_FEATURE], [ifelse(DX_FEATURE_$1, ON, [$2], [$3])]) # DX_REQUIRE_PROG(VARIABLE, PROGRAM) # ---------------------------------- # Require the specified program to be found for the DX_CURRENT_FEATURE to work. AC_DEFUN([DX_REQUIRE_PROG], [ AC_PATH_TOOL([$1], [$2]) if test "$DX_FLAG_DX_CURRENT_FEATURE$$1" = 1; then AC_MSG_WARN([$2 not found - will not DX_CURRENT_DESCRIPTION]) AC_SUBST([DX_FLAG_DX_CURRENT_FEATURE], 0) fi ]) # DX_TEST_FEATURE(FEATURE) # ------------------------ # Expand to a shell expression testing whether the feature is active. AC_DEFUN([DX_TEST_FEATURE], [test "$DX_FLAG_$1" = 1]) # DX_CHECK_DEPEND(REQUIRED_FEATURE, REQUIRED_STATE) # ------------------------------------------------- # Verify that a required features has the right state before trying to turn on # the DX_CURRENT_FEATURE. AC_DEFUN([DX_CHECK_DEPEND], [ test "$DX_FLAG_$1" = "$2" \ || AC_MSG_ERROR([doxygen-DX_CURRENT_FEATURE ifelse([$2], 1, requires, contradicts) doxygen-DX_CURRENT_FEATURE]) ]) # DX_CLEAR_DEPEND(FEATURE, REQUIRED_FEATURE, REQUIRED_STATE) # ---------------------------------------------------------- # Turn off the DX_CURRENT_FEATURE if the required feature is off. AC_DEFUN([DX_CLEAR_DEPEND], [ test "$DX_FLAG_$1" = "$2" || AC_SUBST([DX_FLAG_DX_CURRENT_FEATURE], 0) ]) # DX_FEATURE_ARG(FEATURE, DESCRIPTION, # CHECK_DEPEND, CLEAR_DEPEND, # REQUIRE, DO-IF-ON, DO-IF-OFF) # -------------------------------------------- # Parse the command-line option controlling a feature. CHECK_DEPEND is called # if the user explicitly turns the feature on (and invokes DX_CHECK_DEPEND), # otherwise CLEAR_DEPEND is called to turn off the default state if a required # feature is disabled (using DX_CLEAR_DEPEND). REQUIRE performs additional # requirement tests (DX_REQUIRE_PROG). Finally, an automake flag is set and # DO-IF-ON or DO-IF-OFF are called according to the final state of the feature. AC_DEFUN([DX_ARG_ABLE], [ AC_DEFUN([DX_CURRENT_FEATURE], [$1]) AC_DEFUN([DX_FLAG_DX_CURRENT_FEATURE], [DX_FLAG_$1]) AC_DEFUN([DX_CURRENT_DESCRIPTION], [$2]) AC_ARG_ENABLE(doxygen-$1, [AS_HELP_STRING(DX_IF_FEATURE([$1], [--disable-doxygen-$1], [--enable-doxygen-$1]), DX_IF_FEATURE([$1], [don't $2], [$2]))], [ case "$enableval" in #( y|Y|yes|Yes|YES) AC_SUBST([DX_FLAG_$1], 1) $3 ;; #( n|N|no|No|NO) AC_SUBST([DX_FLAG_$1], 0) ;; #( *) AC_MSG_ERROR([invalid value '$enableval' given to doxygen-$1]) ;; esac ], [ AC_SUBST([DX_FLAG_$1], [DX_IF_FEATURE([$1], 1, 0)]) $4 ]) if DX_TEST_FEATURE([$1]); then $5 : fi if DX_TEST_FEATURE([$1]); then AM_CONDITIONAL(DX_COND_$1, :) $6 : else AM_CONDITIONAL(DX_COND_$1, false) $7 : fi ]) ## -------------- ## ## Public macros. ## ## -------------- ## # DX_XXX_FEATURE(DEFAULT_STATE) # ----------------------------- AC_DEFUN([DX_DOXYGEN_FEATURE], [AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_doc], [$1])]) AC_DEFUN([DX_MAN_FEATURE], [AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_man], [$1])]) AC_DEFUN([DX_HTML_FEATURE], [AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_html], [$1])]) AC_DEFUN([DX_CHM_FEATURE], [AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_chm], [$1])]) AC_DEFUN([DX_CHI_FEATURE], [AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_chi], [$1])]) AC_DEFUN([DX_RTF_FEATURE], [AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_rtf], [$1])]) AC_DEFUN([DX_XML_FEATURE], [AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_xml], [$1])]) AC_DEFUN([DX_XML_FEATURE], [AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_xml], [$1])]) AC_DEFUN([DX_PDF_FEATURE], [AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_pdf], [$1])]) AC_DEFUN([DX_PS_FEATURE], [AC_DEFUN([DX_FEATURE_ps], [$1])]) # DX_INIT_DOXYGEN(PROJECT, [CONFIG-FILE], [OUTPUT-DOC-DIR]) # --------------------------------------------------------- # PROJECT also serves as the base name for the documentation files. # The default CONFIG-FILE is "Doxyfile" and OUTPUT-DOC-DIR is "doxygen-doc". AC_DEFUN([DX_INIT_DOXYGEN], [ # Files: AC_SUBST([DX_PROJECT], [$1]) AC_SUBST([DX_CONFIG], [ifelse([$2], [], Doxyfile, [$2])]) AC_SUBST([DX_DOCDIR], [ifelse([$3], [], doxygen-doc, [$3])]) # Environment variables used inside doxygen.cfg: DX_ENV_APPEND(SRCDIR, $srcdir) DX_ENV_APPEND(PROJECT, $DX_PROJECT) DX_ENV_APPEND(DOCDIR, $DX_DOCDIR) DX_ENV_APPEND(VERSION, $PACKAGE_VERSION) # Doxygen itself: DX_ARG_ABLE(doc, [generate any doxygen documentation], [], [], [DX_REQUIRE_PROG([DX_DOXYGEN], doxygen) DX_REQUIRE_PROG([DX_PERL], perl)], [DX_ENV_APPEND(PERL_PATH, $DX_PERL)]) # Dot for graphics: DX_ARG_ABLE(dot, [generate graphics for doxygen documentation], [DX_CHECK_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [DX_CLEAR_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [DX_REQUIRE_PROG([DX_DOT], dot)], [DX_ENV_APPEND(HAVE_DOT, YES) DX_ENV_APPEND(DOT_PATH, [`DX_DIRNAME_EXPR($DX_DOT)`])], [DX_ENV_APPEND(HAVE_DOT, NO)]) # Man pages generation: DX_ARG_ABLE(man, [generate doxygen manual pages], [DX_CHECK_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [DX_CLEAR_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [], [DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_MAN, YES)], [DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_MAN, NO)]) # RTF file generation: DX_ARG_ABLE(rtf, [generate doxygen RTF documentation], [DX_CHECK_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [DX_CLEAR_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [], [DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_RTF, YES)], [DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_RTF, NO)]) # XML file generation: DX_ARG_ABLE(xml, [generate doxygen XML documentation], [DX_CHECK_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [DX_CLEAR_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [], [DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_XML, YES)], [DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_XML, NO)]) # (Compressed) HTML help generation: DX_ARG_ABLE(chm, [generate doxygen compressed HTML help documentation], [DX_CHECK_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [DX_CLEAR_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [DX_REQUIRE_PROG([DX_HHC], hhc)], [DX_ENV_APPEND(HHC_PATH, $DX_HHC) DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_HTML, YES) DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_HTMLHELP, YES)], [DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_HTMLHELP, NO)]) # Seperate CHI file generation. DX_ARG_ABLE(chi, [generate doxygen seperate compressed HTML help index file], [DX_CHECK_DEPEND(chm, 1)], [DX_CLEAR_DEPEND(chm, 1)], [], [DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_CHI, YES)], [DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_CHI, NO)]) # Plain HTML pages generation: DX_ARG_ABLE(html, [generate doxygen plain HTML documentation], [DX_CHECK_DEPEND(doc, 1) DX_CHECK_DEPEND(chm, 0)], [DX_CLEAR_DEPEND(doc, 1) DX_CLEAR_DEPEND(chm, 0)], [], [DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_HTML, YES)], [DX_TEST_FEATURE(chm) || DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_HTML, NO)]) # PostScript file generation: DX_ARG_ABLE(ps, [generate doxygen PostScript documentation], [DX_CHECK_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [DX_CLEAR_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [DX_REQUIRE_PROG([DX_LATEX], latex) DX_REQUIRE_PROG([DX_MAKEINDEX], makeindex) DX_REQUIRE_PROG([DX_DVIPS], dvips) DX_REQUIRE_PROG([DX_EGREP], egrep)]) # PDF file generation: DX_ARG_ABLE(pdf, [generate doxygen PDF documentation], [DX_CHECK_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [DX_CLEAR_DEPEND(doc, 1)], [DX_REQUIRE_PROG([DX_PDFLATEX], pdflatex) DX_REQUIRE_PROG([DX_MAKEINDEX], makeindex) DX_REQUIRE_PROG([DX_EGREP], egrep)]) # LaTeX generation for PS and/or PDF: if DX_TEST_FEATURE(ps) || DX_TEST_FEATURE(pdf); then AM_CONDITIONAL(DX_COND_latex, :) DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_LATEX, YES) else AM_CONDITIONAL(DX_COND_latex, false) DX_ENV_APPEND(GENERATE_LATEX, NO) fi # Paper size for PS and/or PDF: AC_ARG_VAR(DOXYGEN_PAPER_SIZE, [a4wide (default), a4, letter, legal or executive]) case "$DOXYGEN_PAPER_SIZE" in #( "") AC_SUBST(DOXYGEN_PAPER_SIZE, "") ;; #( a4wide|a4|letter|legal|executive) DX_ENV_APPEND(PAPER_SIZE, $DOXYGEN_PAPER_SIZE) ;; #( *) AC_MSG_ERROR([unknown DOXYGEN_PAPER_SIZE='$DOXYGEN_PAPER_SIZE']) ;; esac #For debugging: #echo DX_FLAG_doc=$DX_FLAG_doc #echo DX_FLAG_dot=$DX_FLAG_dot #echo DX_FLAG_man=$DX_FLAG_man #echo DX_FLAG_html=$DX_FLAG_html #echo DX_FLAG_chm=$DX_FLAG_chm #echo DX_FLAG_chi=$DX_FLAG_chi #echo DX_FLAG_rtf=$DX_FLAG_rtf #echo DX_FLAG_xml=$DX_FLAG_xml #echo DX_FLAG_pdf=$DX_FLAG_pdf #echo DX_FLAG_ps=$DX_FLAG_ps #echo DX_ENV=$DX_ENV ]) geeqie-1.4/aminclude.am000066400000000000000000000111751322215423100150750ustar00rootroot00000000000000# Copyright (C) 2004 Oren Ben-Kiki # This file is distributed under the same terms as the Automake macro files. # Generate automatic documentation using Doxygen. Goals and variables values # are controlled by the various DX_COND_??? conditionals set by autoconf. # # The provided goals are: # doxygen-doc: Generate all doxygen documentation. # doxygen-run: Run doxygen, which will generate some of the documentation # (HTML, CHM, CHI, MAN, RTF, XML) but will not do the post # processing required for the rest of it (PS, PDF, and some MAN). # doxygen-man: Rename some doxygen generated man pages. # doxygen-ps: Generate doxygen PostScript documentation. # doxygen-pdf: Generate doxygen PDF documentation. # # Note that by default these are not integrated into the automake goals. If # doxygen is used to generate man pages, you can achieve this integration by # setting man3_MANS to the list of man pages generated and then adding the # dependency: # # $(man3_MANS): doxygen-doc # # This will cause make to run doxygen and generate all the documentation. # # The following variable is intended for use in Makefile.am: # # DX_CLEANFILES = everything to clean. # # This is usually added to MOSTLYCLEANFILES. ## --------------------------------- ## ## Format-independent Doxygen rules. ## ## --------------------------------- ## if DX_COND_doc ## ------------------------------- ## ## Rules specific for HTML output. ## ## ------------------------------- ## if DX_COND_html DX_CLEAN_HTML = @DX_DOCDIR@/html endif DX_COND_html ## ------------------------------ ## ## Rules specific for CHM output. ## ## ------------------------------ ## if DX_COND_chm DX_CLEAN_CHM = @DX_DOCDIR@/chm if DX_COND_chi DX_CLEAN_CHI = @DX_DOCDIR@/@PACKAGE@.chi endif DX_COND_chi endif DX_COND_chm ## ------------------------------ ## ## Rules specific for MAN output. ## ## ------------------------------ ## if DX_COND_man DX_CLEAN_MAN = @DX_DOCDIR@/man endif DX_COND_man ## ------------------------------ ## ## Rules specific for RTF output. ## ## ------------------------------ ## if DX_COND_rtf DX_CLEAN_RTF = @DX_DOCDIR@/rtf endif DX_COND_rtf ## ------------------------------ ## ## Rules specific for XML output. ## ## ------------------------------ ## if DX_COND_xml DX_CLEAN_XML = @DX_DOCDIR@/xml endif DX_COND_xml ## ----------------------------- ## ## Rules specific for PS output. ## ## ----------------------------- ## if DX_COND_ps DX_CLEAN_PS = @DX_DOCDIR@/@PACKAGE@.ps DX_PS_GOAL = doxygen-ps doxygen-ps: @DX_DOCDIR@/@PACKAGE@.ps @DX_DOCDIR@/@PACKAGE@.ps: @DX_DOCDIR@/@PACKAGE@.tag cd @DX_DOCDIR@/latex; \ rm -f *.aux *.toc *.idx *.ind *.ilg *.log *.out; \ $(DX_LATEX) refman.tex; \ $(MAKEINDEX_PATH) refman.idx; \ $(DX_LATEX) refman.tex; \ countdown=5; \ while $(DX_EGREP) 'Rerun (LaTeX|to get cross-references right)' \ refman.log > /dev/null 2>&1 \ && test $$countdown -gt 0; do \ $(DX_LATEX) refman.tex; \ countdown=`expr $$countdown - 1`; \ done; \ $(DX_DVIPS) -o ../@PACKAGE@.ps refman.dvi endif DX_COND_ps ## ------------------------------ ## ## Rules specific for PDF output. ## ## ------------------------------ ## if DX_COND_pdf DX_CLEAN_PDF = @DX_DOCDIR@/@PACKAGE@.pdf DX_PDF_GOAL = doxygen-pdf doxygen-pdf: @DX_DOCDIR@/@PACKAGE@.pdf @DX_DOCDIR@/@PACKAGE@.pdf: @DX_DOCDIR@/@PACKAGE@.tag cd @DX_DOCDIR@/latex; \ rm -f *.aux *.toc *.idx *.ind *.ilg *.log *.out; \ $(DX_PDFLATEX) refman.tex; \ $(DX_MAKEINDEX) refman.idx; \ $(DX_PDFLATEX) refman.tex; \ countdown=5; \ while $(DX_EGREP) 'Rerun (LaTeX|to get cross-references right)' \ refman.log > /dev/null 2>&1 \ && test $$countdown -gt 0; do \ $(DX_PDFLATEX) refman.tex; \ countdown=`expr $$countdown - 1`; \ done; \ mv refman.pdf ../@PACKAGE@.pdf endif DX_COND_pdf ## ------------------------------------------------- ## ## Rules specific for LaTeX (shared for PS and PDF). ## ## ------------------------------------------------- ## if DX_COND_latex DX_CLEAN_LATEX = @DX_DOCDIR@/latex endif DX_COND_latex .PHONY: doxygen-run doxygen-doc $(DX_PS_GOAL) $(DX_PDF_GOAL) .INTERMEDIATE: doxygen-run $(DX_PS_GOAL) $(DX_PDF_GOAL) doxygen-run: @DX_DOCDIR@/@PACKAGE@.tag doxygen-doc: doxygen-run $(DX_PS_GOAL) $(DX_PDF_GOAL) @DX_DOCDIR@/@PACKAGE@.tag: $(DX_CONFIG) $(pkginclude_HEADERS) rm -rf @DX_DOCDIR@ $(DX_ENV) $(DX_DOXYGEN) $(srcdir)/$(DX_CONFIG) DX_CLEANFILES = \ @DX_DOCDIR@/@PACKAGE@.tag \ -r \ $(DX_CLEAN_HTML) \ $(DX_CLEAN_CHM) \ $(DX_CLEAN_CHI) \ $(DX_CLEAN_MAN) \ $(DX_CLEAN_RTF) \ $(DX_CLEAN_XML) \ $(DX_CLEAN_PS) \ $(DX_CLEAN_PDF) \ $(DX_CLEAN_LATEX) endif DX_COND_doc geeqie-1.4/autogen.sh000077500000000000000000000101131322215423100146050ustar00rootroot00000000000000#!/bin/sh # Run this to generate all the initial makefiles, etc. #this was originally taken from the gnome macros/autogen.sh scripts srcdir=`dirname $0` test -z "$srcdir" && srcdir=. (test -f $srcdir/configure.in \ && test -f $srcdir/src/main.c \ && test -f $srcdir/src/main.h) || { echo -n "**Error**: Directory "\`$srcdir\'" does not look like the" echo " top-level geeqie directory" exit 1 } DIE=0 (autoconf --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || { echo echo "**Error**: You must have \`autoconf' installed." echo "Download the appropriate package for your distribution," echo "or get the source tarball at ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/" DIE=1 } (grep "^AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT" $srcdir/configure.in >/dev/null) && { (grep "sed.*POTFILES" $srcdir/configure.in) >/dev/null || \ (glib-gettextize --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || { echo echo "**Error**: You must have \`glib-gettextize' installed." echo "glib-gettextize is a part of glib." echo "You can get it from: ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk" DIE=1 } } (intltoolize --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || { echo echo "**Error**: You must have \`intltoolize' installed" DIE=1 } (automake --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || { echo echo "**Error**: You must have \`automake' installed." echo "You can get it from: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/" DIE=1 NO_AUTOMAKE=yes } # if no automake, don't bother testing for aclocal test -n "$NO_AUTOMAKE" || (aclocal --version) < /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1 || { echo echo "**Error**: Missing \`aclocal'. The version of \`automake'" echo "installed doesn't appear recent enough." echo "You can get automake from ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/" DIE=1 } if test "$DIE" -eq 1; then exit 1 fi if test -z "$*"; then echo "**Warning**: I am going to run \`configure' with no arguments." echo "If you wish to pass any to it, please specify them on the" echo \`$0\'" command line." echo fi case $CC in xlc ) am_opt=--include-deps;; esac auxdir="`sed -ne 's/^[ \t]*A._CONFIG_AUX_DIR *( *\([^ )]*\).*/\1/p' $srcdir/configure.in`" if test -n "$auxdir"; then if test ! -d "$srcdir/$auxdir"; then mkdir -p "$srcdir/$auxdir" fi fi for coin in `find $srcdir -name configure.in -print` do dr=`dirname $coin` if test -f $dr/NO-AUTO-GEN; then echo skipping $dr -- flagged as no auto-gen else echo processing $dr macrodirs=`sed -n -e 's,AM_ACLOCAL_INCLUDE(\(.*\)),\1,gp' < $coin` ( cd $dr aclocalinclude="$ACLOCAL_FLAGS" for k in $macrodirs; do if test -d $k; then aclocalinclude="$aclocalinclude -I $k" ##else ## echo "**Warning**: No such directory \`$k'. Ignored." fi done if grep "^AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT" configure.in >/dev/null; then if grep "sed.*POTFILES" configure.in >/dev/null; then : do nothing -- we still have an old unmodified configure.in else echo "Creating $dr/aclocal.m4 ..." test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 || touch $dr/aclocal.m4 echo "Running glib-gettextize..." echo "no" | glib-gettextize --force --copy echo "Running intltoolize" intltoolize --copy --force --automake if intltoolize --version | grep -q ' 0.40.6'; then echo "Workaround intltoolize 0.40.6 bug (LINGUAS)" sed "s:'\^\$\$lang\$\$':\^\$\$lang\$\$:g" -i po/Makefile.in.in fi echo "Making $dr/aclocal.m4 writable ..." test -r $dr/aclocal.m4 && chmod u+w $dr/aclocal.m4 fi fi echo "Running aclocal $aclocalinclude ..." aclocal $aclocalinclude if grep "^AC_CONFIG_HEADER" configure.in >/dev/null; then echo "Running autoheader..." autoheader fi echo "Running automake --gnu $am_opt ..." automake --add-missing --gnu $am_opt echo "Running autoconf ..." autoconf ) fi done conf_flags="--enable-maintainer-mode" #--enable-iso-c if test x$NOCONFIGURE = x; then echo Running $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" ... $srcdir/configure $conf_flags "$@" \ && echo Now type \`make\' to compile $PKG_NAME else echo Skipping configure process. fi geeqie-1.4/configure.in000066400000000000000000000435061322215423100151310ustar00rootroot00000000000000dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script. -*- Autoconf -*- dnl This file is a part of Geeqie project (http://www.geeqie.org/). dnl Copyright (C) 2008 - 2016 The Geeqie Team dnl dnl This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or dnl (at your option) any later version. dnl dnl This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the dnl GNU General Public License for more details. AC_PREREQ(2.57) AC_INIT([geeqie], 1.4, [https://github.com/BestImageViewer/geeqie/issues], [], [http://www.geeqie.org/]) # Add -Werror to the default CFLAGS CFLAGS+=" -Werror -Wno-error=deprecated-declarations -Wno-error=sign-compare -Wno-error=return-type" # Check for rightly dirs AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/main.c]) AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR(auxdir) # Require Automake 1.14 for %reldir% support AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.14.1 subdir-objects foreign]) AC_CONFIG_HEADER([config.h]) # Only for developers AM_MAINTAINER_MODE # Silent build for automake >= 1.11 m4_ifdef([AM_SILENT_RULES], [AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])]) AC_ARG_ENABLE(developer, [ Development options: AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-developer], [turn on developers mode [default=no]])], [ __IS_DEVELOPER=yes ], [ if test "x${enable_developer}" != "xyes" then __IS_DEVELOPER=no else __IS_DEVELOPER=yes fi ]) DX_HTML_FEATURE(ON) DX_CHM_FEATURE(OFF) DX_CHI_FEATURE(OFF) DX_MAN_FEATURE(OFF) DX_RTF_FEATURE(OFF) DX_XML_FEATURE(OFF) DX_PDF_FEATURE(OFF) DX_PS_FEATURE(OFF) DX_INIT_DOXYGEN($PACKAGE_NAME, doxygen.conf, doc/doxygen) # Debug support # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- dnl Debugging option dnl FIXME: official release convert default to 'no' dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE([debug-flags], [ Development options: AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug-flags], [use compiler flags for debugging [default=no]])], [], [ if test "x${enable_developer}" != "xyes" then enable_debug_flags="no" else enable_debug_flags="yes" fi ]) AC_ARG_ENABLE([debug-log], [ Development options: AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug-log], [enable debugging messages [default=yes]])], [], [enable_debug_log="yes"]) if test "x${enable_debug_flags}" != "xno" then if test "x${enable_developer}" = "xyes" then CXXFLAGS="${CXXFLAGS} -Wall" CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -Wstrict-prototypes -Wall" fi __COMMONFLAGS="-g -O0 -Wextra -Wunused-value -Wunused-variable -Wunused-function -Wunused-label -Wcomment -Wmissing-braces -Wparentheses -Wreturn-type -Wswitch -Wstrict-aliasing -Wno-unused-parameter -Wformat -Wformat-security -DGQ_DEBUG_PATH_UTF8=1" CXXFLAGS="${CXXFLAGS} ${__COMMONFLAGS}" CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} ${__COMMONFLAGS} -Wimplicit-int -Werror-implicit-function-declaration" __IS_DEBUG_FLAGS=yes else __IS_DEBUG_FLAGS=no fi if test "x${enable_debug_log}" != "xno" then AC_DEFINE(DEBUG,1,[Defined if Geeqie is compiled with debugging messages support]) __IS_DEBUG_LOG=yes else __IS_DEBUG_LOG=no fi AM_CONDITIONAL(DEBUG, test x$enable_debug_flags = xyes) AC_ARG_ENABLE(deprecated, [ AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-deprecated], [turn off checking of deprecated functions [default=yes]])], [], [ if test "x${enable_developer}" != "xyes" then enable_deprecated="no" else enable_deprecated="yes" fi ]) if test "x${enable_deprecated}" != "xno" then CXXFLAGS="${CXXFLAGS} -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED=1 -DGDK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED=1 -DGDK_PIXBUF_DISABLE_DEPRECATED=1 -DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED=1" CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED=1 -DGDK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED=1 -DGDK_PIXBUF_DISABLE_DEPRECATED=1 -DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED=1" __IS_DEPRECATED=yes else __IS_DEPRECATED=no fi AC_ISC_POSIX AC_PROG_CC AC_PROG_CC_C99 AC_PROG_CXX AC_STDC_HEADERS AC_ARG_PROGRAM AC_SYS_LARGEFILE IT_PROG_INTLTOOL([0.35.0]) dnl checks for functions AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strverscmp access fsync fflush) # Check target architecture # Check for Win32 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for some Win32 platform]) case "$target_os" in mingw* | cygwin*) platform_win32=yes AC_DEFINE(PLATFORM_WIN32, 1, [Build on win32 OS]) ;; *) platform_win32=no ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$platform_win32]) AM_CONDITIONAL(PLATFORM_WIN32, test "$platform_win32" = "yes") AC_MSG_CHECKING([for native Win32]) case "$target_os" in mingw*) os_win32=yes AC_DEFINE(OS_WIN32, 1, [Build on native win32 OS]) os_unix=no PATHSEP=';' ;; *) os_win32=no os_unix=yes PATHSEP=':' ;; esac AC_MSG_RESULT([$os_win32]) AC_SUBST(PATHSEP) AM_CONDITIONAL(OS_WIN32, test "$os_win32" = "yes") AM_CONDITIONAL(OS_UNIX, test "$os_unix" = "yes") if test "$os_win32" = "yes"; then AC_CHECK_PROG(ms_librarian, lib.exe, yes, no) AC_CHECK_TOOL(WINDRES, windres, :) else WINDRES=":" fi AM_CONDITIONAL(MS_LIB_AVAILABLE, test x$ms_librarian = xyes) AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_WINDRES, test "x$WINDRES" != "x:") AC_SUBST(WINDRES) dnl reasonable guesses for where stuff is installed if test "x$prefix" = "xNONE"; then prefix="/usr/local" else prefix=$prefix fi AM_PATH_GLIB_2_0(2.24.0,,AC_MSG_ERROR(GLIB >= 2.24.0 not installed.)) AC_ARG_ENABLE([gtk3], AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-gtk3], [use gtk3 instead of gtk2]),[gtk3="${enableval}"], [gtk3=m4_ifdef([AM_PATH_GTK_3_0], m4_ifdef([AM_PATH_GTK_2_0], [no], [auto]), [no])]) if test x$gtk3 == xyes; then AC_MSG_WARN("Gtk3 enabled") m4_ifdef([AM_PATH_GTK_3_0], [AM_PATH_GTK_3_0(3.0.0,,AC_MSG_ERROR(GTK+ >= 3.0.0 not installed.))]) fi if test x$gtk3 == xno; then m4_ifdef([AM_PATH_GTK_2_0], [AM_PATH_GTK_2_0(2.20.0,,AC_MSG_ERROR(GTK+ >= 2.20.0 not installed.))]) true fi threads="auto" AC_ARG_ENABLE([threads], AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-threads], [disable thread support]), [threads="${enableval}"]) have_gthread="no" if test "x${threads}" != "xno" ; then PKG_CHECK_MODULES(GTHREAD, [gthread-2.0], have_gthread="yes", [AC_MSG_WARN("No thread support in glib")]) fi if test "x$have_gthread" != "xno"; then AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GTHREAD, 1, Define if you have gthread library) GLIB_CFLAGS="$GTHREAD_CFLAGS" GLIB_LIBS="$GTHREAD_LIBS" fi AC_PATH_PROGS(GDK_PIXBUF_CSOURCE, "gdk-pixbuf-csource") AC_PATH_PROG(GLIB_GENMARSHAL, glib-genmarshal) AC_ARG_WITH(readmedir, [ --with-readmedir=DIR install path for readme files], readmedir=$withval, readmedir="$prefix/share/doc/geeqie-$VERSION") AC_ARG_WITH(htmldir, [ --with-htmldir=DIR install path for html files], htmldir=$withval, htmldir="$readmedir/html") AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GQ_HELPDIR, "$readmedir", [Location of documentation files]) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(GQ_HTMLDIR, "$htmldir", [Location of html documentation]) AC_PATH_PROG(GNOME_DOC_TOOL, gnome-doc-tool) AC_SUBST(readmedir) AC_SUBST(htmldir) eval "eval appdir=${datadir}/${PACKAGE}" AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GQ_APP_DIR], "$appdir", [Location of application data]) AC_SUBST(appdir) eval "eval gq_bindir=${prefix}/lib/${PACKAGE}" AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GQ_BIN_DIR], "$gq_bindir", [Location of helper scripts and executables]) AC_SUBST(gq_bindir) # LIRC support # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- dnl Check for LIRC client support AC_MSG_CHECKING(if LIRC support is enabled) lirc=no AC_ARG_ENABLE([lirc], AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-lirc], [disable lirc support (auto)]), [ if test "x${enableval}" = "xyes" -a "x$GCC" = "xyes"; then AC_MSG_RESULT(yes) lirc=yes else AC_MSG_RESULT(no) lirc=no fi], AC_MSG_RESULT(no)) AC_ARG_WITH(lirc-prefix, [ --with-lirc-prefix=PATH Prefix where LIRC is installed], [ for dir in `echo "$withval" | tr : ' '`; do if test -d $dir/lib; then CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -L$dir/lib"; fi if test -d $dir/include; then CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -I$dir/include"; fi done ]) HAVE_LIRC=no if test "x${lirc}" != "xno" ; then AC_CHECK_HEADER(lirc/lirc_client.h, [AC_CHECK_LIB(lirc_client,lirc_init,[HAVE_LIRC=yes;LIBS=-llirc_client $LIBS;AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIRC],[],[Define to 1 if LIRC must be used])],,)],) fi AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIRC, [test "x$HAVE_LIRC" = xyes]) # LCMS support # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- AC_ARG_ENABLE([lcms], AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-lcms], [disable lcms support]), [liblcms=$enableval], [liblcms=auto]) if test "x${liblcms}" != "xno"; then PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LCMS, [lcms2 >= 2.0], [ HAVE_LCMS=yes AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LCMS, 1, [define to enable use of color profiles with lcms]) AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LCMS2, 1, [lcms2 is used]) ], [ PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LCMS, [lcms >= 1.14], [ HAVE_LCMS=yes AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LCMS, 1, [define to enable use of color profiles with lcms]) ], [ HAVE_LCMS=no AC_MSG_WARN([$LCMS_PKG_ERRORS]) ]) ]) else HAVE_LCMS=disabled fi AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LCMS, [test "x$HAVE_LCMS" = xyes]) AC_SUBST(LCMS_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(LCMS_LIBS) # libjpeg support # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- AC_ARG_ENABLE([jpeg], AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-jpeg], [disable direct jpeg support]), [libjpeg=$enableval], [libjpeg=auto]) if test "x${libjpeg}" != "xno"; then AC_CHECK_LIB(jpeg, jpeg_destroy_decompress, HAVE_JPEG=yes JPEG_LIBS=-ljpeg AC_DEFINE(HAVE_JPEG, 1, [define to enable use of custom jpeg loader]), HAVE_JPEG=no) else HAVE_JPEG=disabled fi AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_JPEG, [test "x$HAVE_JPEG" = xyes]) AC_SUBST(JPEG_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(JPEG_LIBS) # libtiff support # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- AC_ARG_ENABLE([tiff], AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-tiff], [disable direct tiff support]), [libtiff=$enableval], [libtiff=auto]) if test "x${libtiff}" != "xno"; then AC_CHECK_LIB(tiff, TIFFClientOpen, HAVE_TIFF=yes TIFF_LIBS=-ltiff AC_DEFINE(HAVE_TIFF, 1, [define to enable use of custom tiff loader]), HAVE_TIFF=no) else HAVE_TIFF=disabled fi AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_TIFF, [test "x$HAVE_TIFF" = xyes]) AC_SUBST(TIFF_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(TIFF_LIBS) # libffmpegthumbnailer support # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- AC_ARG_ENABLE([ffmpegthumbnailer], AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-ffmpegthumbnailer], [disable ffmpegthumbnailer support for generating thumbnails of video files]), [ffmpegthumbnailer=$enableval], [ffmpegthumbnailer=auto]) if test "x${ffmpegthumbnailer}" != "xno"; then PKG_CHECK_MODULES(FFMPEGTHUMBNAILER, [libffmpegthumbnailer >= 2.0.0], [ HAVE_FFMPEGTHUMBNAILER=yes AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FFMPEGTHUMBNAILER, 1, [define to enable ffmpegthumbnailer support]) AC_CHECK_MEMBER([video_thumbnailer.prefer_embedded_metadata], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FFMPEGTHUMBNAILER_METADATA, 1, [define if ffmpegthumbnailer supports embedded metadata])], [], [[#include ]]) AC_CHECK_MEMBER([image_data.image_data_width], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FFMPEGTHUMBNAILER_RGB, 1, [define if ffmpegthumbnailer supports raw RGB output])], [], [[#include ]]) AC_CHECK_LIB([ffmpegthumbnailer], [video_thumbnailer_set_size], [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FFMPEGTHUMBNAILER_WH, 1, [define if ffmpegthumbnailer supports specifying size by width/height])]) ], [ HAVE_FFMPEGTHUMBNAILER=no ]) else HAVE_FFMPEGTHUMBNAILER=disabled fi AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_FFMPEGTHUMBNAILER, [test "x$HAVE_FFMPEGTHUMBNAILER" = xyes]) AC_SUBST(FFMPEGTHUMBNAILER_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(FFMPEGTHUMBNAILER_LIBS) # Exiv2 support # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- AC_ARG_ENABLE([exiv2], AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-exiv2], [disable exiv2 support]), [libexiv2=$enableval], [libexiv2=auto]) if test "x${libexiv2}" != "xno"; then PKG_CHECK_MODULES(EXIV2, [exiv2 >= 0.11], [ HAVE_EXIV2=yes AC_DEFINE(HAVE_EXIV2, 1, [define to enable exiv2 support]) ], [ HAVE_EXIV2=no AC_MSG_WARN([$EXIV2_PKG_ERRORS]) ]) else HAVE_EXIV2=disabled fi AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_EXIV2, [test "x$HAVE_EXIV2" = xyes]) AC_SUBST(EXIV2_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(EXIV2_LIBS) # Gettext support # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- dnl Set of available languages ALL_LINGUAS="`grep -v '^#' "$srcdir/po/LINGUAS" | tr '\n' ' '`" AC_SUBST([CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES],['$(top_srcdir)/po/LINGUAS']) GETTEXT_PACKAGE=$PACKAGE AC_SUBST(GETTEXT_PACKAGE) AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GETTEXT_PACKAGE],["${GETTEXT_PACKAGE}"],[Name of gettext file]) AM_GLIB_GNU_GETTEXT AM_GLIB_DEFINE_LOCALEDIR(GQ_LOCALEDIR) AC_SUBST(CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(CXXFLAGS) AC_SUBST(CPPFLAGS) AC_SUBST(LDFLAGS) # clutter and champlain support # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- AC_ARG_ENABLE([map], AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-map], [disable map support]), [libgps=$enableval], [libgps=auto]) AC_ARG_ENABLE([gpu-accel], AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-gpu-accel], [disable GPU acceleration support - experimental]), [libclutter=$enableval], [libclutter=auto]) if test "x${libclutter}" != "xno" -a "x${gtk3}" != "xno"; then PKG_CHECK_MODULES(CLUTTER, [clutter-1.0 >= 1.0], [ PKG_CHECK_MODULES(CLUTTER_GTK, [clutter-gtk-1.0 >= 1.0], [ HAVE_CLUTTER=yes AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CLUTTER, 1, [define to enable use of clutter library]) ], [ HAVE_CLUTTER=no AC_MSG_WARN([$CLUTTER_GTK_PKG_ERRORS]) ]) ], [ HAVE_CLUTTER=no AC_MSG_WARN([$CLUTTER_PKG_ERRORS]) ]) else HAVE_CLUTTER=disabled fi AC_SUBST(CLUTTER_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(CLUTTER_LIBS) AC_SUBST(CLUTTER_GTK_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(CLUTTER_GTK_LIBS) # Libchamplain support - used for map facility # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- if test "x${libgps}" != "xno" -a "x${HAVE_CLUTTER}" == "xyes"; then if test "x${gtk3}" != "xno"; then PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LIBCHAMPLAIN, [champlain-0.12 >= 0.12], [ HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN=yes AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN, 1, [define to enable use of maps]) ], [ HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN=no AC_MSG_WARN([$LIBCHAMPLAIN_PKG_ERRORS]) ]) else HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN=disabled fi else HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN=disabled fi if test "x${libgps}" != "xno" -a "x${HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN}" == "xyes" ; then PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LIBCHAMPLAIN_GTK, [champlain-gtk-0.12 >= 0.12], [ HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN_GTK=yes AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN_GTK, 1, [define to enable use of maps]) ], [ HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN_GTK=no AC_MSG_WARN([$LIBCHAMPLAIN_GTK_PKG_ERRORS]) ]) else HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN_GTK=disabled fi AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN_GTK, [test "x$HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN_GTK" = xyes]) AC_SUBST(LIBCHAMPLAIN_GTK_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(LIBCHAMPLAIN_GTK_LIBS) # Lua support # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- AC_ARG_ENABLE([lua], AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-lua], [disable lua support]), [liblua=$enableval], [liblua=auto]) if test "x${liblua}" != "xno"; then PKG_CHECK_MODULES(LUA, lua5.1 >= 5.1, [ HAVE_LUA=yes AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LUA, 1, [define to enable lua support]) ], [ HAVE_LUA=no AC_MSG_WARN([$LUA_PKG_ERRORS]) ]) else HAVE_LUA=disabled fi AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_LUA, [test "x$HAVE_LUA" = xyes]) AC_SUBST(LUA_CFLAGS) AC_SUBST(LUA_LIBS) # Markdown support # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- AM_CONDITIONAL(HAVE_MARKDOWN, [ "$(command -v markdown)" ]) # ---------------------------------------------------------------------- AH_TOP([ /** \file * \short autogenerated definition by autoheader. * \author Bruclik */ /* * This file is a part of Geeqie project (http://www.geeqie.org/). * Copyright (C) 2008 - 2016 The Geeqie Team * * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or * (at your option) any later version. * * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the * GNU General Public License for more details. */ #ifndef _INCLUDE_CONFIG_H #define _INCLUDE_CONFIG_H ]) AH_BOTTOM([#endif]) dnl Write the output dnl AC_CONFIG_FILES([ Makefile src/Makefile src/icons/Makefile src/icons/svg/Makefile po/Makefile.in doc/Makefile plugins/Makefile plugins/symlink/Makefile plugins/rotate/Makefile plugins/ufraw/Makefile plugins/import/Makefile plugins/geocode-parameters/Makefile geeqie.spec ]) AC_OUTPUT dnl Print the results dnl cat > config.report << END Config results: -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=- Package: Name: $PACKAGE_NAME Version: $PACKAGE_VERSION Architecture: UNIX: $os_unix Win32: $platform_win32 (native: $os_win32) Flags: Geeqie: $GQ_CFLAGS DEFS: $DEFS CPPFLAGS: $__CPPFLAGS CFLAGS: $CFLAGS CXXFLAGS: $CXXFLAGS Gtk: $GTK_CFLAGS Glib: $GLIB_CFLAGS Thread: $GTHREAD_LIBS Others: $JPEG_LIBS $TIFF_LIBS $LCMS_LIBS $EXIV2_LIBS $CLUTTER_LIBS $CLUTTER_GTK_LIBS $LIBCHAMPLAIN_LIBS $LIBCHAMPLAIN_GTK_LIBS $LUA_LIBS Localization: NLS support: $USE_NLS LINGUAS: $LINGUAS Settings: Developer: $__IS_DEVELOPER Debug flags: $__IS_DEBUG_FLAGS Debug log: $__IS_DEBUG_LOG Deprecated: $__IS_DEPRECATED Support: LCMS: $HAVE_LCMS Exiv2: $HAVE_EXIV2 Lirc: $HAVE_LIRC Clutter: $HAVE_CLUTTER Libchamplain: $HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN Libchamplain-gtk: $HAVE_LIBCHAMPLAIN_GTK Lua: $HAVE_LUA FFmpegthumbnailer: $HAVE_FFMPEGTHUMBNAILER Documentation: Doxygen: $DX_DOXYGEN doc-tool: $GNOME_DOC_TOOL END cat config.report cat <
Collections Geeqie provides the ability to build lists of images, regardless of the location of the files on disk. A collection window displays the contents of a collection. It allows the collection to be modified and access to the images contained in the collection. To open a new empty collection window select C File New collection . To open an existing collection, select O File Open collection . A dialog will appear requesting the location of the collection file. A window will the open containing the selected collection. Recently opened or saved collections can also be opened by selecting the collection's file name from the Open recent sub menu of the file menu. To delete or rename a collection, select O File Open collection , right-click on the collection you wish to delete or rename, and then select Delete or Rename . The collection window consists of a pane to display the contents of the collection, and a status bar along the bottom of the window.
Icon pane The icon pane displays images contained in the collection as thumbnails in a grid, by default the file names also appear below each thumbnail. The Icon pane works exactly like the Icon view mode of the in a main window, but with the addition that the contents of the collection can be organized with drag and drop. A context menu is available for the icon pane by right clicking the mouse or pressing the Menu key. are available in the collection window: The selection can be changed using the keyboard and mouse the same as in a of the main window.
Status bar The status bar displays the total number of images in the collection, and the number of selected images in parenthesis. A progress bar also displays whenever thumbnails are loading from disk.
Drag and Drop Drag and drop can be initialized with the primary or middle mouse buttons. Dragging an image that is selected will include all selected images in the drag. Dragging an image that is not selected will drag only that image. Dropping files and folders onto the collection window will add them to the collection, they will be inserted at the location of the drop. A red arrow will indicate the location of the drop as files are dragged over the collection window. When one or more folders are included in the drop list, a menu will appear to select how to handle the contents of the folders. To move images within the collection to change their order, initiate a drag for the selected image(s) and then move the mouse to the desired location within the window. A red arrow will appear to assist in determining the destination of the dragged images. Release the drag to move the images to the new location in the list. When renaming or moving files within Geeqie, the contents of collections located in the collections folder will automatically update to the new name or location.
Append Images Right-click menu items permit images to be appended from either another collection or from the currently selected folder.
Randomized Sort Right-click menu item Sort , in addition to the standard sort methods, permits images to be randomly arranged.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideColorManagement.xml000066400000000000000000000004211322215423100215450ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Color Management TBD. geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideCredits.xml000066400000000000000000000013041322215423100200700ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Credits Geeqie is maintained by The Geeqie Team (Colin Clark, Klaus Ethgen, Laurent Monin, Petr Ostadal, Vladimir Nadvornik and others). This software is a fork of GQview project by John Ellis. The ever growing list of contributors and language translators can be found in the README file included with the latest release of the program. The Credits can also be viewed by selecting the Credits button located in the About dialog (open Help Menu, select About, click Credits... button). geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideFaq.xml000066400000000000000000000122501322215423100172040ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Frequently Asked Questions
Image viewing
How do I keep images smaller than the visible area from enlarging when the zoom is set to “fit to window” ? In the Preferences Image dialog , disable “Allow enlargement of image for zoom to fit”.
Command line
How do I open an image in an existing Geeqie application ? Use the “--remote” command line option to send commands to an existing Geeqie, for a list of commands supported by the remote switch run: geeqie --remote-help
How do I set the slide show delay when starting Geeqie in slide show from the command line ? The delay can not be set when used with the standard --slideshow command line switch, as --slideshow uses the delay stored in the configuration file. For this, use the remote command --slideshow-start to start the slide show after setting the delay with --delay=. The order of the command line is important. For example for a 12 second slide show delay use: geeqie --remote --delay=12 --slideshow-start Note that if geeqie is running prior to this command, the slide show should also be stopped prior to changing the delay: geeqie --remote --slideshow-stop --delay=12 --slideshow-start
Miscellaneous
How can I save and restore multiple Geeqie windows The option Exit program when this window is closed provides this facility.
I want to be able to edit images with Geeqie Geeqie is an image viewer . There is, and never will be, a plan to add editing features. I recommend gimp for image editing.
Exif Auto Rotation
How do the Exif auto-rotation commands work? Image auto-rotation works in either of two modes, set by Write altered image orientation to the metadata option. Write altered image orientation to the metadata not set If you change the orientation of an image using any of the available commands, the image will always be displayed in the modified orientation. This new orientation is stored in temporary data structures associated with each image file. When Geeqie closes, these changes will be lost. It is not possible to determine if the image as displayed is the original image or one which has been temporarily rotated. If the option Auto rotate image using EXIF information is selected, any images which have Exif orientation data will also be shown rotated. However, any rotation you have selected manually will always over-ride the embedded Exif rotation value. Write altered image orientation to the metadata set If you change the orientation of an image using any of the available commands, this new orientation is stored in a metadata write queue. If the option Auto rotate image using EXIF information is selected, any images which have Exif orientation data will be shown rotated, including any in the metadata write queue. However if the option Auto rotate image using EXIF information is not selected, no images will be auto-rotated. If you have manually rotated any images, the metadata write icon on the status bar will alert you to that fact. Clicking the icon will give a list of the modified files.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideGnuFdl.xml000066400000000000000000000435751322215423100176720ustar00rootroot00000000000000 GNU Free Documentation License GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2, June 1991 Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software. Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations. Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow. GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.) These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program. In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License. 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable. If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code. 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it. 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License. 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License. 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License. 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. NO WARRANTY 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does. Copyright (C) year name of author This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program `Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker. signature of Ty Coon, 1 April 1989 Ty Coon, President of Vice This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideImageManagement.xml000066400000000000000000000012761322215423100215220ustar00rootroot00000000000000 File Management Geeqie includes a set of utilities to copy, move, rename, and delete images. Cache maintenance utilities are also provided. geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideImageManagementCopyMove.xml000066400000000000000000000212661322215423100232050ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Copy and Move To copy a file in Geeqie select Ctrl C File Copy and to move a file select Ctrl M File Move . These operations also appear in the context menu of all images and files. The Copy and Move operations and dialogs behave the same in Geeqie, with the only difference being the final result. The remaining text of this page applies equally to the Copy and Move operations, for the remainder of this page these will be referred to as a Copy/Move operation. Initiating a Copy/Move operation will display a dialog to select the destination folder to Copy/Move the selected file, after the destination folder is selected Geeqie will proceed to Copy/Move the images to the destination. If an error occurs or a file exists with the same name as one of the files being Copy/Moved, a dialog will appear prompting how to handle the situation.
The Copy/Move dialog This is the dialog that is displayed when initiating a Copy/Move operation. The dialog contains a row of buttons near the top, vertical list of bookmarks along the left side, a vertical list of folders in the current path, a text entry field, and a row of buttons along the bottom. Home button Activate this button to change the active path to your home folder. New Folder button Activate this to create a new empty folder as a sub folder of the active path. The new folder will appear in the folder list ready for you to type in the desired name. Show Hidden check box Enabling this check box will cause hidden folders to appear in the folder list. Bookmark list This list on the left side of the window allows you to save links to folders that are frequently used. Activating a bookmark will change the active path to that pointed to by the link. To add items to the bookmark list highlight a folder and press Ctrl B , select “Add bookmark” from the folder's context menu, or drag a folder onto the bookmark list. The bookmark has a context menu that can be displayed by clicking the right mouse button, or pressing the Menu key when a bookmark has the focus. From the context menu you can edit a bookmark, move it up or down in the list, or remove the bookmark from the list. A bookmark can also be moved by pressing Shift + Up or Shift + Down while it has the focus. A bookmark with the name "." is treated as a special case. Each time this bookmark is displayed, its path is loaded with Geeqie's current working folder. This bookmark, like any other, can be deleted and re-created at any time. Folder list This is the list that displays the folders contained in the active path. To change the active path to a folder displayed in this list double click the primary mouse button or highlight the folder with the keyboard and press Enter or Spacebar . This list has a context menu that allows renaming or bookmarking the selected folder. A folder can also be dragged onto the bookmark list to add a bookmark. Path entry This text entry displays the active path of the dialog. The path can be directly edited using this entry. Tab completion is supported, and the drop down arrow will display a list of recently selected folders. Copy/Move button The name of this button will differ depending on the selected operation, activating it will start the operation with the folder displayed in the path entry as the destination. Cancel button Activate this button to close the dialog, the operation will be aborted.
The error dialog If a problem occurs because Geeqie is unable to Copy or Move a selected file a dialog will appear to notify the user. The dialog will also ask if the operation should continue if one or more files remain to be Copied or Moved.
The overwrite dialog If a file with the same name exists in the selected destination a dialog will appear to notify the user and ask how to resolve the conflict. The dialog will also display the source and destination images. The following possible solutions will be offered: Auto rename Enabling this check box to have Geeqie select a unique name for the destination file, the proposed new name will appear in the rename entry field. Rename Enable this check box to manually enter a new name for the file. Overwrite Activate this will overwrite the existing file, or rename it if one of the rename check boxes are enabled. Overwrite all Activating this will perform the same operation as the Yes button, however any further file name conflicts will be handled quietly in the same method as is selected for the current file. Skip This button will skip doing anything to the file in question, and resume the operation with the next file. The source file will remain untouched. Skip All This will perform the same as the Skip button, however any further file name conflicts will be quietly ignored for all remaining files. Cancel This will close the dialog and stop the operation, all remaining files will be ignored.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideImageManagementDelete.xml000066400000000000000000000053751322215423100226510ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Delete To delete a file in Geeqie select Ctrl D File Delete . Delete is also available in the context menu of all images and files. If Enable delete key is enabled in Options, pressing the Delete key can also be used to delete files. The behavior when starting a delete operation depends on the Confirm file delete option in Options. If the option is enabled a dialog will appear to confirm the operation, if it is not enabled the files will be deleted without further interaction. In all cases if the file is unable to be deleted you will be notified by a dialog.
Confirm delete dialog The dialog that appears when delete confirmation is enabled will show the file or files to be deleted. To delete the file press Enter or activate the Delete button. Pressing Escape or activating the Cancel button will close the dialog and abort the operation. When deleting multiple files, the dialog will include two arrow buttons to step the image preview through the list of files to be deleted. Initially the preview will be blank, activate the right arrow to display the first file. The dialog will also display the status of the Safe Delete feature. Use this to determine if a file to be deleted will be immediately lost, or if the file can possibly be recovered from the Safe Delete folder. If a file is unable to be deleted, a dialog will appear to notify you. If multiple files were selected and any remain, the dialog will include a Continue button, activating this button or pressing Enter will delete the remaining files. Pressing Escape or activating the Cancel button will close the dialog and the remaining files will not be deleted.
Safe Delete Geeqie includes a feature to temporarily store deleted files in a selected folder, to use this feature enable Safe Delete on the advanced tab of the preferences dialog.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideImageManagementPlugins.xml000066400000000000000000000037751322215423100230720ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Plugins Geeqie provides the facility to execute external commands - any external command may be called via this facility. Actions may be performed on a single file, or on a set of selected files. Plugins can do anything from running simple operations like symlink to activating fully featured programs like Gimp. Nor does the action have to be performed on files - you may, for instance, configure a plugin to download images from your digital camera. To perform these actions, Geeqie uses standard desktop files. It is not necessary to understand the details of desktop file specifications because the dialogue presents you with an easy-to-use template. This dialogue is accessed via Edit Configure Plugins . Plugins will appear in the menu Plugins , unless specified otherwise in the desktop file. Commands that are set to display their output in a window will show a dialogue when the command is executed. The Result dialogue will display the command's text output. If the plugin command will result in multiple runs of the same command for each file, you can use the Stop button to stop Geeqie from executing the command for remaining files. Once all commands have completed, or if the Stop button was pressed and the pending command has completed, you can use the Close button, or press Escape , to close the Result dialogue. The Result dialogue can not be closed while a command is still running. geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideImageManagementRename.xml000066400000000000000000000160121322215423100226440ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Rename To rename a file in Geeqie select Ctrl R File Rename . Rename is also available in the context menu of all images and files. When renaming a file, a dialog will display allowing entry of the new name for the file. The dialog will be different depending on the number of files selected to be renamed. A simple dialog will appear when renaming a single file, however when renaming multiple files the dialog will include a list of the file to be renamed and additional options.
Rename single file dialog The dialog that appears when renaming a single file includes an image of the file, an entry to type the new name of the file, a Rename button, and a Cancel button. Type the new name into the text entry and press Enter or activate the Rename button to rename the file. Press Escape or activate the Cancel button to close the dialog and abort renaming the file. When renaming a file and the new name already exists on the file system a dialog will appear showing the renamed and existing files. To overwrite the existing file press Enter or activate the Overwrite button. Press Escape or activate the Cancel button to close the dialog abort renaming the file.
Rename multiple files dialog The dialog that appears when renaming multiple files includes the list of files to be renamed, a preview image of the active file, an entry to enter the new file name, an auto rename check box, a Rename button, and a Cancel button. Manually enter new file names To manually enter the new name of each file, the active file will be displayed in the image preview and it's original name will be displayed above the text entry. To rename the file type the new name and press Enter or activate the Rename button. When a file is successfully renamed it will be removed from the list and the next one will become the active file. After all files have been renamed, the dialog will close. Files do not have to be renamed in the order that they appear in the list, highlighting a name in the list will make it become the active file. When renaming a file and the new name already exists on the file system a dialog will appear showing the renamed and existing files. To overwrite the existing file press Enter or activate the Overwrite button. Press Escape or activate the Cancel button to return to the original rename dialog, the file that prompted the overwrite dialog will remain active. Automatic renaming of multiple files To automatically rename the files in the list, enable the Auto rename check box. The dialog will change to batch mode for numerical naming of files. The file name list will change to include a preview column that will show the resulting name of each file. The text entry will change to three entries; the first represents the text that appears in the new names before the number, the second will be the start number to use when incrementing the file number, and the third represents the text to append to the name after the number. The end text should include the file name extension, therefore batch renaming multiple types of files (those with different extensions) all at once is not recommended. The padding number can be used to change the minimum length of characters to use for the number portion of the new name. When the file number results in fewer characters than the padding size, the result will be padded with leading zeros to fill the remaining space. For example if padding size is 3, a file with the number 24 will appear in the file name as “024”. The order of the file list can be changed by dragging a name to the desired location within the list. The preview column will update to reflect the new order. When the preview of new names is satisfactory, press Enter or activate the Rename button to rename the files to match the name in the preview column. Press Escape or activate the Cancel button to close the dialog and abort the rename operation. If the resulting new names match any existing files, a warning dialog will notify you. The rename dialog will remain so that you can select a different set of names. Formatted renaming of multiple files Formatted rename permits file to be renamed in a pre-determined way whilst still including the original file name. In the Format box any alpha-numerics can be entered, but the special character * will be replaced by the current filename. One or more # characters can be included, and will be replaced by an incrementing number. The current file extension is automatically appended to new new file name. The order of the file list can be changed by dragging a name to the desired location within the list. The preview column will update to reflect the new order. When the preview of new names is satisfactory, press Enter or activate the Rename button to rename the files to match the name in the preview column. Press Escape or activate the Cancel button to close the dialog and abort the rename operation. If the resulting new names match any existing files, a warning dialog will notify you. The rename dialog will remain so that you can select a different set of names.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideImageMarks.xml000066400000000000000000000036431322215423100205230ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Marking Images Marks are intended as a temporary method of grouping and filtering sets of images. are intended as a permanent method of identifying sets of images, and to this end it is possible to link any mark with any keyword. The Select menu gives access to the marks operations of setting, filtering and intersection. There are 6 individual marks, any of which can be associated with an image simply by pressing the 1 to 6 keys on the keyboard. If the Show Marks menu has been selected, each image will have a set of 6 check-boxes displayed adjacent to it in the file pane in both icon and list mode. In addition a set of 6 check-boxes will be shown at the top of the files pane. Clicking any of these will filter the displayed list. If the is being displayed, the currently set marks for the image are shown. It is not necessary to include an entry into the overlay template for this to happen. A keyword can be associated with a single mark by right-clicking on the keyword in the sidebar panel. When a meta-data write operation for a file is triggered either manually or as defined in , the keyword data indicated by the current set of mark-to-keyword links will be written. Neither marks, nor the associations between keywords and marks, are preserved when Geeqie is shut down.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideImagePresentation.xml000066400000000000000000000010211322215423100221050ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Image Presentation Geeqie can be used to display a set of images, showing each image for a period of time before changing to the next image. Images can also be set to fill the entire screen. geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideImagePresentationFullscreen.xml000066400000000000000000000051341322215423100241410ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Full Screen Geeqie allows for the image pane to be expanded to fill the entire screen, this is referred to as full screen.
Turning on full screen Full screen can be activated in a number of ways: F View Full screen From a context menu - right click an image pane, and select Full screen .
Turning off full screen To return to the normal view: From the keyboard - press F or Esc to stop full screen. From a context menu - right click the image pane, and select Exit full screen . From the menu bar - the menu bar may be visible when using multiple monitors, select F View Full screen
Configuring full screen Full screen behavior and location can be adjusted on the Windows tab of the preferences dialog.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideImagePresentationSlideshow.xml000066400000000000000000000146501322215423100240030ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Slide Show The image pane can be set to automatically change the displayed image after a period of time, in Geeqie this is referred to as a slide show.
Starting a slide show A slide show can be started in a number of ways: From the keyboard or mouse S View Toggle slide show From a context menu - right click an image pane, and select Start slide show , or Stop slide show ; the text will change depending on the state of the current slide show.
Stopping a slide show An active slide show can be stopped by using the same functions available to start one, as they work like a toggle switch. If slide show repeat is not enabled in the Preferences dialog , the slide show will stop when the last image in the sequence is displayed. Any action that changes the image pane to a new image will stop the active slide show, with the exception of the methods discussed in Slide show sequence navigation .
Slide show status The main window status bar can be used to determine when a slide show is active, Slide show will be displayed next to the file count field. An individual Image Window can also display a slide show, however the status will not be immediately visible. To determine the slide show status in an image window, open a context menu by right clicking or using the menu key, the slide show menu item will reflect the slide show status; if Start slide show is displayed, no slide show is active, conversely if Stop slide show is displayed a slide show is active. When a Slide show is paused, the main window status bar will display Paused instead of Slide show . Likewise, the image context menu will display Pause slide show or Continue slide show , depending on the current state.
Pausing a slide show An active slide show can be paused in two ways: From the keyboard - press the P key while a slide show is active. From a context menu - right click the image pane displaying the slide show, and select Pause slide show , or Continue slide show depending on the current slide show state.
Selecting the images to include in a slide show When a single image is selected, all images in the current folder are included in the slide show. The sequence will begin with the current image; however if random slide shows are enabled, the sequence will begin with a random image from the list. To only include some images in a slide show, use multiple selection to select the images to include before starting the slide show. An image collection can be used as the list of images, to do this drag an image from a collection window onto the image pane. Starting a slide show will then include the images from that collection. So far, the methods described are for slide shows in a main window, in an Image Window , the slide show will use all images referenced by that window.
Recursive slide show In the main window, a recursive slide show can be started from a folder's context menu; the folder's right click menu will include two slide show options: Slide show: This will start a slide show that includes all images in the selected folder. Slide show recursive: The slide show will include all images in the selected folder, and all images in the folders that are contained within the selected folder.
Slide show sequence navigation When a slide show is active, functions that normally change the image forward and backward can be used to step through those contained in the slide show.
Configuring a slide show The options that control the behavior of slide shows are located on the General tab of the options dialog.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideImageSearch.xml000066400000000000000000000016131322215423100206460ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Search and Select Geeqie provides comprehensive set of search methods, including not only the standard functions such as file date or size, but also image similarity. There is a duplicate file finder, which uses search parameters such as image dimensions or checksum. Two sets of image files may be compared. Geeqie also has a set of temporary "marks" or "tags" which may be allocated to any image as an aide to file organising. geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates.xml000066400000000000000000000223311322215423100241630ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Finding Duplicates Geeqie provides a utility to find images that have similar attributes or content. To display a new Find Duplicates Window select File Find duplicates .
Adding files to be compared Add files to be compared using drag and drop. Drop files or folders onto the Find Duplicates window to add them to the list of files to compare. When one or more folders are dropped onto the window a menu will appear allowing you to choose the desired action: Add contents The contents of dropped folders will added to the window. Add contents recursive The contents of dropped folders and all sub folders will be added to the window. Skip folders Ignore folders contained in the drop list. When files are added to the window, the comparison is restarted to include the new files.
Comparison methods The attribute to use for two images to match can be selected with the Compare by: drop down menu. Each method is explained below: Name The file name. Name case-insensitive The file name but ignoring case. Size The file size. Date The file date. Dimensions The image dimensions. Checksum The MD5 file checksum. Path The complete path to file. Similarity (high) Very similar image content. Similarity Similar image content. Similarity (low) Slightly similar image content. Similarity (custom) The percentage value to used to consider two images a match is configured in the spin box at the bottom of the window.
Results list Files that match with the selected comparison method will appear in the list. Matching files are grouped in alternating color. The order of the result list can not be changed, files will appear in the order of the search. When comparing by image content similarity, the matching groups will be sorted by order of rank starting with the files that are most similar. A context menu is available for the result list by right clicking the mouse or pressing the Menu key when a row has the focus. Groups in the results list may be selected by using the keyboard. Refer to the Find Duplicates Window section of Keyboard Shortcuts . The selection can be changed using the keyboard and mouse the same as in a file pane of the main window. The image Dimensions column of the result list will only contain dimension information when comparing by dimensions, or when the data is easily available from memory or has been read from the cache.
Status bar Along the bottom of the Find Duplicates window is an area that displays the count of files contained in the window, and the number of files in the result list. The status bar will also display the status of an active compare operation using the progress bar. A compare operation involves 2 or 3 stages, depending on the type of comparison. These are the stages in order: If necessary, extra data is read into memory for the comparison stage and the progress bar will indicate this stage with text such as “Reading dimensions...”, “Reading checksums...”, or “Reading similarity data...”. The images are compared using the selected method, the progress bar will indicate this stage with the text “Comparing...”. The results are sorted for display, the progress bar will indicate this stage with the text “Sorting...”. Stage 1 is only used for the Dimensions, Checksum, and Similarity compare methods. If the time to complete a stage will be significant, an estimated time to completion will also be displayed in the progress bar. The estimated time only refers to the current stage, other stages are not included in the estimate. The time estimate is displayed using the format MINUTES:SECONDS.
Thumbnails Thumbnails can be displayed beside each image in the result list by enabling the Thumbnails check box.
Ignore Rotation When checked, the rotational orientation of images will be ignored.
Sort The normal sort order is for groups (in the case of Similarity checks) with the highest number of near-100% matches to be at the top of the list. If this box is checked, groups with the lowest number of matches are placed at the top of the list.
Compare two file sets Sometimes it is useful to compare one group of files to another, different group of files. Enable this check box to compare two groups of files. When enabled, a second list will appear and files can be added to this list using the same methods for the main list. When comparing two file sets the results list will display matches between the two lists. For each match group, the first file is always from the main group, and the remaining files are always from the second group.
Drag and Drop Drag and drop can be initiated with the primary or middle mouse buttons. Dragging a file that is selected will include all selected files in the drag. Dragging a file that is not selected will first change the selection to the dragged file, and clear the previous selection.
Image Data Window Ctrl+Shift+Right Mouse click : Use this to display a dialog containing the data stored for the clicked image file. This is usually only useful for debugging purposes.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideImageSearchSearch.xml000066400000000000000000000257661322215423100220130ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Search Window Geeqie provides a utility to find one or more images based on various parameters. To display a new Search Window press F3 or select Search from the File menu. To start a search activate the Find button. A search in progress can be stopped by activating the Stop button. The progress of an active search is displayed as a progress bar at the bottom of the window. The progress bar will also display the total files that match the search parameters, and the total number of files searched. When a search is completed, the total number of files found and their total size will be displayed in the status bar.
Search location One of several locations can be chosen as the source to use in the search. Path The search will include files located in the selected folder, enable the Recurse check box to include the contents of all sub folders. Comments This option is only for use with GqView legacy metadata. The search will include all files that have a keyword or comment associated to it. Only keyword and comment associations stored in the user's home folder are included in this search type. Results The search will include all files currently listed in the results list. Use this to refine a previous search.
Search parameters Each search parameter can be enabled or disabled with the check box to its left. For a file to be a match, all enabled parameters must be true. File name The search will match if the entered text appears within the file name, or if the text exactly matches the file name, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. The text comparison can be made to be case sensitive by enabling the Match case checkbox. File size The search will match if the file size on disk is equal to, less than, greater than, or between the entered value, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. The between test is inclusive - for example a file of size 10 will match if the size parameters are between 10 and 15. File date The search will match if the file modification time on disk is equal to, before, after, or between the entered date, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. The between test is inclusive, for example a file with date of 10/04/2003 will match if the date parameters are between 10/04/2003 and 12/31/2003. For convenience, the button displays a pop up calendar to enter the date. The Exif date checkbox permits searches to be made on the exif date of images. If an image does not have an exif date, it will default to 01 January 1970. Image dimensions The search will match if the image dimensions are equal to, less than, greater than, or between the entered values, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. The between test is inclusive. The image dimensions test is simple, both width and height must be within the allowed values for a match. Image content The search will match if the image contents are similar within the percentage value, inclusive. This uses the same test and data that is used to determine image similarity when Finding Duplicates . The entry is for entering the path for the image to use in this test. Keywords The search will match if the file's associated keywords match all, match any, or exclude the entered keywords, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. Keywords can be separated with a space, comma, or tab character. Geocoded position The search will match if the file's GPS position is less than or greater than the selected distance from the specified position, or is not geocoded, depending on the method selected from the drop down menu. The search location can be specified by Type in a latitude/longitude in the format 89.123 179.123 Drag-and-drop a geocoded image onto the search box If Geeqie's map is displayed, a left-click on the map will store the latitude/longitude under the mouse cursor into the clipboard. It can then be pasted into the search box. Copy-and-paste (in some circumstances drag-and-drop) the result of an Internet search. In this last case, the result of a search may contain the latitude/longitude embedded in the URL. This may be automatically decoded with the help of an external file:- ~/.config/geeqie/geocode-parameters.awk See Decoding Latitude and Longitude for details on how to create this file.
Results list Files that match the parameters of the search are shown in the list. By default they are displayed in the order that they are found. To sort the results list by a column, activate or click the column title. Activating a column that is already used to sort the list will toggle between increasing and decreasing sort order. A context menu is available for the result list by right clicking the mouse or pressing the Menu key when a row has the focus. The available are listed here. The image Dimensions column of the result list will only contain dimension information when dimensions are included in the search parameters.
Status bar At the bottom of the search window is an area that includes the following items from left to right: Thumbnails Enable this check box to display a thumbnail next to each image in the results list. File count display Displays the total count of files in the results list, and their size on disk. The count of selected files will appear in parenthesis. Search progress When a search is active, the text “Searching...” will appear here. Two numbers in parenthesis will also be displayed, the first number is the number of files that match the search parameters and the second number is the total number of files that were searched. Find Activate the find button to start a search with the selected parameters. Stop Activate the stop button to end a search that is in progress.
Drag and Drop Drag and drop can be initiated with the primary or middle mouse buttons. Dragging a file that is selected will include all selected files in the drag. Dragging a file that is not selected will first change the selection to the dragged file, and clear the previous selection.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideIndex.xml000066400000000000000000000064161322215423100175530ustar00rootroot00000000000000 The Geeqie User Manual This is a description of the document. 2004 John Ellis 2008-2016 The Geeqie Team The Geeqie Team John Ellis Geeqie Project geeqie@freelists.org 0.1 2004-01-01 John Ellis Gqview Project 0.2 2016-05-30 Colin Clark The Geeqie Team Feedback Comments and general help: geeqie@freelists.org Bugs and Feature Requests: Geeqie Issues Website: geeqie.org geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideIntroduction.xml000066400000000000000000000101511322215423100211540ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Introduction Geeqie is an image viewer that makes navigation of images easy. Images can be viewed as thumbnails, in multiple windows or in full screen mode. Geeqie is an image manager, with complete copy, move, rename, and delete functions available at the press of a button. Extensive image collections can be easily handled using a combination of Geeqie's flexible Keyword facility and powerful Image searches. Image collections can be refined with a duplicate image finder. Geeqie is ideal for making presentations. A slide-show feature is built in, and Geeqie can be remotely controlled either via command line scripts or an infra-red device. Information such as f-stop, shutter speed and descriptive text can be overlayed onto the image display. There is no need to import images into Geeqie - simply point Geeqie to a folder containing images, and your data will be displayed. Geeqie is an image viewer, not an image editor. However, Geeqie can be configured to call external image editors such as the Gimp, resulting in a very powerful combination.
Features
Basic Features
Advanced Features Image Search based on many parameters Find image duplicates based on image content View IPTC, and view and edit Exif and XMP data stored in images Simple Sort Manager to quickly sort a folder of images into other folders Rename images in bulk Overlay the image with a panel showing user-definable data Add XMP keywords to images, and recall those images with the search function Geeqie is a very configurable application “An application that displays images.” - This was, and still is, the primary goal of Geeqie. Over time image management features have been added, but the core purpose of Geeqie remains the same.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideLicence.xml000066400000000000000000000013331322215423100200370ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Licence The Geeqie program is released under the "GNU General Public License", the complete GNU GPL text can be found in the COPYING file included with each Geeqie release. This Geeqie documentation is released under the . Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideMainWindow.xml000066400000000000000000000044611322215423100205560ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Main Window The Geeqie main window is designed for quick and easy navigation of images. The window consists of three regions: the , the , and the (optionally bordered by ) , all bordered by and . Multiple instances of the main window may be started via the Ctrl N File New Window menu item, and the of each may be individually configured in the dialogue. If several instances of the main window are open, they may be closed individually or simultaneously as defined in . geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideMainWindowFilePane.xml000066400000000000000000000174431322215423100221660ustar00rootroot00000000000000
File Pane The file pane displays the images contained in the active folder. It has two modes of display, allows multiple selection, and can initiate drag and drop operations. A context menu can be displayed by clicking the right mouse button on the file pane or pressing the menu key while the file pane has the focus.
List view This mode can be enabled by selecting List from the View menu, pressing Ctrl + L, or unselecting View as icons from the context menu. The list view mode displays images in a standard vertical list. Three columns provide the file name, size in bytes, and the time the contents were last modified. Thumbnails can be displayed next to each file in the list, to toggle thumbnails on or off by selecting Thumbnails from the View menu, pressing T, clicking on the tool bar, or selecting Show thumbnails from the context menu. Grouped sidecar files are represented by the main file with an expander. Clicking on the expander shows sidecar files.
Icon view This mode can be enabled by selecting Icons from the View menu, pressing Ctrl + I, or selecting View as icons from the context menu. The icon view mode displays images as thumbnails in a grid, and by default a file name below each thumbnail. The file name displayed below each thumbnail can be turned on or off by selecting Show filename text from the context menu. Grouped sidecar files are represented by the main file. For accessing sidecars switch to List mode.
Multiple selection It is possible to select more than one image from the file pane. Multiple files can be selected with several methods:
Mouse Ctrl + Primary mouse button will add or remove the file from the selection. Middle mouse button will toggle selection of the file. Shift + Primary mouse button will select all images between the clicked and focused image, or it will unselect all those images if the clicked image is already selected. Shift + Ctrl + Primary mouse button works as Shift + Primary mouse button, but will not change the selection of files outside the region between the focus and clicked image.
Keyboard Ctrl + Arrows will move the focus without changing the selection. Ctrl + Space will toggle selection of the focused image. Shift + Arrows will select a region of images. Shift + Ctrl + Arrows works as Shift + Arrows, but will not change the selection of files outside the current focus region. To select all files press Ctrl + A, or to unselect all image press Ctrl + Shift + A. These operations are also available from the Edit menu as Select all and Select none . The current number of selected images and their total size will be indicated in the File list section of the status bar .
Sorting The order of the images can be changed by clicking the sort area of the status bar or from the context menu. The sort methods are by file name, number, file date, or file size. The number method will sort file names by their natural order, for example files with names of file_10, file_12, and file_9 will appear in order file_9, file_10, and file_12. Selecting the ascending menu item will toggle between increasing and decreasing sort order.
Context menu Right clicking the mouse or pressing the menu key while the file pane has focus will display a menu. The menu functions will perform the same as those that match the window's menu bar , however a few functions are unique to the context menu: View in new window Opens a new window containing a list of the currently selected images. Sort Changes the sort order of file pane. View as icons Toggles between the list and icon view modes. Show thumbnails Toggles display of thumbnails in the list view display mode. Show filename text Toggles display of file names in the icon view display mode.
Drag and Drop Drag and drop can be initialized with the primary or middle mouse buttons in the file pane. Dragging a file that is selected will include all selected files in the drag. Dragging a file that is not selected will first change the selection to the dragged file, and clear the previous selection.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideMainWindowFolderPane.xml000066400000000000000000000414151322215423100225160ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Folder pane The folder pane contains the menu bar, tool bar, path entry, and folder list.
Tool bar The tool bar includes buttons for often used operations. The tool bar can be hidden or shown by selecting Hide toolbar from the View menu. Icon Tooltip Description Show thumbnails This button is active when the file list is in list view mode, and activating it will toggle the display of thumbnails. Back Move back in folder history Up Move up one folder Home Change the main window to display the contents of the user's home folder Refresh folder display Refresh the contents of the file pane Zoom in Increase the image display size. Zoom out Decrease the image display size. Zoom to fit This will size the image to fit within the window Zoom 1:1 Restore zoom to the image's original size. Preferences Displays the Preferences window . Float file list Toggle the folder pane, file pane, and status bar between the main window and a secondary window.
Path entry This displays the active folder of the window and allows typing a location. A folder or file can be typed into the entry to quickly change to a desired location or image, the main window will update after pressing the Enter key. Tab completion is also available in the path entry. Tab completion uses the Tab key, press the Down key to move the focus from the entry. Next to the path entry is a button with a down arrow, clicking this will display a drop down list containing the most recent locations viewed. The list is ordered such that the most recent location is at the top. Selecting a location from the drop down list will change the window to display the location.
Folder list This pane consists of two sections: a folder pane and a shortcuts pane. The shortcuts pane may be hidden or revealed simply by moving the vertical divider to or from the extreme left.
Folders This displays a list of sub folders contained in the active folder, or a tree that includes all folders in the file system. A context menu can be displayed by clicking the right mouse button on the folder pane or pressing the menu key while the folder pane has the focus
Shortcuts This is a list of shortcuts (bookmarks) to commonly used folders, images and collections. A context menu will appear by right clicking on an item, or pressing the menu key when the item has the focus. Folders or images can be added to the list by activating the Add button at the bottom of the pane, or dragging a folder or image onto the list. Collections may be added by opening the O File Open collection... dialog and dragging a collection onto the list. To edit an item select Properties from its context menu. A dialog will appear allowing the Name, Path, and Icon for the item to be changed. Select OK to close the dialog and apply the changes, or Cancel to close the dialog and discard the changes. To change the order of the list, select Move up or Move down from the item's context menu. To move an item with the keyboard move the focus to that item, then press Shift Up or Shift Down to move the item. To remove an item from the list select Remove from it's context menu.
List view This mode can be enabled by from the View menu, from the context menu, or pressing Ctrl + T . The list view mode displays sub folders contained in the active folder in a standard vertical list. The parent folder can be selected with the folder named “..”.
Tree view This mode can be enabled by selecting Tree from the View menu, pressing Ctrl + T , or selecting View as tree from the context menu. The tree view mode displays all folders in the file system, starting with the root folder and branching out to include sub folders. A folder branch can be expanded or collapsed by clicking the expander next to each folder icon, or by pressing the respective + or - keys when the folder branch has the focus.
Sorting The order of the folder names will match the order selected for the file pane. Sort order can be changed by clicking the sort area of the status bar or from the context menu of the file pane.
Context menu Right clicking the mouse or pressing the menu key while the folder pane has focus will display a menu. The menu functions will perform the same as those that match the window's menu bar , however a few functions are unique to the context menu: Icon Text Description Up to parent This will change the window to display the contents of the parent folder. Slide show Start a slide show that contains all images in the selected folder. Slide show recursive Start a slide show that contains all images in the selected folder, and all images in the sub folders of that folder. Find duplicates This will open a new find duplicates window containing all images in the selected folder. Find duplicates recursive This will open a new find duplicates window containing all image in the selected folder, and all images in the sub folders of that folder. New folder Creates a new folder that is a sub folder of the selected folder. Rename Renames the selected folder. Warning: Renaming a folder will not update metadata, such as keywords, or cached thumbnails for images contained in that folder, the data will be lost. Delete Delete file or folder Copy path Copy selected item-path(s) to clipboard The clipboard used is selected here. . Each data item copied will be enclosed in quotes. Copy path unquoted Copy selected item-path(s) to clipboard. The data will not be enclosed in quotes. View as list Switches to list tree mode of the folder pane. View as tree Switches to tree mode of the folder pane. Show hiden files Switches to list tree mode of the folder pane. Refresh Switches to tree mode of the folder pane.
Drag and drop Image files can be dropped onto folders displayed in the folder pane. A menu will appear allowing you to select to move or copy the dropped images into the target folder. The list will automatically scroll up or down when the drag pointer is near the respective top or bottom of the list. When in tree mode, hovering over a folder for a brief period of time will expand that folder. The folders can used as a drag source for drag and drop, for example to add images in a folder to a collection window. However drag and drop can not be used to move or copy folders in Geeqie. Using Shift key while dragging is a shortcut to move action. Menu will not appear but move will occur. Using Ctrl key while dragging is a shortcut to copy action. Menu will not appear but copy will occur.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideMainWindowImagePane.xml000066400000000000000000000221411322215423100223200ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Image Pane The image pane is the region of the main window that displays the selected image. The image pane allows adjustment of display size and orientation; it also provides several methods to manipulate the image with the mouse and keyboard.
Image display The image is drawn to the screen as it is decoded from disk. The image can be panned and zoomed while it is still loading. Image adjustment operations for rotation, mirror, and flip will delay until the image is completed. The adjustment queue will remember one operation and will retain the most recently requested function, which will be performed once the image has finished loading. The quality of the image, especially when using the zoom feature, is dependent on the settings that are available on the Image tab of the preferences dialog. To increase the speed of loading the next image when navigating the image list in sequence, enable the Preload next image option.
Image Overlay An image overlay can be turned on and off by repeatedly pressing I . This overlay can either display image data such as f-stop, shutter speed and descriptive text, or a histogram. Data the overlay will always show is: Marks , if they are selected If the histogram is being displayed, K will switch the histogram between colors, and J will toggle between a linear or logarithmic histogram. Data the overlay displays is customizable through the Image Overlay Template option in the Windows tab in the Preferences dialog.
Image panning and manipulation When the image size is larger than the image pane, the visible region can be changed with the keyboard or mouse. The keyboard can also be used to adjust the orientation of the image.
Keyboard and mouse describes how you may manipulate the image displayed. The rotation, mirror, and flip functions do not change the image data, they merely change the image as you view it. You may store the modified orientation into metadata manually with Edit Orientation Apply the orientation to image content , or this may happen automatically if Write altered image orientation to the metadata is set in Metadata Options
Mouse Press the primary mouse button on the image and hold it, then move the mouse to pan the image in the desired direction. Releasing the mouse button will stop the panning operation. The mouse wheel can also be used to scroll the image when holding down the Shift key The mouse wheel behavior for scrolling and image step can be swapped with the "Mouse wheel scrolls image" option located on the Behaviour tab of the preferences dialog. . To scale the image size hold down the Ctrl key and scroll the mouse wheel up to zoom in, or down to zoom out.
Smooth Scroll To start the smooth scroll function hold down the Shift key and click the primary mouse button. An icon will appear at the location of the mouse pointer, the mouse can then be positioned to pan the image. The image will pan in the direction of the mouse pointer relative to the icon. The pan speed will increase in proportion to the distance that the pointer is from the center of the icon. To end the smooth scroll function click the primary mouse button within the image pane.
Mouse Wheel Mode A single click on the mouse middle button will toggle the function of the mouse wheel between "change image" and "change zoom". This option cannot be used if either the Preference Mouse wheel scrolls image or Navigation by left or middle click on image are selected. In Split View mode, each window can be clicked individually so that, in Quad View for example, Connected Zoom can be on 2, 3 or all 4 windows.
Context menu Right clicking the mouse or pressing the menu key while the image has the focus will display a menu. The menu functions will perform the same as those that match the window's menu bar , however a few functions are unique to the context menu: View in new window Opens a new window containing a second copy of the current image. Pause slide show, Continue slide show Controls the pause state of an active slide show, the text of the menu will change to reflect the action that will be performed.
Drag and Drop Files and folders can be dropped onto the image pane, dropping a file will display the file and dropping a folder will change the main window to display the contents of the folder. When dropping multiple items on the image pane, only the first item in the list will be used, all additional items will be ignored. A drag and drop operation can be initiated from the image pane with the middle mouse button, the dragged item will contain the file path of the displayed image.
Displaying images side by side Using View > Split item from the main menu, image pane can be split into either two or four panes, allowing one to display images side by side. You may use drag'n drop to change images in each pane. Connected zoom is possible through the View▸Zoom▸Connected Zoom menu item. Zoom is then applied to all displayed images. Connected scrolling is also possible using Shift and primary mouse button. As a general rule, hotkeys and mouse without shift affects just one image and with shift all images.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideMainWindowLayout.xml000066400000000000000000000044731322215423100217570ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Layout The main window consists of four areas, the folder pane , file pane , image pane , and the status bar . The status bar is always at the bottom of the window. The three remaining areas, or panes, can be arranged and sized by the user.
Selecting the location of each pane The arrangement of the folder, file, and image pane is selected on the dialogue.
Changing the size of a pane Between the panes of the main window are two dividers that can be moved with the mouse to adjust the size of each pane. Press and hold the primary button, then move the divider to the desired location and release the button.
Folder pane The folder pane contains the menu bar, tool bar, path entry, and folder list. The list can be set to display the sub folders of the active folder or a tree that starts with the root folder and contains all folders in the file system.
File pane The file pane lists the images contained in the active folder. The file pane can be set to display as a vertical list or an icon view.
Image pane The image pane is where the active image is displayed.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideMainWindowMenus.xml000066400000000000000000001336741322215423100215770ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Menus This section describes the functions of each item on the menu bar in the Geeqie main window.
File Menu Ctrl N New window Opens a new main window, with the initial path set to the current folder. C New collection Opens a new collection window, the new collection will be empty. O Open collection Displays a dialog to open a collection stored on disk, the selected collection will then appear in a new window. Open recent This menu item lists the recently active collections, selecting an item from the list will open that collection in a new window. The most recent item will appear at the top of the list. Maximum number of entries can be modified through Open recent list maximum size option. F3 Search… Opens a new Search window. D Find duplicates... Opens a new Find Duplicates window. Shift P Print.. Opens a print dialog. Ctrl F New folder… Creates a new folder in the current path. Ctrl C Copy… Opens a dialog to select a destination to copy the currently selected files. Ctrl M Move… Opens a dialog to select a destination to move currently selected files. Ctrl R Rename… Renames the current file selection. Ctrl D Delete… Deletes the current file selection. Symlink Creates a symbolic link. This is implemented via a plugin . Ctrl W Close window Closes the window containing the menu, if the window is the last main window Geeqie will quit. Ctrl Q Quit Quits the Geeqie application, if collections or image metadata have been changed but not saved, the user will be prompted for confirmation.
Go menu Home First Image Goes tothe first image. Backspace Previous Image Goes to the previous image. Space Next Image Goes to the next image End Last Image Goes to the last image Back Back Goes to the previous folder Home Home Goes to the the Home folder as defined in
Select menu Ctrl A Select all Selects all files in the current list Ctrl Shift A Select none Deselects all files Ctrl Shift I Invert selection Inverts current selection Alt R Rectangular selection Toggles rectangular selection mode for icons Copy path Copy selected item-path(s) to clipboard The clipboard used is selected here. . Each data item copied will be enclosed in quotes. Copy path unquoted Copy selected item-path(s) to clipboard. The data will not be enclosed in quotes. M Show marks Displays marks in the file list Mark n Opens submenu for manipulating mark n n Mark n Toggle Mark n Set or unset mark n on selected files Mark n Set mark n Set mark n on selected files Mark n Reset mark n Unset mark n on selected files Ctrl n Mark n Select mark n Selects all files having mark n set Mark n Add mark n Adds files having mark n set to selection Mark n Intersection with mark n Intersects current selection and mark n Mark n Unselect mark n Removes files having mark n set from current selection Mark n Filter mark n Shows only the images that have mark n set.
Edit menu Orientation Adjust image orientation ] Orientation Rotate clockwise Rotates the current image clockwise 90 degrees, does not modify the file on disk. [ Orientation Rotate counterclockwise Rotates the current image counterclockwise 90 degrees, does not modify the file on disk. Shift R Orientation Rotate 180 Rotates the current image 180 degrees, does not modify the file on disk. Shift M Orientation Mirror Swaps the left and right sides of the image so that the result is similar to that of looking at the image in a mirror, does not modify the file on disk. Shift F Orientation Flip Swaps the top and bottom sides of the image, does not modify the file on disk. The above orientation commands - Rotate, Mirror and Flip - do not change the image on disk. The changes will be lost when Geeqie closes. Refer to the Metadata tab of the Preferences Dialog if you wish these changes to be written to metadata. Refer also to the FAQ . Shift O Orientation Original state Removes all temporary effects applied through the above commands, reverting the image according to its Exif Orientation tag. Auto rotate image using EXIF information Auto rotates images based on metadata stored in images that have Exif data. Refer also to the FAQ . Orientation Apply the orientation to image content This command affects only jpeg, tiff and png files. The image file on disk is rotated to the orientation as specified by its Exif Orientation tag. The file rotate.desktop, using external commands exiftran, exiv2 and mogrify, is used to implement this command. Refer to Plugins section for details. [ Orientation Rotate counterclockwise Rotates the current image counterclockwise 90 degrees, does not modify the file on disk. Shift R Orientation Rotate 180 Rotates the current image 180 degrees, does not modify the file on disk. Orientation Write orientation to file Saves the current image orientation to the disk file. This operation can only be carried out on jpeg, tiff and png files. Jpeg rotations are lossless. The Preferences/Metadata option "Write altered image orientation to the metadata" must be off. Exiftran and mogrify must be installed. Orientation Write orientation to file (preserve timestamp) As above, but the file date and time are preserved. Rating Set a Rating value for each image. Alt+Keypad+n Rating n "n" is in the range 0 to 5. Sets the Rating value for the image. Alt+Keypad+Minus Rating -1 Sets the Rating value to -1 for the image. Ctrl S Save metadata Saves queued metadata changes. Autosave can be configured too. Ctrl O Preferences Opens the Preferences Dialog for changing of global preferences. Configure Plugins… Opens the Plugins Dialog for changing of desktop files. Configure This window… Opens the Window Preferences Dialog for changing of options that can differ for each window. Thumbnail maintenance Opens a dialog with utilities for thumbnail and keyword . Set as wallpaper Renders the current image to the root window (desktop). The resulting image will be tiled to fit the root window if zoom is not set to Fit to window ; when zoom is set to Fit to window , the image will be scaled to fill the root window.
Plugins menu Plugins This menu contains the plugins (desktop files) that were found on the system. See the Plugins section for details.
View menu Ctrl V View in new window Opens selected image in its own window Ctrl J Pan view Opens current folder in Pan view window Ctrl E Exif data Toggles display of the Exif sidebar. Meta L Files and Folders Folder List Set the folder view mode to list. Ctrl T Files and Folders Folder Tree Set the folder view mode to tree. Ctrl L Files and Folders Image List Changes the file list to display files in list format. Ctrl I Files and Folders Icons Changes the file list to display files as icons. Files and Folders Show Thumbnails Toggles the display of image thumbnails in the file list, this item is not available when the file list is in icon view mode. A check appears next to this item when thumbnails are enabled. L Files and Folders Float file list Splits the 3-pane main window into two parts: File pane and Folder pane, along with menu and status bar Image pane and its associated sidebar and sort manager (if displayed) Ctrl H Files and Folders Hide file list Hides the File and Folder panes, along with menu and status bar. Right-click on the Image pane provides a menu item to redisplay these items. Files and Folders Hide toolbar Toggles visibility of the tool bar. A check appears next to this item when the tool bar is not visible. Zoom Zoom Connected zoom Actions in this menu are identical to those in Zoom menu, but apply to all images displayed in split view. Zoom Zoom in Increases the zoom by one increment, resulting in a larger image. Zoom Zoom out Decreases the zoom by one increment, resulting in a smaller image. Zoom Zoom to fit Automatically adjusts the zoom so that the image will fit within the display pane. The effect on images with an original size smaller than the display pane can be changed with the Allow enlargement of image for zoom to fit option located on the Image tab of the preferences dialog. Zoom Fit Horizontally Adjusts the zoom so image height fit within the display pane. Zoom Fit Vertically Adjusts the zoom so image width fit within the display pane. New Z Zoom Zoom n:m Set zoom to the n:m value. 1:1 is the original size of the image. When n is greater than m, zoom in occurs else zoom out occurs. Z Zoom Zoom n:m Split Split Horizontal Splits main image view in two horizontal panes. U Split Vertical Splits main image view in two vertical panes. Split Quad Splits main image view in four panes. Y Split Single Reverts to normal view mode (one image). Image Overlay Image Overlay Displays Image Overlay information box (OSD), use twice to add histogram to it. Image Overlay Histogram channels Switches channels displayed in the histogram (red, green, blue, RGB, value, maximum value). Image Overlay Histogram log mode Toggles between linear and logarithmical histogram. Full screen Toggles the full screen window display. Keywords Toggles display of the Keywords sidebar. Sort manager Toggles display of the Sort Manager sidebar. Hide Bars This item is intended to be used by its shortcut key - by default this is the backtick key. When pressed, the info sidebar, sort manager and file list will be hidden (if displayed). Pressing backtick again will revert the display to its previous layout. Toggle slideshow Begins or ends a slide show, the slide show status is displayed in the status bar. Pause slideshow Pauses a slide show, the slide show status is displayed in the status bar. Faster Decreases slide show interval in units of 0.5 seconds. Slower Increases slide show interval in units of 0.5 seconds. Refresh Updates the contents of the folder and file lists to match what is currently on disk, the current image will also be reread from disk.
Help menu F1 Contents Opens the Geeqie user manual in a new browser window. Keyboard shortcuts Displays a window listing the default keyboard shortcuts. Keyboard Map Displays an image showing the currently allocated keyboard shortcuts. Release notes Displays a window containing the release notes for the version of Geeqie in use. About Opens a window containing the Geeqie version, credits, website, and email contact information. Log window Opens the log window, mostly used for debugging purposes.
Tear off menus Menus can be permanently displayed by selecting the dotted line item at the top of each menu category. A tear off menu will behave the same as an ordinary window. To close a tear off menu, select the dotted line item at the top of the menu.
Keyboard shortcuts The keyboard sequence associated to each menu entry is listed within the main window menu bar. For reference, the complete list of default keyboard shortcuts can be found in section Keyboard Shortcuts .
Changing the main window menu bar keyboard shortcuts The section descibes how to modify the keyboard shortcuts used in the main menu.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideMainWindowNavigation.xml000066400000000000000000000053031322215423100225720ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Navigation
Moving around in the file system To select the folder containing the desired images for display, change to the image's folder using the folder view. Single clicking a folder with the primary mouse button will change the main window to display that folder's contents. When the folder view is displayed as a list, use the folder named “..” to change to the parent folder (the parent folder is the folder that contains the current folder). To select a folder with the keyboard, move the focus to the desired folder and press the Space or Enter key.
Moving around within a folder After selecting the desired folder as above, the desired image can be viewed by selecting it from the file list. To select a file for display single click it with the primary mouse button. To select a file with the keyboard, move the focus to the desired file. As you move the focus within the file list the image display will update to match the highlighted file.
Going home To change to your home folder, click the Home button in the tool bar. Home folder can be set in window preferences.
Direct path entry The current path is displayed in an entry field above the folder list. A folder or file can be typed into the entry to quickly change to a desired location or image, the main window will update after pressing the Enter key. Tab completion is also available in the path entry. Next to the path entry is a button with a down arrow, clicking this will display a drop down list containing the most recent locations viewed. The list is ordered such that the most recent location is at the top. Selecting a location from the drop down list will change the window to display the location.
Stepping through images sequentially To change the displayed image to next or previous one within the same folder, use the respective PageDown and PageUp keys. The mouse can also be used to change the image by clicking the image display with the respective primary and middle buttons. To change to beginning or end of the image list, use the respective Home or End keys.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideMainWindowStatusBar.xml000066400000000000000000000200641322215423100224040ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Status Bar The status bar contains information and details about the contents of the main window. Information displayed includes the progress of generating thumbnails, the number of files in the file list with byte size, the current file selection count including byte size, details about the currently displayed image, and the zoom setting. The current sort preference is also displayed, and can be adjusted from the status bar. The status bar is comprised of five sections, from left to right these are a progress bar, sort method, file list counts, image details, and zoom setting. Each section is described below.
Progress Bar The Progress bar updates to display the current state of thumbnail generation. When this section contains no text, thumbnail generation is idle. When “Loading thumbs...” is displayed, thumbnails are currently being generated when Geeqie is idle; the progress bar will update to display the percentage of thumbnails that are completed.
Sort method This is the method used to sort image names in the file list. Clicking or activating this field will display a menu to allow selection of the sort method. Name Images are sorted by file name. Number Images are sorted by natural numerical order, such that, for example, 9_name.jpg will be listed before 10_name.jpg. Date Images are sorted by file modification date. File Creation Date Images are sorted by file creation date. Exif Date Images are sorted by file Exif date. Size Image are sorted by file size on disk. Ascending Toggles between increasing and decreasing sort order. A check will appear next to this entry to indicate ascending sort order.
File list This section displays the count of files that appear in the file list, including the total byte size. The number of files selected is displayed in parenthesis, including the total byte size of the selected files. The slide show status is also displayed here; when a slide show is running, “Slideshow” will appear, the text will change to “Paused” when a slide show is in the paused state.
Image Details This section displays the dimensions (width x height) and file byte size of the image that is active in the image pane. When the format of the file in the image pane can not be determined the dimensions will show as “(0 x 0)”, in addition “(no read permision)” may appear if the file permissions do not allow reading the contents of the file.
Buttons Statusbar buttons corresponds to selected menu action.
Zoom The button label displays the current zoom ratio. A ratio of 1:1 is the image's original size. When the left number is larger the image is displayed larger than original size, when the right number is larger the image is displayed smaller. A tilde (~) appears within the ratio display when the zoom is set to fit the image within the display area. In this zoom mode the ratio is automatically adjusted, and the displayed ratio may not be the actual ratio because the status bar display rounds the actual value to the nearest tenth (0.1). Clicking this button permits control of the behavior of the zoom and scroll settings used when changing the displayed image. Zoom to original size The new image is set to its original size. Fit image to window The new image's zoom is changed so that the image will fit within the current view area. Leave zoom at previous setting The zoom setting is unchanged, the new image will be scaled the same as the previous image. Scroll to top left corner The new image is displayed from top left corner. Scroll to image center The new image is centered Keep the region from previous iamge The new image is positioned as the previous one, whenever possible.
Exif rotate Toggles the auto-rotation of images if they have Exif orientation data. Refer also to the FAQ .
Show Pixel Info Shows coordinates and RGB value under cursor.
Enable Color Management Enables color profiles.
Save Metadata Opens dialog for review and saving of metadata changes.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsAdditional.xml000066400000000000000000000014441322215423100221240ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Additional Preferences There are two sets of preferences in Geeqie: those set via the main Preferences tabbed dialogue, and those set either via a menu entry or by editing a configuration file. This chapter explains in detail the Geeqie preferences that are set via a menu entry or by editing a configuration file. geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsBehavior.xml000066400000000000000000000220461322215423100216140ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Behavior Options This section describes the options presented under the Behavior Tab of the preferences dialog.
Delete Confirm file delete Prompts for confirmation before deleting files. Enable Delete key Disable this to disassociate the delete file function from the Delete key. If Confirm file delete , above, is disabled, accidentally hitting the Delete can result in files being erroneously deleted without warning. Disabling the Delete key will prevent this. The Ctrl + D key sequence is not affected. Safe Delete Moves deleted files to a temporary folder, for easy retrieval of deleted files. Files in the temporary folder are retained until the maximum size is reached, at which point deleting additional files will result in the removal of the oldest files to reclaim the space needed for the new files. Files moved to the Safe Delete folder are prefixed with a six digit number in the format: nnnnnn_FILENAME This is used by the delete feature to distinguish which files to remove first when clearing space for new files. The digit counter increments with each deleted file. Folder The location of the folder used by the Safe Delete feature. Maximum size The size to use for the Safe Delete folder, in megabytes. Note that setting this value to 0 (zero) will disable any limit. Clear button Removes all files contained in the Safe Delete folder. View button Changes the Geeqie main window to display the contents of the Safe Delete folder.
Behavior Descend folders in tree view This will allow Geeqie to read sub folder content to determine if it should display expander indicators in the folder tree view. Disable this if Geeqie wakes up auto mounted network shares, or takes too long to initially display the folder view. In place renaming When renaming a single file, this will allow the rename entry to appear directly over the original filename. List directory view uses single click to enter If selected, a single click will enter a directory, rather than the GTK+ default of a double click. Recent folder list maximum size This is the number of entries to be saved from the recent open folder list drop-down box. The number of entries displayed in the current session is unlimited. Drag'n drop icon size This is the width and height of the icon generated from image and displayed when doing drag and drop actions. High resolution screens may require to increase this number. Copy path clipboard selection This option determines which clipboard selection is used for the "Copy path" menu item. The exact method of the paste operation will depend on the operating system, but in general will be: PRIMARY Paste using mouse middle-click, or shift-insert. CLIPBOARD Paste using mouse right-click and select paste, or control-v.
Debugging Debug level Displayed when compiled with the option --enable-debug-log. This defines the verbosity of debug info sent to console and log window (0 disables the debug output). Log Window max. lines The maximum number of data lines to be displayed. The window will show the most recent data.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsColor.xml000066400000000000000000000030321322215423100211250ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Color management options Use of this function requires LCMS to be installed. If you are compiling from sources, LCMS functionality will be available if the development files dependencies are met. If you are using a pre-compiled distribution, availability depends on the package maintainer. Here one can defined color profiles to use. Color management can be enabled or disabled from View Color Management or on the status bar. Type Either input color profile or screen color profile. Menu name Name of the menu entry corresponding to the color profile. File Path to the color profile file.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsFiltering.xml000066400000000000000000000173441322215423100220050ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Files Options This section describes the options presented under the Files Tab of the preferences dialogue.
Filters Show hidden files or folders Enables the display of hidden files and folders, also known as dot files. Show parent folder Enables the display of the parent folder as a double dot in the directories views. Case sensitive sort Files and folders are sorted such that upper case letters occur before lower case letters. Enabled result: A, B, C, a, b, c Disabled result: A, a, B, b, C, c Natural sort order Files and folders are sorted with the dot '.' treated as a special case, so the order is e.g. "event.c" "event.h" "eventgenerator.c". Also, files containing numbers are sorted as "file1" "file5" "file10". Disable file extension checks During rename operations, allows files to be renamed to a different extension with no warning issued. Disable file filtering Enable this to allow Geeqie to list all files, even those that do not contain images.
Grouping sidecar extensions This field defines which extensions will lead to file grouping. Grouped files will appear as a single entry in file views. This is useful, for example, when browsing directories containing two files for the same image (such as raw+jpeg files generated by some cameras). The group is represented by the first extension in the list for which a file exists. Each extension should include the starting dot and should be separated by a semi-colon from following entries. It is possible to use wild-cards corresponding to entries in the File Types Class below: %unknown expands to all files listed in class Unknown , %image expands to all files listed in class Image , %raw expands to all files listed in class RAW Image %meta expands to all files listed in class Metadata
File types This list contains the image formats that are understood by Geeqie. To disable a specific file type from being displayed, uncheck it's corresponding check-box. Filters can be edited by first selecting the line containing the item to be changed, then clicking the filter or description field, making any changes, then pressing Enter ; press Escape to cancel an active edit. Unlike all other options in the dialogue, filter list changes are applied immediately. The table consists of: Filter List of extensions this filter applies to, separated by a ; . Each extension must be preceded by a dot. Description Brief description. This is not used elsewhere. Class This may be used to define sets of file types, for use in the Grouping function described above. The drop-down list has 4 entries: Unknown Image RAW Image Metadata Writable If this option is checked, Geeqie will try to write metadata to the image file itself. This, and the following option, are mutually exclusive. Sidecar is allowed If this option is checked, Geeqie will try to write metadata to a sidecar file associated with the image. This, and the previous option, are mutually exclusive. Add Adds a new blank line to the filter list, change the parameters to match the desired file type. Remove Removes the selected line from the filter list. Defaults Resets the filter list to the default values, discarding any customizations made by the user.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsGeneral.xml000066400000000000000000000224061322215423100214320ustar00rootroot00000000000000
General Options This section describes the options presented under the General Tab of the preferences dialog.
Thumbnails Size Selects the size of the thumbnails displayed throughout Geeqie, dimensions are width by height in pixels. Quality Selects the method to use when scaling an image down for thumbnails: Nearest Fastest scaler, but results in poor thumbnail quality. Tiles Thumbnail results are very close to bilinear, with better speed. Bilinear High quality results, moderately fast. Hyper Slowest scaler, sometimes gives better results than bilinear. Cache thumbnails Enable this to save thumbnails to disk. Subsequent requests for a thumbnail will be faster. Use Geeqie thumbnail style and cache Thumbnails are stored in a folder hierachy that mirrors the location of the source images. Thumbnails have the same name as the original appended by the file extension .png. The root of the hierachy is: $XDG_CACHE_HOME/geeqie/thumbnails/ or, if $XDG_CACHE_HOME is not defined: $HOME/.cache/geeqie/thumbnails/ Store thumbnails local to image folder (non-standard) When enabled, Geeqie attempts to store cached thumbnails closer to the source image. This way multiple users can benefit from a single cache, thereby reducing wasted disk space. Thumbnails have the same name as the original appended by the file extension .png. The resulting location is the source image's folder, in a sub folder with the name .thumbnails When the image source folder cannot be written, Geeqie falls back to saving the thumbnail in the user's home folder. Use standard thumbnail style and cache, shared with other applications This will use a thumbnail caching method that is compatible with applications that use the standard thumbnail specification. When this option is enabled thumbnails will be stored in: $XDG_CACHE_HOME/thumbnails/ or, if $XDG_CACHE_HOME is not defined: $HOME/.cache/thumbnails/ All thumbnails are stored in the same folder, with computer-generated filenames. Refer to Thumbnails Reference for additional details. Use EXIF thumbnails when available Geeqie will extract thumbnail from EXIF data if available, instead of generating one. This will speed up thumbnails generation, but the EXIF thumbnail may be not in sync with the image if it was modified by a tool which did not also update the thumbnail data.
Slide show Delay between image change Specifies the delay between images for slide shows, in seconds. Random When enabled, slide show images will appear in random order. Random images are displayed such that each image appears once per cycle of all images. When the slide show repeat option is enabled, the image order is randomized after completing each cycle. Repeat This will cause the slide show to loop indefinitely, it will continue with the first image after displaying the last image in the slide show list.
Image loading and caching Decoded image cache size Limit the amount of memory available for caching images. Preload next image Enabling this option will cause Geeqie to read the next logical image from disk when idle, it will also retain the previously viewed image in memory. By reading the nearest images into memory, time to display the next image is reduced. This option will increase Geeqie memory requirements, and may cause performance issues with very large images. If the use of Geeqie results in the system noticeably swapping memory to disk, try disabling this feature. Refresh on file change Geeqie will monitor currently active images and folders for changes in their modification time, and update the display if it changes. Disable this if the system will not go into sleep mode due to occasional disk activity from the time check, or if Geeqie updates too often for folders with continuously changing content.
Info Sidebar component heights The heights of the following components can be set individually: Keywords Title Comments Geeqie must be restarted for changes to take effect.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsHidden.xml000066400000000000000000000041001322215423100212370ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Legacy Configuration File Options This section describes the options not accessible by the graphical interface, these options exist to maintain behavior of older releases of Geeqie. To change these settings, edit the Geeqie configuration file . lazy_image_sync: [true false ] : This will suppress the image view from changing when selecting a new folder; the current image will remain displayed until the user manually selects another image. place_dialogs_under_mouse: [true false ] : Enabling this will cause new dialogs to initially position themselves such that they are under the current mouse position. scroll_reset_method: value : This will set the method used to set the scroll position, or visible region of a new image, value can be: 0: Move to upper left corner. 1: Center image. 2: Maintain same visible region as previous image, if possible. thumbnails.use_xvpics = [true false ] : xvpics is a common thumbnail caching format used by several applications. Thumbnails are stored locally to the source image in a sub folder with the name .xvpics . Enabling this option will allow Geeqie to read thumbnails saved in the xvpics format. Support for xvpics is read only, Geeqie can not generate thumbnails in this format.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsImage.xml000066400000000000000000000135561322215423100211050ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Image Options This section describes the options presented under the Image Tab of the preferences dialog.
Zoom Quality Selects the method used to scale the size of an image: Nearest Fastest scaler, but results in poor image quality. Tiles Results are somewhat close to bilinear, with better speed. Bilinear High quality results, moderately fast. Hyper Slowest scaler, sometimes gives better results than bilinear. Use GPU acceleration via Clutter library Use alternate renderer. Geeqie must be compiled with the --enable-gpu-accel option. Two pass zooming Enables Geeqie to first display a scaled image using the Nearest zoom quality. After image decoding is complete, the image is scaled again using the selected Zoom Quality method. This allows faster display of an image as it is decoded from the source file. Zoom increment Adjusts the step size when zooming in or out on an image. This value corresponds to the percentage of the original image.
Fit Image To Window Allow enlargement of image (max. size in %) Enable this to allow Geeqie to increase the image size for images that are smaller than the current view area when the zoom is set to Fit image to window . This value sets the maximum expansion permitted in percent i.e. 100% is full-size. Virtual window size (% of actual window) This value will set the virtual size of the window when Fit image to window is set. Instead of using the actual size of the window, the specified percentage of the window will be used. It allows one to keep a border around the image (values lower than 100%) or to auto zoom the image (values greater than 100%). It affects fullscreen mode too.
Appearance Custom border color Enable this to draw the image background (the area around the image) in the specified color. Border color Use this color chooser to define the color to use as image background. You may use the Virtual window size (see above) option to keep a border around the image in fullscreen mode. Alpha channel color 1/2 These two colors define the checkerboard background used when images with an alpha channel are displayed.
Convenience Auto rotate proofs using EXIF information Auto rotate images on print proof sheet.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsKeyboard.xml000066400000000000000000000011731322215423100216130ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Keyboard Options This dialogue enables changes to be be made to the default key short-cut allocated to menu items. The data displayed may be ordered by clicking at the top of each column. To change or create a new short-cut, double click on the KEY column of the relevant item. The text displayed will change to "New accelerator...". Press the key combination required for this action. The Apply button must be pressed for the change to be made permanent.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsLayout.xml000066400000000000000000000074641322215423100213410ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Window Layout This item is accessed via Edit Configure this window . Home Path The path to be moved to when is clicked. Show date in directories list view The folder pane will show dates. Exit program when this window is closed If multiple instances of Geeqie have been started via File New Window , if this check box is clicked all instances will be closed when this window is exited. When a window with this check box selected is closed, the existence of all other open Geeqie windows will be remembered. When Geeqie is started again, all those windows will be re-opened. Start-up directory This may be set for each instance of Geeqie. No change: Use the Current Working Directory. If called from a system menu rather than the command line, the Home directory will probably be used. Restore last path: Use the folder in use when Geeqie was previously closed. Home path: Use the folder specified in the Home Path box. Layout The Geeqie main window consists of three main panes: the folder pane , file pane and the image pane . Their position and order can be changed here. The four choices shown represent the basic layout of the main window, the difference being that each has the larger pane in a different location: right, bottom, left, and top. The numbers within each selection represent the order of the pane content. The order in which the panes are filled is determined by the three row list located below the layout selection. The three numbered rows correspond to the three numbered regions of the selected layout. To change the order of the list, drag a row to the desired location within the list. In this dialogue the file and image panes are labeled as such, however for historical reasons the folder pane is labeled as tools.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsMain.xml000066400000000000000000000034241322215423100207400ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Preferences There are two sets of preferences in Geeqie: those set via the main Preferences tabbed dialogue, and those set either via a menu entry or by editing a configuration file. This chapter explains in detail the main Geeqie preferences dialog, which is accessed via Ctrl O Edit Preferences or on the Toolbar. geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsMetadata.xml000066400000000000000000000147721322215423100216040ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Metadata This section describes the options for metadata writing. The settings in the Files tab of Preferences influence whether an attempt is made to write metadata to the file itself, to a sidecar file or to a local folder. Refer also to in the Reference section.
Metadata writing process When writing metadata, Geeqie will follow three steps. This process will stop when the first successful write occurs. Save metadata in image files, resp. sidecar files, according to the XMP standard If checked, Geeqie will attempt to write metadata to the file itself, or to an associated XMP sidecar file Save metadata in '.metadata' folder, local to image folder (non-standard) If checked, Geeqie will attempt to write to an xmp file in a local .metadata folder Save metadata in Geeqie private directory If neither of the above are successful, Geeqie will write to an xmp file in the folder $HOME/.local/share/geeqie/metadata When writing to local metadata folders, the directory structure duplicates that of the location of the source files.
Step 1: Write to image files If Step 1 above was successful, the following options take effect: Store metadata also in legacy IPTC tags (converted according to IPTC4XMP standard) If checked, Geeqie will write IPTC tags as defined in Warn if the image files are not writeable If checked, open a warning dialogue if the file is not writeable Ask before writing to image files If checked, open a confirmation dialogue before writing to the file Create sidecar files named image.ext.xmp (as opposed to image.xmp) If checked, new sidecar files will use image.ext.xmp naming scheme
Steps 2 and 3: Write to Geeqie private files If Step 2 or 3 above was successful, the following option takes effect: Use GQview legacy metadata format (supports only keywords and comments) instead of XMP If checked, Geeqie will write metadata in GQview legacy files (file extension .meta) format
Miscellaneous Write the same description tags (keywords, comment, title) to all grouped sidecars If checked the same descriptive tags are written to all files in a group. File grouping is as defined in the Files tab of main Preferences. Technical tags (exif) are handled separately for each file. Allow keywords to differ only in case If checked, permits keywords to be case-sensitive (e.g. Place and place are two different keywords) Write altered image orientation to the metadata If checked, the results of orientation commands (Rotate, Mirror and Flip) issued on an image will be written to metadata either automatically as specified below or when manually initiated. This option also affects the Auto rotate image using EXIF information menu item. If this option is not checked, the results of orientation commands will be lost when Geeqie closes. Do not change this option while you have temporary rotations applied to images.
Auto-save options Write metadata after timeout If checked, metadata writes will be made automatically at the defined interval. Warning dialogues will be issued if required. Write metadata on image change If checked, metadata writes will be made when you move focus to another image. Write metadata on directory change If checked, metadata writes will be made when you move focus to another folder.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsStereo.xml000066400000000000000000000002201322215423100213040ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Stereo image management TBD
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsToolbar.xml000066400000000000000000000014651322215423100214610ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Toolbar This dialogue enables you to change the items displayed on the Toolbar. The initial display shows the current setup. You may re-order these items by right-clicking on any item. Additional items may be included by clicking on the "Plus" symbol at the bottom of the tab. A list of all available options is displayed. Most of the Geeqie menu items are available, plus any desktop (Plugins) files. If you select a desktop file, ensure that it includes an icon - the desktop file format is described in the Standards section
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOptionsWindow.xml000066400000000000000000000301361322215423100213230ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Window Options This section describes the options presented under the Windows Tab of the preferences dialog.
State Remember window positions This will maintain windows size and position between Geeqie sessions. Use saved window positions also for new windows A new window opened by menu Ctrl N File New Window will use the saved window positions also. Remember tool state Maintains the selection set by L View File and Folders Float File List Remember dialog window positions This will maintain dialog windows size and position between Geeqie sessions.
Size Fit window to image when tools are hidden/floating The main window will be resized to accommodate each image's size and proportions when the image pane is the only one visible within the window. Limit size when auto-sizing window This will restrict the maximum size a window can grow to automatically fit an image. The value represents the percentage of the desktop size in width and height.
Full Screen Location Selects the location and position of the full screen window. 'Determined by window manager' will leave the window placement up to the window manager. 'Active screen' places the window on the same screen as the Geeqie main window. 'Active monitor' does the same, but limits the full screen window size to the monitor containing the main window. The remaining choices are dependent on the multiple monitor configuration. Smooth image flip This option delays the image change in full screen until the next image is entirely decoded into memory, the result is a smoother transition between images. Disable screen saver This option will execute xscreensaver-command --deactivate once per minute to avoid the screen saver from activating when Geeqie is displayed full screen.
Overlay Screen Display The contents of the Overlay Screen Display is defined by the Image Overlay Template. This template is easily customised to display a wide range of data. The format of each entry is: %tag[:max_length][:extra]% Tag Replaced by name Filename of the picture collection Name of the collection number Current number of image in the list total Total number of images date File date size File size width Image width height Image height res Image resolution keywords Image keywords from metadata comment Image comment from XMP metadata imagecomment JPEG image comment <meta_tag> The Exif, XMP, or IPTC tag from metadata lua/<lua_script>/ The output of a Lua script file lua//<lua_command> The output of a Lua command
As an aide, in addition to standard metadata tags, Geeqie provides a number of pre-formatted tags . Examples of usage are: %keywords% %Exif.Photo.DateTimeOriginal% %lua/jpeg_comment.lua/:12% %lua//return(os.date())% Refer to Lua Extensions for further information. The length of displayed data can be limited by using the :max_length parameter. The following example will truncate the displayed data to 20 characters and will add 3 dots at the end to denote the truncation. %formatted.Camera:20% If two or more variables are connected with the | character, the variables are displayed with a separator. For example:: %formatted.ShutterSpeed%|%formatted.ISOSpeedRating%|%formatted.FocalLength% could show: "1/20s - 400 - 80 mm" Or, if there is no ISO information in the Exif data: "1/200 - 80 mm" If there is no data for a requested tag, the line is not displayed. The :extra parameter may be used to format the output by prepending and appending a text string to the displayed item. The special character * is used to mark the position of the Tag data item. If no * is present, the extra string is just appended to the standard data displayed. Any "\n" is replaced by a newline on display. Pango mark up is accepted in both left and right parts. If the data item is empty, nothing will be displayed. Examples: Template Example display %name: <i>*</i>\n% filename001.jpg %size:\n% 123456 %formatted.ISOSpeedRating:ISO *% ISO 100 %collection:Collection: <b>*</b> \n% Collection: my_new_collection
Font , Text , Background The font used for the Overlay Screen Display, as well as the font colour and background colour, may be set via these buttons. Colour transparency can also be set. Help Show syntax help Defaults Restore default image overlay template
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOtherWindows.xml000066400000000000000000000014451322215423100211350ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Stand-alone Windows This section describes the windows that may be displayed simultaneously with the Geeqie main window. They are initiated via the View and File menus. geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOtherWindowsExif.xml000066400000000000000000000016161322215423100217510ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Exif Window The Exif window shows the Exif, IPTC and XMP metadata that are present in the image file. Unlike the other parts of the program, this window shows the "raw" metadata read from the file, without any post-processing. Thus, this window is ideal for metadata debugging. The Exif pane in the Info Sidebar is more suitable for general use, as it displays merged data from sidecar and private metadata files. To facilitate including extra items in the Exif pane in the Info Sidebar , it is possible to drag-and-drop an item from the Exif window onto the Sidebar pane.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOtherWindowsImageWindow.xml000066400000000000000000000075341322215423100232750ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Image Window An image window is a window that displays only the image, without menus or sidebars. An image window can always be opened from the context menu of all images and files. Keyboard shortcuts exist for most windows that display images or files, however the shortcut can vary dependent on the type of window containing them. The image pane contained in an image window behaves and operates similar to the of a Main Window, including the . The keyboard shortcuts are the same, and the context menu is the same except Hide file list is replaced by Close window . The slide show and full screen functions are also available.
Drag and Drop Images can be dragged and dropped onto an image window, but the process is somewhat different to that of an . If multiple images, a folder or an image from a collection window is dropped onto the image window, you can cycle through all these images using the navigation keys. The dropped item can be one or more files, folders, or an image from a collection window: One or more files The image window will display the first image; the list of dropped images can be navigated similar to a main window's image pane. One or more folders When the dropped list of items includes a folder, a menu will appear allowing to skip the folders, add their contents, or add their contents recursively. After choosing from the menu the requested files will be added to the image window. Image from a collection The image window will change to display the image and become linked to the collection containing the image. Images in the collection can then be navigated and viewed from the image window. Changing the image window by dropping a new item onto it will cause the previous list of images or linked collection to be discarded. To update the image display in the event that the source file has changed, press R .
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideOtherWindowsPanView.xml000066400000000000000000000155341322215423100224330ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Pan View This window offers alternative views of the current directory and its children . It may be opened by Ctrl J View Pan view . You can pan the view as you pan an image in normal view mode, using left mouse button and drag. A primary mouse button click on any image will display informations about the image. Secondary mouse button will show a context menu. Pan view recursively visits each folder under the specified folder. This can consume considerable computer resources.
Select a folder Location The initial location is the current Geeqie folder when the Pan view window is opened.
Choose a view mode A select box let you choose among different view modes: Timeline Shows images grouped by date. Calendar Shows a calendar with the number of images indicated for each day (as dots and number). Left mouse button click will show images in a pop-up. Folders Show images grouped by folder. Each box represents a folder. Parent and children folders are shown as boxes enclosing other boxes. Folders (flower) Show images grouped by folder. Each box represents a folder. Parent folders are linked to children by a line. The top folder is the center of the flower. Grid All images are shown on a grid.
How each image should be represented Another select box let you choose the representation of each image: Dots Each image is represented by a dot. No images Each image is represented by a square box. Small thumbnails Each image is represented by a small thumbnail. Normal thumbnails Each image is represented by a normal thumbnail. Large thumbnails Each image is represented by a large thumbnail. 1:10 (10%) Each image is represented by reduced image (1/10 of the original's dimensions). 1:4 (25%) Each image is represented by reduced image (1/4 of the original's dimensions). 1:3 (33%) Each image is represented by reduced image (1/3 of the original's dimensions). 1:2 (50%) Each image is represented by reduced image (1/2 of the original's dimensions). 1:1 (100%) The original image is shown at its normal dimensions.
Find At the bottom of the window: Find button Shows a text field for image search. One can enter either: filename or part filename file date in any of the following forms, where the separator may one of / - , . or a space: yyyy-mm-dd yyyy-mm yyyy Enter will start the search, pressing it again will move to the next match. The matched file is made visible and details are shown for it.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuidePluginsConfig.xml000066400000000000000000000224271322215423100212530ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Plugins Configuration
Plugins Configuration Dialog This dialog allows user to add new plugins or modify the system ones. It is available in the menu Edit Configure Plugins . The Plugins dialog shows list of all relevant plugins i.e. all installed desktop files that are designated either: > Categories=Graphics Categories=X-Geeqie The list has the following columns: Name Plugin name as specified in desktop file, and is the name displayed in menus. Hidden A plugin can be Hidden for one of these reasons: the desktop file contains Hidden=TRUE or NoDisplay=TRUE TryExec binary was not found MimeType list does not contain images MimeType list is empty and Categories does not contain X-Geeqie Desktop file Name of the desktop file, used as an identifier in . Path Full path to the desktop file. Desktop files in user directories override the system ones with the same name.
Adding new plugin New opens a text editor with a desktop file template. You must amend the line Exec=command %f to contain the command you wish to execute. If it is more than a single command, you must create a script file and call that. If the location of the script file is not in your $PATH environment variable, you must include the full pathname.
Modifying an existing plugin Edit opens a text editor with existing desktop file. For desktop files that are not writable by user, it allows saving to a Geeqie specific directory, where it overrides the system file (but only for Geeqie).
Deleting a plugin Delete can delete user writable desktop files. System desktop files can't be deleted directly, but it is possible to edit them and set Hidden=TRUE , see above.
Special plugins A desktop file with one of the following names has a special function. It will replace the corresponding internal command. geeqie-copy-command.desktop geeqie-move-command.desktop geeqie-rename-command.desktop geeqie-delete-command.desktop geeqie-folder-command.desktop This can be used for example for a custom trash command or for manipulation of files under version control.
Geeqie desktop file keys A desktop file for use only by Geeqie should have the following entries: Categories=X-Geeqie; OnlyShowIn=X-Geeqie; A menu path where the plugin will appear, instead of in the default Plugins , can be set by including: X-Geeqie-Menu-Path=<FileMenuPath> Possible vales for FileMenuPath are: FileMenu FileMenu/OpenSection FileMenu/SearchSection FileMenu/PrintSection FileMenu/FileOpsSection FileMenu/QuitSection GoMenu SelectMenu SelectMenu/SelectSection SelectMenu/ClipboardSection SelectMenu/MarksSection EditMenu/EditMenu EditMenu/EditSection EditMenu/OrientationMenu EditMenu/RatingMenu EditMenu/PropertiesSection EditMenu/PreferencesSection PluginsMenu ViewMenu ViewMenu/WindowSection ViewMenu/FileDirMenu ViewMenu/FileDirMenu/FolderSection ViewMenu/FileDirMenu/ListSection ViewMenu/DirSection ViewMenu/ZoomMenu ViewMenu/ZoomMenu/ConnectZoomMenu ViewMenu/SplitMenu ViewMenu/StereoMenu ViewMenu/ColorMenu ViewMenu/OverlayMenu ViewMenu/ViewSection ViewMenu/ToolsSection ViewMenu/SlideShowSection HelpMenu HelpMenu/HelpSection If you want a plugin to use a user-definable path, the following entry must be made in the desktop file: X-Geeqie-Filter=true Desktop files containing this entry will be displayed in the Folder action list of the . The path of the bookmark clicked will be used by the desktop file. If the desktop file is called from the menu, when the plugin is executed you are presented with a dialogue which enables a path to be selected. The path selected, appended by the filename currently being processed, is made available to the shell script either as an environment variable or via a call to geeqie --remote. The following code demonstrates the use of both methods: for file in "$@" do destination=$(geeqie --remote --get-destination:"$file") echo "$destination" echo $GEEQIE_DESTINATION done If you want to run a plugin in full-screen mode and wish full-screen to be maintained, include the following entry in the desktop file: X-Geeqie-Keep-Fullscreen=true Any terminal output from the plugin command can be displayed with the following command: X-Geeqie-Verbose=true The plugin can be restricted to run on only certain file types, for example: X-Geeqie-File-Extensions=.jpg; .cr2 The entries are case insensitive. X-Geeqie-Keep-Verbose-Multi= TBD The key or key combination to execute this function can be set with: X-Geeqie-Hotkey= Key combinations are of the form: X-Geeqie-Hotkey=<control>y This value may conflict with a setting in
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuidePrinting.xml000066400000000000000000000277711322215423100203050ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Printing To print an image select Shift P File Print . The print dialog includes tabs that group related printing options, a preview pane, and a Print and Cancel button.
Layout tab Source This selects the group of images to use for print output. Image The file with the focus. Selection The files selected in the main window. All All files listed in the main window. Layout Select one image per page, or a Proof sheet that will print multiple images per page. Image size When print one image per page, the size of the image in relation to the available print area. Proof size When printing a Proof sheet, the size of each image in Units (see Paper tab).
Text tab Name Include the file name below each image. Path Include the full path of the file below each image. Date Include the file date below each image. Size Include the file size below each image. Dimensions Include the source image's pixel width and height below each image. Font size The font size to use for the text description of each image, in points.
Paper tab Format The size of the paper in the printer's paper tray. Many common sizes are provided, however if the paper size is not listed selected the Custom format and enter the paper size in Size below. Size The size of the selected paper format, in Units (below). These numbers can be changed when the paper Format is Custom. Units Select the units for Geeqie to use when conveying measurements of length for paper size, margins, and images sizes to the user. Orientation Select portrait or landscape print output. Margins These values specify the size of the paper edges not to be included in the print region, in Units (above).
Printer tab Destination Use this to select the destination of the print output. Default printer Prints to the system default printer. Custom printer Prints to the printer using the command defined in Custom printer (below). Postscript file Writes using the postscript format to named File (below). Image file Writes using the selected File format (below) to named File (below). Custom printer The command to use when Destination is selected as Custom printer. For convenience, the drop down list includes printers available for use by the printing subsystem. File The file to use for output when Destination is Postscript file or Image file. File format The image format to use when Destination is Image file. DPI Abbreviation for Dots Per Inch. When the Destination is a printer or postscript file, this defines the maximum DPI to use when outputting image data. For example if the Destination printer is only capable of 600 DPI, but the resulting image to print is 1200 DPI, Geeqie will scale the image down to 600 DPI before sending it to the printer. This can greatly reduce the size of a print job when printing Proof Sheets or very large images.
Preview The preview displays a small version of the output that will result with the current settings. The preview will update whenever a setting is changed that will effect the print output. The preview will indicate the number of pages that will be printed, to see a preview of a specific page change to that page by activating the left or right arrow buttons located below the preview. The size of the preview can be changed using the three zoom buttons located below the preview. The preview includes several reference lines that are not included in the final print: Reference grid Light gray lines that form a grid over the entire page, the spacing between these lines is dependent on the current measurement unit: Inch 1 inch. Points 72 points. Centimeters or Millimeters 1 centimeter. Margins Blue lines along each edge of the page represent the location of the print margins, the non-printable area of the page is also gray. Proof sheet grid When the layout is set to Proof sheet, each proof location is indicated with a red rectangle.
Remember print settings Enable this check box to retain the current settings as the default for the print dialog. This option only retains the settings when a print operation is started by activating the print button. In addition, only the settings relevant to the current print operation will be retained.
Print button Activate the print button to start the print job, the dialog will change to display the progress as images are sent to the selected print destination.
Cancel button Activate this button to close the print dialog, no printing will be performed.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReference.xml000066400000000000000000000024011322215423100203700ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Reference geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReferenceCommandLine.xml000066400000000000000000000252111322215423100225030ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Command Line Options Geeqie is called by the command: geeqie [options] [path_to_file_or_collection] The name of a collection, with or without either path or extension (.gqv) may be used. If a path is not used and there is a name conflict with a file or folder, that will take precedence. These are the command line options available to Geeqie: Short Option Long Option Description +t --with-tools Show file list, menu, and statusbar. -t --without-tools Hide file list, menu, and statusbar. Window contains image only. -f --fullscreen Start up in fullscreen. -s --slideshow Start up in slideshow mode. -l [filelist] [collectionlist] --list [filelist] [collectionlist] Open collection window containing images specified on the command line. Any collections on the command line will also be appended to this collection. --blank Start with file list blank. --geometry=<w>x<h>+<x>+<y> Set the <width> <height> <xoffset> <yoffset> of the window. The parameters are in pixels. -r --remote Send command line options to existing Geeqie process. -rh --remote-help List command line options available to --remote. -h --help Display brief command line option list. -v --version Display version of Geeqie. --debug[=<level>] Turn on debugging output (when compiled with Debug enabled). <level> is 0 to 4. -g:<regexp> --grep:<regexp> Filter debug output with regular expression +w --show-log-window Display log window -o:<file> --log-file:<file> Save log data to file --alternate Use alternate similarity algorithm - experimental - requires re-compile.
Remote commands The --remote command line option will send all entered commands to an existing Geeqie process, a new process will be started if one does not exist. These are the additional commands that can be used with the remote command: Short Option Long Option Description -n --next Change main window to display next image. -b --back Change main window to display previous image. --first Change main window to display first image. --last Change main window to display last image. -f --fullscreen Toggle full screen mode of the main window. -fs --fullscreen-start Start full screen mode for main window. -fS --fullscreen-stop Stop full screen mode for main window. -s --slideshow Toggle slide show for main window. -ss --slideshow-start Start slide show for main window. -sS --slideshow-stop Stop slide show for main window. --slideshow-recurse:<folder> Start recursive slide show for <folder> in main window. -d<[h:][m:][n][.m]> --delay=<[h:][m:][n][.m]> Set slide show delay to <[hrs:][mins:][n][.m]> seconds, range is 0.1 secs to 24 hours +t --tools-show Show tools for main window. -t --tools-hide Hide tools for main window. -q --quit Quit Geeqie. --config-load:<file> Load configuration from <file>. --get-sidecars:<file> Get list of sidecars of <file>. --get-destination:<file> Get destination path of <file>. This is used by the symlink desktop file to implement the symbolic link operation. There is no useful function for the user. file:<file> Open <file> and bring Geeqie window to the top File:<file> Open <file> and do not bring Geeqie window to the top --tell Print filename of current image view:<file> Open new window containing <file> --list-clear Clear command line collection list --list-add:<file> Add <file> to command line collection list raise Bring the geeqie window to the top -ct:clear|clean --cache-thumbs:clear|clean clear or clean thumbnail cache -cs:clear|clean --cache-shared:clear|clean clear or clean shared thumbnail cache -cm --cache-metadata clean the metadata cache -cr:<folder> --cache-render:<folder> render thumbnails -crr:<folder> --cache-render-recurse:<folder> render thumbnails recursively -crs:<folder> --cache-render-shared:<folder> render thumbnails If standard thumbnail cache is not enabled, this command will be ignored. -crsr:<folder> --cache-render-shared-recurse:<folder> render thumbnails recursively --lua:<file>,<lua script> run lua script on file
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReferenceConfig.xml000066400000000000000000000057131322215423100215270ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Configuration Files and Locations The following data lists the locations Geeqie uses for various actions. The uppercase symbols are environment variables. If they are not set on your system the fallback locations are listed in parentheses. Geqqie will first attempt to load a configuration file from: /etc/geeqie/geeqierc.xml It will then continue with the following locations. Most of Geeqie's configuration files are contained in the folder, and sub-folders of: $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/geeqie/ ($~/.config/geeqie/) Geeqie's standard configuration file is: .../geeqierc.xml An alternative configuration file may be used by executing: geeqie -r --config-load:<filename> Geeqie-created desktop files used by Plugins are in the folder: .../applications Lua script files for Lua Extensions are in the folder: .../lua Historic data such as last several folders visited, bookmarks, and recently used collections, as well as default print settings are contained in this text file: .../history Keyboard shortcut maps are contained in this text file: .../accels The location for Collections is in the folder: $XDG_DATA_HOME/geeqie/collections ($~/.local/share/geeqie/collections) The lirc configuration file must be located at: $HOME/.lircrc Thumbnails are stored in a location specified in Thumbnail Preferences Metadata is stored either in the image file or in the location specified in Safe Delete The safe delete folder is specified in the Metadata tab of main Preferences
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReferenceDecodeLatLong.xml000066400000000000000000000024551322215423100227660ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Decoding Latitude and Longitude This section is relevent to geocode searches and the map display of Geeqie. The result of some internet or other searches for placenames can contain a latitude and longitude embedded in a text string. For example an openstreetmap.org search can give a URL such as: https://www.openstreetmap.org/search?query=51.5542%2C-0.1816#map=12/51.5542/-0.1818 If you paste such a string into the search box, the latitude/longitude can be automatically extracted and used as the origin of the search. You may also drag-and-drop a URL of this type onto the map to cause the map to be re-centered. This feature uses the file: /usr/local/lib/geeqie/geocode-parameters.awk You may create your own decodes by using the above file as an example, and storing the file in: ~/.config/geeqie/applications/geocode-parameters.awk If a successful decode was not made from the first file, your local version will then be used.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReferenceKeyboardShortcuts.xml000066400000000000000000001226351322215423100240040ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Keyboard and Mouse Shortcuts The tables below shows the defaults for keyboard shortcuts. The current settings for all shortcuts may be found in the dialogue.
Keyboard shortcuts in all windows Standard keyboard shortcuts Shortcut Mouse Action F1 Help. Menu Right-click Context menu. F10 Right-click Context menu.
Main window keyboard shortcuts <link linkend="GuideMainWindow">Main window</link> keyboard shortcuts Shortcut Mouse Action Image Navigation PageDown Left Click , Mouse Wheel down Default Mouse wheel functions can be altered by changing the Mouse wheel scrolls image option. Change to next image. PageUp Middle Click , Mouse Wheel up Change to previous image. Home Change to first image. End Change to last image. Space Change to next image. Backspace Change to previous image. Image viewing (image has keyboard focus. Refer also to Mouse Wheel Mode ) Arrow key Left click and Drag Pan image. Shift + Arrows Pan Image faster. Ctrl + Arrow key Pan to respective edge of image. Mouse button 8 Requires a multi-button mouse. Forward Mouse button 9 Back Shift + right-click Smooth scroll ] Rotate image clockwise 90 degrees. [ Rotate image counterclockwise 90 degree. Shift + R Rotate image 180 degrees. Shift + M Flip image horizontally (mirror). Shift + F Flip image vertically. + , = Ctrl + Mouse Wheel up Zoom image in. - Ctrl + Mouse Wheel down Zoom image out. Z Reset zoom to original size (1:1). X Fit image to window size. W Zoom image to fit window width. H Zoom image to fit window height. 1 Set zoom to 1:1 2 Set zoom to 2:1 3 Set zoom to 3:1 4 Set zoom to 4:1 7 Set zoom to 1:4 8 Set zoom to 1:3 9 Set zoom to 1:2 File Menu Ctrl + N New Window C Open a new empty collection window. O Display open collection dialog. F3 Open new search window. Shift + P Open print dialog. Ctrl + F Create new folder in current path. Ctrl + C Copy selected images, opens destination selection dialog. Ctrl + M Move selected images, opens destination selection dialog. Ctrl + R Rename selected images, opens rename dialog. Ctrl + D Delete selected images. Ctrl + W Close window, Geeqie exits when last window is closed. Ctrl + Q Quit Geeqie. Edit Menu Ctrl + O Open Geeqie preferences window. Ctrl + S Save metadata Select Menu 1 ... 6 Toggle mark 1 ... 6 Ctrl + 1 ... Ctrl + 6 Select mark 1 ... 6 Ctrl + A Select all images. Ctrl + SHIFT + A Unselect all images. Ctrl + SHIFT + I Invert selection. Alt + R Toggle rectangular selection mode in icon view. M Show marks. View Menu T Toggle display of thumbnails when in list view. Ctrl + L Display file list as detailed list view. Ctrl + I Display file list as icon view. Ctrl + T Toggle folder display between list and tree views. R Refresh file list. L Toggle floating of file display. Ctrl + H Toggle hiding of file display. Ctrl + E Toggle EXIF sidebar. Shift + S Toggle Sort Manager sidebar. Ctrl + K Toggle Keywords sidebar. V Toggle full screen. I Toggle information overlay. S Toggle slideshow. P Pause slideshow. Ctrl + Keypad + Slideshow faster. Ctrl + Keypad - Slideshow slower. E Split panes horizontal. U Split panes vertical. Y Single pane. Alt + Right Arrow Next split pane. Alt + Left Arrow Previous split pane. Alt + Up Arrow Up or previous split pane. Alt + Down Arrow Down or next split pane.
Collections keyboard shortcuts <link linkend="GuideCollections">Collections window</link> keyboard shortcuts Shortcut Mouse Action Collection Window Arrows Move selection. Shift + Arrow key Select multiple images. Alt + R Toggle rectangular selection mode. Space Select only image with focus. Ctrl + Space Toggle selection of image with focus. Home Move focus to first image. End Move focus to last image. Ctrl + A Select all images. Ctrl + Shift + A Unselect all images. Delete Remove selected image from collection, does not delete image from disk. Ctrl + L Add images from main window's file list. Ctrl + T Toggle display of icon filenames. N Sort collection by name. D Sort collection by file date. B Sort collection by file size. P Sort collection by file path. I Sort collection by natural numerical order. Enter View image with focus in main window. V View image with focus in new window. Shift + P Open print dialog. S Save collection. Ctrl + S Save collection as, opens destination dialog. A Append to collection, opens append dialog. Ctrl + C Copy selected images, opens destination selection dialog. Ctrl + M Move selected images, opens destination selection dialog. Ctrl + R Rename selected images, opens rename dialog. Ctrl + D Delete selected images. Ctrl + W Close collection window.
Duplicates keyboard shortcuts <link linkend="GuideImageSearchFindingDuplicates">Duplicates window</link> keyboard shortcuts Shortcut Mouse Action 1 Select group 1 duplicates. 2 Select group 2 duplicates. C Open new collection window and add selected images. Ctrl + L Add images from main window's list. V View selected item in new window. Ctrl + T Toggle thumbnails. Ctrl + A Select all. Ctrl + shift + A Deselect all. Ctrl + C Copy selected images, opens destination selection dialog. Ctrl + M Move selected images, opens destination selection dialog. Ctrl + R Rename selected images, opens rename dialog. Ctrl + D Delete selected images. Ctrl + Delete Remove all items from list. Ctrl + W Close window. Ctrl + shift + right-click Show debug info.
Search keyboard shortcuts <link linkend="GuideImageSearchSearch">Search window</link> keyboard shortcuts Shortcut Mouse Action Ctrl + C Copy selected images, opens destination selection dialog. Ctrl + M Move selected images, opens destination selection dialog. Ctrl + R Rename selected images, opens rename dialog. Ctrl + D Delete selected images. Ctrl + A Select all. Ctrl + shift + A Deselect all. Delete Remove selected items from list. Ctrl + Delete Remove all items from list. V View selected item in new window. C Open new collection window and add selected images. Ctrl + T Toggle thumbnails. Ctrl + W Close window.
Pan view keyboard shortcuts <link linkend="GuideOtherWindowsPanView">Pan View window</link> keyboard shortcuts Shortcut Mouse Action Arrow key Left click and Drag Scroll display. Page Up Scroll display half screen up. Page Down Scroll display half screen down. Home Scroll display half screen left. End Scroll display half screen right. Ctrl + F Display Find search bar. / Display Find search bar. Ctrl + G Start search. F11, F, V Toggle Fullscreen. Esc Exit fullscreen or clear search bar. + , = Ctrl + Mouse Wheel up Zoom image in. - Ctrl + Mouse Wheel down Zoom image out. Z Reset zoom to original size (1:1). 1 Set zoom to 1:1 2 Set zoom to 2:1 3 Set zoom to 3:1 4 Set zoom to 4:1 7 Set zoom to 1:4 8 Set zoom to 1:3 9 Set zoom to 1:2 Ctrl + C Copy selected image, opens destination selection dialog. Ctrl + M Move selected image, opens destination selection dialog. Ctrl + R Rename selected image, opens rename dialog. Ctrl + D Delete selected image. Ctrl + W Close window.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReferenceLIRC.xml000066400000000000000000000074441322215423100210560ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Infra-red controller Recent Linux kernels have in-built support for ir devices, making lirc support redundant. If you wish to use lirc with Geeqie, the lirc libraries must be installed. If you are compiling from sources, lirc functionality will be available if the library dependencies are met. If you are using a pre-compiled distribution, availability depends on the package maintainer. The website Linux Infrared Remote Control has detailed information on this subject. You will need to create a configuration file for the controller you will use. This file must be installed at the location specified in . Here is an excerpt from an .lircrc file: begin geeqie begin prog = geeqie button = vol_up config = ZOOM_IN 1 repeat = 3 end The commands Geeqie will respond to are: Command Mapped to DOWN [int] Pan down by the specified amount. Default=1 EXIT Exit Geeqie FIRST Jump to first image INFO Show image overlay (full screen only) LAST Jump to last image LEFT [int] Pan left by the specified amount. Default=1 NEXT Go to next image PAUSE Pause/unpause slideshow PREV Go to previous image RIGHT [int] Pan right by the specified amount. Default=1 ROTATE_90 ] Rotate image 90 degrees clockwise. . ROTATE_90_CC Rotate image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.. SET_INV_ZOOM [int] Set Zoom level to 1:N. Default=1x SET_ZOOM [int] Set Zoom level to N:1. Default=1x UP [int] Pan up by the specified amount. Default=1 ZOOM_IN [int] Zoom in. Value specifies the amount of zoom. ZOOM_MAX ] Zoom to fit image to window ZOOM_OUT [int] Zoom out. Value specifies the amount of zoom.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReferenceLua.xml000066400000000000000000000112421322215423100210350ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Lua Extensions Lua scripts allow the functionality of Geeqie to be extended. Lua scripts may only be used in conjunction with the Overlay Screen Display and the geeqie --remote --lua: command line option. Some knowledge of the Lua programming language is required.
Requirements Use of Lua within Geeqie requires Lua to be installed. If you are compiling from sources, Lua functionality will be available if the development files dependencies are met. If you are using a pre-compiled distribution, availability depends on the package maintainer.
How to use Lua Lua scripts must be stored in a single folder as defined in . A link to a Lua script must be inserted into the overlay template. Refer to the Overlay Screen Display section of Window Options. The full extent of the Lua language is available.
Geeqie Lua built-in functions The following functions are built in to Geeqie: Function Returns Image:get_path() The full path of the file, including filename and extension Image:get_name() The full filename including extension Image:get_extension The file extension including preceeding dot Image:get_date() The file date in Unix timestamp format. Image:get_size() The file size in bytes Image:get_marks() An integer representing the marks set for the file Image:get_exif() A data structure containing the entire exif data <exif_str>:get_datum("<exif_tag>") A single exif tag extracted from a structure output by the above command The keyword "Image" refers to the file currently being displayed by Geeqie.
Examples The following example, which outputs the jpeg comment of a file, demonstrates the use of a built-in function and how to call a system command from a Lua script: path=Image:get_path() commentfile=io.popen("exiv2 -p c \"" .. path .. "\"" ) comment = commentfile:read("*a") commentfile:close() return (comment) Note that it is necessary to have escape characters surrounding path and filenames. The following example demonstrates how to extract exif data from a file: --Retrieve the DateTimeDigitized exif tag exif_structure = Image:get_exif(); DateTimeDigitized = exif_structure:get_datum("Exif.Photo.DateTimeDigitized"); return (os.date(DateTimeDigitized))
Warning Lua is a powerful programming language. Errors in script files, besides having undesirable side-effects, may cause Geeqie to crash.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReferenceManagement.xml000066400000000000000000000100131322215423100223630ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Cache and Data Maintenance Thumbnails and other cached data can be maintained from the dialog accessible by selecting Edit Thumbnail Maintenance .
Geeqie thumbnail cache The utilities listed here operate on the Geeqie caching mechanism. This also includes the data cached for the search and find duplicates utilities. Clean up Removes thumbnails and data for which the source image is no longer present, or has been modified since the thumbnail was generated. Clear cache Removes all thumbnails and data stored in the designated folder.
Shared thumbnail cache The utilities listed here operate on the shared thumbnail mechanism. Clean up Removes thumbnails for which the source image is no longer present, or has been modified since the thumbnail was generated. Clear cache Removes all thumbnails stored in the designated folder.
Create thumbnails This utility will render thumbnails using the current thumbnail caching mechanism, as determined in Preferences . Render Pre-render thumbnails for a specific folder, the utility has the following options: Include subfolders Enable to include all images contained in the subfolders of folder. Store thumbnails local to source images The generated thumbnails will be stored local to the source images, if you have the permissions to write to the folder containing the images.
Metadata This utility operates on the data store for Metadata located in the folder: $HOME/.local/share/Geeqie/metadata . Clean up Removes keywords and comments for which the source image is no longer present.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReferenceMetadata.xml000066400000000000000000000106031322215423100220340ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Metadata Processing This section describes the metadata reading and writing process.
Metadata handling
Read algorithm Read Exif, IPTC and XMP from the file. Display this "raw" data in the Exif Window . Read XMP sidecar or Geeqie private metadata file. This data will override the XMP data read from the file. Synchronise XMP data with Exif and IPTC data. This process corresponds to the section "Reconciling metadata properties" as described in the XMP Specification . detect which of Exif and Xmp.exif is newer and copy the data in the appropriate direction detect which of IPTC and XMP is newer and copy the data in the appropriate direction Use this "processed" data within Geeqie, with the exception of in the Exif Window
Metadata modification Metadata is written to a single file or group of files as specified in the Metadata tab of main Preferences. Modifying the keywords, comment, orientation, etc. does not ask for confirmation, but immediately modifies the metadata in memory and adds the file to "write queue" Writing of the queued changes is triggered either manually or as defined in . It is possible to review the changes and exclude selected files.
Write algorithm Exif and IPTC are updated from XMP (for example Exif.Image.Orientation is updated from Xmp.exif.orientation ). See XMP and IPTC4XMP specifications for the list of corresponding tags. Try to write metadata in the order specified in the section of Preferences. After the first successful write attempt delete old metadata files in all possible locations.
Options that influence the process File types with allowed sidecars are listed in the tab of the main Preferences.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReferencePixbufLoaders.xml000066400000000000000000000026411322215423100230660ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Additional pixbuf loaders Geeqie can display files for which there are existing pixbuf loaders. In addition to the standard ones included with most distributions, the following loaders may also be available to you. However, in some cases you are required to compile and install them yourself.
svg librsvg2-common
wmf libwmf0.2-7-gtk
webp https://github.com/aruiz/webp-pixbuf-loader
xcf https://gitorious.org/xcf-pixbuf-loader/mainline?p=xcf-pixbuf-loader:mainline.git;a=summary
psd https://cgit.sukimashita.com/gdk-pixbuf-psd.git/
JP2/JPC/JPX/J2K/JPF If your distribution has the libpixbufloader-jasper.so loader, these file formats will also be displayed.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReferenceStandards.xml000066400000000000000000000021131322215423100222340ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Standards Desktop files: https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/desktop-entry-spec-latest.html Desktop files: http://standards.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/ XMP: IPTC4XMP: Pango mark up: Thumbnails:
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReferenceSupportedFormats.xml000066400000000000000000000015301322215423100236340ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Supported File Formats 3FR, ANI, APM, ARW, BMP, CR2, CRW, CUR, DNG, ERF, GIF, ICNS, ICO, JPE/JPEG/JPG, JPS, KDC, MEF, MPO, MOS, MRW, NEF, ORF, PEF, PTX, PBM/PGM/PNM/PPM, PNG, QIF/QTIF (QuickTime Image Format), RAF, RAW, RW2, SR2, SRF, SVG/SVGZ, TGA/TARGA, TIF/TIFF, WMF, XBM, XPM. Animated GIFs are supported. Refer to for additional information. Preview and thumbnails of video clips can be displayed. Clips can be run via a defined external program - see Play video by left click on image.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReferenceTags.xml000066400000000000000000000475251322215423100212270ustar00rootroot00000000000000
XMP, Exif and IPTC The tables below show the XMP, Exif and IPTC tags used by Geeqie.
Geeqie pre-formatted tags Pre-formatted tags Geeqie Tag Exif tags used Description formatted.Camera Exif.Image.Make Exif.Image.Model Exif.Image.Software Camera and software name formatted.DateTime Exif.Photo.DateTimeOriginal Exif.Photo.SubSecTimeOriginal Exif.Image.DateTime Exif.Photo.SubSecTime Image Date formatted.ShutterSpeed Exif.Photo.ExposureTime Exif.Photo.ShutterSpeedValue Shutter speed in seconds (e.g. 1/60s) formatted.Aperture Exif.Photo.Fnumber Exif.Photo.ApertureValue Aperture (e.g. f5.6) formatted.ExposureBias Exif.Photo.ExposureBiasValue Exposure bias (e.g. +0.3) formatted.ISOSpeedRating Exif.Photo.ISOSpeedRatings ISO sensitivity (e.g. 100) formatted.FocalLength Exif.Photo.FocalLength Focal length formatted.FocalLength35mmFilm Exif.Photo.FocalLengthIn35mmFilm Exif.Photo.FocalLength Exif.Photo.FocalPlaneXResolution Exif.Photo.FocalPlaneYResolution Exif.Photo.FocalPlaneResolutionUnit Exif.Photo.PixelXDimension Exif.Photo.PixelYDimension Focal length 35mm formatted.SubjectDistance Exif.Photo.SubjectDistance Subject distance formatted.Flash Exif.Photo.Flash Flash formatted.Resolution Exif.Image.Xresolution Exif.Image.Yresolution Exif.Image.ResolutionUnit Resolution formatted.ColorProfile Exif.Image.InterColorProfile Exif.Photo.ColorSpace Exif.Iop.InteroperabilityIndex Color profile formatted.GPSAltitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitudeRef Exif.GPSInfo.GPSAltitude Altitude above sea level formatted.GPSPosition Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLatitudeRef Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitude Exif.GPSInfo.GPSLongitudeRef Latitude, Longitude
Info sidebar panes Fixed panes Tag Pane title Xmp.dc.description Comment Xmp.dc.subject Keywords Xmp.dc.title Title Xmp.xmp.Rating Rating
Location and GPS pane Tag Field formatted.GPSPosition GPS position formatted.GPSAltitude GPS altitiude Xmp.photoshop.Country Country Xmp.iptc.CountryCode Country Code Xmp.photoshop.State State Xmp.photoshop.City City Xmp.iptc.Location Location
Copyright pane Tag Field Xmp.dc.creator Creator Xmp.dc.contributor Contributor Xmp.dc.rights Rights
Exif pane Tag Field formatted.Camera Camera formatted.DateTime Date formatted.ShutterSpeed Shutter speed formatted.Aperture Aperture formatted.ExposureBias Exposure bias formatted.ISOSpeedRating ISO sensitivity formatted.FocalLength Focal length formatted.FocalLength35mmFilm Focal length 35mm formatted.SubjectDistance Subject distance formatted.Flash Flash formatted.Resolution Resolution formatted.ColorProfile Color profile Exif.Photo.ExposureProgram Exposure Program Exif.Photo.MeteringMode Metering Mode Exif.Photo.LightSource Light Source
Exif IPTC alternative keys Conversion table Tag Field Xmp.tiff.Orientation Exif.Image.Orientation Xmp.dc.title Iptc.Application2.ObjectName Xmp.photoshop.Urgency Iptc.Application2.Urgency Xmp.photoshop.Category Iptc.Application2.Category Xmp.photoshop.SupplementalCategory Iptc.Application2.SuppCategory Xmp.dc.subject Iptc.Application2.Keywords Xmp.iptc.Location Iptc.Application2.LocationName Xmp.photoshop.Instruction Iptc.Application2.SpecialInstructions Xmp.photoshop.DateCreated Iptc.Application2.DateCreated Xmp.dc.creator Iptc.Application2.Byline Xmp.photoshop.AuthorsPosition Iptc.Application2.BylineTitle Xmp.photoshop.City Iptc.Application2.City Xmp.photoshop.State Iptc.Application2.ProvinceState Xmp.iptc.CountryCode Iptc.Application2.CountryCode Xmp.photoshop.Country Iptc.Application2.CountryName Xmp.photoshop.TransmissionReference Iptc.Application2.TransmissionReference Xmp.photoshop.Headline Iptc.Application2.Headline Xmp.photoshop.Credit Iptc.Application2.Credit Xmp.photoshop.Source Iptc.Application2.Source Xmp.dc.rights Iptc.Application2.Copyright Xmp.dc.description Iptc.Application2.Caption Xmp.photoshop.CaptionWriter Iptc.Application2.Writer
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideReferenceThumbnails.xml000066400000000000000000000033311322215423100224220ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Thumbnails This page only refers the Geeqie thumbnail caching mechanism, the shared thumbnail cache mechanism is described in Thumbnail Standards .
Format Thumbnails are stored in PNG image format. The thumbnail name is the name of the source image with “.png” appended. The modification time (mtime) of the thumbnail is set to match the source file. Thumbnails are regenerated when the timestamps of the thumbnail and source file do not match.
Location Thumbnails are stored in a location specified in Thumbnail Preferences . The directory structure of the thumbnail cache duplicates that of the location of the source files.
Size Geeqie allows the following sizes for thumbnails: 24x24, 32x32, 48x48, 64x64, 96x72, 96x96, 129x96, 128x128, 160x120, 160x160, 192x144, 192x192, 256x192, 256x256 The thumbnail is scaled to fit within the preferred size maintaining the aspect ratio. Thumbnails are not cached for images that are equal to or smaller than the preferred thumbnail size. When a cached thumbnail's width and height do not match the preferred size, the thumbnail is regenerated.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideSidebars.xml000066400000000000000000000010341322215423100202270ustar00rootroot00000000000000 Sidebars A sidebar is a panel that appears next to an , and displays additional information about the image. geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideSidebarsInfo.xml000066400000000000000000000337631322215423100210610ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Info Sidebar The Info Sidebar shows various information about the image and can also be used for metadata editing. To toggle display of the Sort Manager select Ctrl K View Info Sidebar . It consists of several panes. Left-clicking on the pane title expands or collapses the pane. Right-clicking on the pane title or on empty space opens a context menu allowing you to add and remove panes, or move them up and down.
Histogram This histogram is identical to that shown in the . It can be configured by right-click to modify the display of color or linear/logarithmic scale.
Title > Title text is stored in the Xmp.dc.title tag.
Comment Comment text is stored in the Xmp.dc.description tag.
Keywords Keywords, together with a flexible search tool, are essential for handling large image collections. Geeqie has free-form keywords and a hierarchical method of adding new keywords to an image. Keywords are stored in the Xmp.dc.subject tag. Keywords are not case-sensitive unless selected as so in Preferences The Keyword pane in the sidebar consists of two sections: The left hand section which is for free-form keywords The right hand section which is a hierarchical structure, allowing sets of keywords to be added. The contents of the left-hand box is the data written to file. The right-hand section has two types of entries : Keywords Helpers An example of keyword hierarchy is: [ ] animal [ ] mammal [ ] dog [ ] cat [ ] insect [ ] fly [ ] dragonfly daytime [ ] morning [ ] afternoon In this example daytime is a Helper, and all the others are keywords. Helpers are not stored in metadata - their purpose is only as an organisational aide. In the above example if cat is clicked, both mammal and animal will also automatically be checked, and all three transferred to the left hand box, ready for writing as metadata. If a hierarchy of keywords are checked, and the top-level item then un-checked, all lower level keywords will also be unchecked and will be removed from the left-hand pane. This action cannot be undone. Irrespective of their position in a hierarchy in the right-hand box, all keywords are written as individual entries into metadata. When metadata for an image is read in, Geeqie will attempt to recreate any hierarchies within the data, and display it accordingly in the right-hand box. Right-click on the left-hand box allows the keywords to be written to the currently selected files - the keywords may be either added to the existing contents, or entirely replace the existing content. Right-click on the right-hand box allows a connection to be made between a keyword and a mark. The section shows how marks and keywords inter-operate. The ordering of keywords in the right-hand box may be changed by drag-and-drop. The meta-data write operation for a file is triggered either manually or as defined in . If the right-click menu item Revert is executed at any time after a Show all or Collapse all , the keyword layout will be restored to the state prior to the Show all or Collapse all . If the right-click menu item Revert is executed at any time before a Show all or Collapse all , the keyword layout will be restored to the state existing at start-up. The selections in the sub-menu On any change will affect the operation of the Revert option.
List panes There are five list panes, whose contents can be configured to display Exif, XMP or IPTC metadata tags. The five panes are: Title Exif File Info Location and GPS Copyright Any metadata tag can be displayed in any pane - the pane titles merely exist as an organisational aide. It is possible to reorganise the data displayed by drag-and-dropping any item within a pane, or from one pane to another (although in some cases it makes little sense to do so). It is not possible to undo these actions, nor is there a way to reset the display to its original settings. It is also possible to drag new items from the onto any pane. As an aide, in addition to standard metadata tags, Geeqie provides certain pre-formatted tags. These are: Tag Replaced by Meta data formatted.Camera Camera and sofware name formatted.DateTime Image Date formatted.ShutterSpeed Shutter speed in seconds (e.g. 1/60s) formatted.Aperture Aperture (e.g. f5.6) formatted.ExposureBias Exposure bias (e.g. +0.3) formatted.ISOSpeedRating ISO sensitivity (e.g. 100) formatted.FocalLength Focal length formatted.FocalLength35mmFilm Focal length 35mm formatted.SubjectDistance Subject distance formatted.Flash Flash formatted.Resolution Resolution formatted.ColorProfile Color profile formatted.GPSAltitude Altitude above sea level formatted.GPSPosition Latitude, Longitude file.size file size in bytes file.date file date and time in human readable form file.mode file mode flags
Right-clicking on an item opens the context menu: Add entry Key Exif, IPTC, XMP or Geeqie formatted exif tags. Title Displayed title text. Show only if set Inhibit display if the tag is empty. Editable Displays the value as editable. Geeqie internally converts Exif and IPTC metadata to XMP on read and back on write, thus any changes made to Exif and IPTC here will be lost on write. You must edit the corresponding XMP instead. An exception is Makernote tags which don't have an equivalent in XMP. However Makernotes cannot be written to an external file (a sidecar or Geeqie metadata file). Show hidden Shows all entries regardless of Show only if set .
Map Display Geeqie can display maps created by the openstreetmap.org . To use this facility, Geeqie must have been compiled with the --enable-map option. Image location display All geocoded images in the currently displayed folder will show as small icons on the map. Clicking the icon will expand the icon to show an image thumbnail, plus other pre-defined image data. Right-click on the map will show other map options. Middle-click controls the map-centering function. Geo-coded search Left-click stores the latitude/longitude under the cursor into the clipboard. This may be used to define the origin of a geocode search . Geo-coding Images If an image is not geocoded, the filename or icon on the file pane can be dragged-and-dropped onto the map. The image latitude and longitude xmp meta-data will be updated to the drop position on the map. Map Centering If an internet URL containg a valid latitude and longitude is dropped on the map, the map will be re-centered on that location. The zoom level will not change. Refer to Decoding Latitude and Longitude .
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook/GuideSidebarsSortManager.xml000066400000000000000000000140211322215423100223720ustar00rootroot00000000000000
Sort Manager Sidebar The Sort Manager sidebar provides a convenient method to quickly sort many files into a set of folders or collections. To toggle display of the Sort Manager select Shift S View Sort Manager . The mode of the Sort Manager is selected by the drop down list under the sidebar title. The Folder mode allows moving or copying the visible image to a folder, and the Collection mode allows adding the visible image or file selection to a collection.
Folder view The Sort Manager folder view consists of a vertical list for bookmarking folders, a section to select the operation to perform, and a set of buttons along the bottom. Clicking or activating an item in the list will copy, move, or link the active image's file to that location. The active image will then change to the next image.
Bookmark list This is a list of possible folders to use as a destination for the selected operation. A context menu will appear by right clicking on an item, or pressing the menu key when the item has the focus. Folders can be added to the list by activating the Add button at the bottom of the sidebar, or dragging a folder onto the list. To edit an item select Properties from its context menu. A dialog will appear allowing the Name, Path, and Icon for the item to be changed. Select OK to close the dialog and apply the changes, or Cancel to close the dialog and discard the changes. To change the order of the list, select Move up or Move down from the item's context menu. To move an item with the keyboard move the focus to that item, then press Shift Up or Shift Down to move the item. To remove an item from the list select Remove from it's context menu.
Add button Activate this button to add a folder to the bookmark list. A dialog will appear to allow selection of the folder to use for the new item.
Undo button Activate this button to undo the last copy, move, or link operation. The undo function can only reverse the most recent operation.
Collection view The Sort Manager collection view consists of a vertical list of collection, a section to determine the current selection, and a set of buttons along the bottom. Clicking or activating an item in the list will add the selected image to that collection.
Collection list This is the list of collections located in the folder listed in Configuration Files . Activating a member of this list will result in the current image selection to be added to the collection. If the image already exists within the collection, it will not be added a second time. A new empty collection can be added to the list by activating the Add button at the bottom of the sidebar.
Choosing the selection style The images to add when activating a collection is determined by the selection style: Add image The visible image is added to the collection. Add selection All images selected in the file list will be added to the collection.
Add button Activate this button to add a new empty collection to the visible list. A dialog will appear to allow entry of the name to use for the new collection.
Undo button Activate this button to undo the last add operation. The undo function can only reverse the most recent operation.
geeqie-1.4/doc/docbook2html.sh000077500000000000000000000004601322215423100163030ustar00rootroot00000000000000#!/bin/sh mkdir html #xsltproc --xinclude -o index.html /usr/share/xml/docbook/stylesheet/nwalsh/current/html/docbook.xsl docbook/GuideIndex.xml # this requires gnome-doc-utils package xsltproc --xinclude -o html/GuideIndex.html /usr/share/xml/gnome/xslt/docbook/html/db2html.xsl docbook/GuideIndex.xmlgeeqie-1.4/doc/icons/000077500000000000000000000000001322215423100144705ustar00rootroot00000000000000geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/dialog-ok-apply.png000066400000000000000000000016611322215423100201730ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRw=xIDATx$I{]X۶6ֶڶc۶{16UݓeI&Te꿻PM>lwN>I5lԿW1c b3$j:mGIaQ^TH\&c<%T[te$\?V%SoO,V3lGZs{dHňK2X~7g Еp"dׇ:6px:źnKp6K?,ƶQ6~ZֳُHI]_i@Su*3[\ƨ:GNAOsss=cccCLfD OS1o*e5 F !DCQT'Luuu-utt>311_? }8! PPÿK4D[I[ZZȠ|&={+<5;XmY-aa^2#tH L(GʤQTwlw*8"VRש!P IENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/document-new.png000066400000000000000000000011031322215423100175760ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRw=sBIT|dIDATHŖkQƿ &K,DP,JQXnm&.`MZ!h| w9B7lf }~9\.aNRyP.cX={ҧ\םY Boɍ")n.0s!:o@6ݍ`-OQǼI4\<5P@_q(!Bx]ibF6s3Xu^z5!L@k wA<0aȡxxq\"OtaѣUD%q{I.""@a h¯f1èQE9h$m±?RXۣM _BGZki`!pܺqM=Bn cX h֋vVի˞N8GFo l}UÙՃ㇏9/hc7IENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/document-print.png000066400000000000000000000012211322215423100201420ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRw=XIDATxldm_ێmQcq'm۶mk;=wo;ֶƵEkk_6Z__YBG(͛7G]p^kz<`llqg9pŋrwge.@PTTtSNDxM:;;XG^PWWQQQArvuwpq;|QPVV0` JJJvvv`({'///vvA[^^= //^XX[[/Ь2`QNN?S <Ȑ|A]]&>)ɒ|C Zg& ^bI }-*,bэGEEI arr5>>rPIAppzPP(3X3| | wmmmΎhhhgp3Hf2# ~2E)=},Ǚ &K@\#n3COg'̵3 VIENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/document-save.png000066400000000000000000000010611322215423100177460ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRשsBITOPLTE[[[RRR~~~vvvxxxyyy{{{|||~~~uuu,q-q0u1t2~256z6z669:;<<<=>CDJJLPQV[^hhq{ƒƑ˗ΠШӰֵ;$tRNSs}5IDAT(υ XEĈ^W.몖6='U*}(z(fl1"A+">Shw,Sptk$t8sngӫ K)Kp.BUQg/w+gاuz#}sxl}) 3]uجdz.aySP'P"L^6x9IENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/edit-delete.png000066400000000000000000000026761322215423100173760ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRw=IDATxœ{ي1t{϶`6׶`+XG=nM?=Fjr/}J6ZPXj=z;Qy@}Uj B~ mQ<G\23m+1P_"H.POLO/\\{. kҿf0'aJt>}prن_|1N4C(QVg~p퐫3)wI Lz?|ǧq fjLEa7C j$] R墯s3=h0-!PIp_տ1%=#U!3 LQ_)KԎeҴ֍&з@aD9k>}ex؎L͸`=HӶXut' ׿5 *BRf;̈SZWBz(,5f2bFOM` hHP: ̰l#`ʴjF߁XN޹l9[oʰQP8& Ca>Q6i dc.rE1P=g:;,fHSN"8;gIlCRc+_2lVlJ9TaHfCIn]Y@=,Q5afa&;4\Њ>[ rWE^OU/2+yz+ q&^sƶ|?in:X릁%5YlZ^Oz8Czc3aǾǬ[$z+BwU6-uUWeU&X1Rw?x%z,q=bfW*J=4ο{aAo+D*ex"UnD}<ϼS?:YU+ (S&&=EY̸)^$z57PXcgAB3BzIENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/edit-find.png000066400000000000000000000010401322215423100170340ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRJ~ssBITUFIDATkW^<w MҤKҬi9W?űY'uE*:enUDbQ\E6" N2o/ BX*3H%=m$n<2}] vI2twqjML(#~=#PğtY6$mJbMaem\dWQ6#'b!X\$ tHyr,F d1[c7q xG}- 'Rwc 90,:29~ד8 T08ؒ8DDazg U'p>< 9ǺS|`+1D54Sv;^מ[Õ8C\K).lumo;x`W qt'w|;|N6ui);ޭAb#\>Vz&0m]S@IENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/go-down.png000066400000000000000000000014651322215423100165560ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRש}PLTEUUf3t. d7f3 k5l9a2k6a4k6]/k6m7^0m6`1m8c1e3l7g3m7m7m7k7l8l6m9k7l8t?v@zCn8o:r:rFXUWUBNGHWXKMaPcTUTk[]Yt|yy]~af:<QtRNS  !!+-LLOQqrsuYjIDATxσ@Eij7ֶm۶z_ Cﲦҟ%|(RjHYBR IKH!a q5-!3w":,;@(|CP\BETWFGYIJ^f]Me_aQkpcU`qYexx܀܀\]~}r`bydhfnqΌǹ[tRNS  "-6DMP[biiB)IDATxsA3j۶Smvs;{w’PO7 3O`~" ~l=f2[:`:ٯW޸swo0[Ϯ==tyܶ-/WS ;kN8Ԯl.-; zjc~Ͷ=ie݉v1E f .3R! HT^$!FF)],SDgՌp uj^)F٨QV)$ Fo4hRɨר70RB!EQntIENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/go-up.png000066400000000000000000000014361322215423100162310ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRשwPLTEUUf3t. d7f3k5l9i5h6k6k6k7l7k8m7n7p9o8m8o8q9n8o8p:o9l7k7o9o9q;o;j5t?v?wASTt>|D~HHPR^an8qoi5i6|{i649K=QAXF^JdOjSpXv{\|df|aegeghfgxy~p(gHtRNS +-DGLQbfrs57IDATx΃zCA@غm#۶Y;}pb2R>u9ݧϟߞO:A3N}o[7څ[|e#-nt?6YXD_nV}"6SW >sI&.H&}dzՍ]Jut}yEl8-ٱa7{dž2eJereF 0ʸLj59| *ӫ^JzcL #'BpA#"' N$cDcSәlnIXPqSIENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/gtk-color-picker.png000066400000000000000000000015731322215423100203600ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRw=sBIT|d pHYs B(xtEXtSoftwarewww.inkscape.org<IDATHݖMlLQ7o:J]4h%Mi^|tAD"h,%b+T3VВN Ѣm̼{{עoGIN]s~㽛KRJ,(˚hK يvZra05%6WrvTnUo^83LߢGDDFƆ@<x>] lVvg2 C , H]#8Gs`LL[3_Ԉ èO"6}'`1ȁOOQةDJB*c HQu\4 R*/+$nݹ !l(tyGwr9J_:*J̑HIIx3 Bsq86njf2+]GU0 A߇GϮPo>A UfG7Yw뿾kUBŻQH.nbFg I̲Çu6ʴ/p8Ò{}#Rp$3V>JUݑ@|h̲PDrd hZ~~{b؄c% =N݌bz?/@s @zp)^}잕2bSSS  "rK|zpf}.|q%ۣgM$*I)evaYrg?^^'od:IENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/gtk-edit.png000066400000000000000000000017311322215423100167100ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRשPLTEU  mg& QL ###]""" EB Zw]z vNkuNkvMlxOnc-`;n|ȼJKG%WFAt}MMMiBBB{VrxRnbFFFRRR`suA공{}ź\k<^ȎɎ)'ޓYV;! 999:::AAAHHHIIIQQQRRRWWWXXXZZZ[[[\\\^]Neeeggghhhiiiji]Þͧݣ}qmtRNS  !"#$%&)-//027899;?AABHJNOPQRSTXX]_bcdvxɗ IDATxcVqf XEҢvS͝n.1iU<&v͙*<7U eثAŤx968F:ʂ%xVgJ s18 ,]IIENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/gtk-select-color.png000066400000000000000000000017411322215423100203570ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRw=sBIT|d pHYs B(xtEXtSoftwarewww.inkscape.org<^IDATH]lUwf?ZpSJ*i]W.b!nW#}cy05 1%(K/Z 1PKƊYitJ-3s JIfs9sG(xCӖ}nN{2/Mw2xTMwH}m\ClW?91k@w4M])eD#{z;Ėg%;J pe^EY(A1@Qy [L0 e?㵩^ g(#o \wq( @r?)#Vb$js6z R7 </tlzcc|@vrc[tt>]bCf? 6 nkJ#UmXoXNUjO] x4~"(ErM%uӲPmE$t,{z(P/ 0/qPxrM EgA@i؅< sHGW̟,4Im_ɹT`k3}]n{{fұM \d${a JK(֕Cmj{ ŕgQ:E YgQfߐ=pBӨY銦G !?/C0Bul۞{#7wmү} \'0 yy~4W؀=7vXxc3::N(2RӲ KһpE>CfA9{.-o?W5IENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/help-contents.png000066400000000000000000000025711322215423100177660ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRw=@IDATxŔp[ی3mfǶ S b;u&XoiSu9'i?}v^Mvk恝ٱ;sfvh%c?1:xU[3d^]//Z92msj옦-)sF` J 8]#YbN4+Hn69Rܾ!k:0xg %cEX ¦$&I4ӎncP؄w&j*e]SO_ nKKz:c9?˯g`_ F 9f cs2UZaˣr !¼! )yH/ijjTFç"!<t/h_a/|UwK-ZE*XB bBdcS'pOЊzx's Y$H!Zŷ̷N`i䁍yj1S9L~fJ ƛo0D@avϪYpcC,cZd`ILv b+=G,!_t`~ 8.;8X2(kIttOȚ^(Lrf33yvyK4˾Ux .C,yell:7d_Wk0zMo kwktZ t &y)f) \P5P3]5&*h}pvd@ xgԀ4;z dBWa%;XUCцLveW$!K_\K31Ērja=R*!1 L 0MY9ӻ2뚞B\Kk 1ĒsYB|HDLWPj^h^9G3zyJț1,1۬T, $Xw9GL-PvŀP{YbI p: KC _J;F !|LfYχ|C=τ>ṘfdAFGRס au 1ĒRжU~[4|'cNd9ӗ$iG7b_pbGYIENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/icon_float.png000066400000000000000000000004411322215423100173120ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR sRGBbKGD pHYs  tIME GkIDAT8ݓ1 י<GA!LSe^o[$! wԢ)A;)%zC#Gff(@ΙR˴ )GK5Y/Y.swub$w?qeĿ#GY\Ly[jQ>G~Nn86Off-6w_ bIENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/icon_thumb.png000066400000000000000000000003271322215423100173270ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDR bKGD pHYs  tIME 3ddIDAT8c`5!Xl cD)2Ztw`S82cMzig"5p4=6FE:K=KASSDXXH`L`OfSmVsZy]߀adfWD.tRNS  "$%&+-IDAT(ϝA 0EKi?7p#Z7F$֚d F|00ʾ~,W*r }"O^E%1 ӅPKiUC5̈ }5{/",v#,d'QzBVO12eUUϸ,HD^ژbBVłHt!m׵9X.9{A=Y|q{aIENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/list-remove.png000066400000000000000000000005211322215423100174420ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRw=sBIT|dIDATH1N@D߀%K$4hkgM) ygWּ4hҡoRM~qtpҾev-O *U^hpRmI4Sv(hE&W8oߢMju40)Y/6/W](6^ ʅe㪯!{ _༡x}_.IG{qaL3 0V$O[o  m r}IENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/media-playback-pause.png000066400000000000000000000007101322215423100211520ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRw=sBIT|dIDATH=N0@U*T&`a\L,\0H.D?͐mϫ{?x(7]QGĕחgkw/o@#""!l`ģ$H ro+Bc6HP 4j!J0kDqrٞP]v}$0#G"l`GL\6A.tUZ% 26`u\6ǬOE䄍 BWU13Z!Z- UyYᜣ&"uvww٘pa«Qj!ni"8ޓenѢϛ1*!UUTZjuqLףpyh<*b)/B$IB#EQT9YMdeM|\97qvvFf! *{G#97dX*~o "wo68/3j dfdE{U`r}$o3\qQ3CLȃ"BkM;2OS܌ Z/JD2(|(:E\ FA=(iJfjfՅۼ3gXӗWM+9??gmmm(sWfl6I<ϝlmm^ZZzuUgsι^0,VߚOzOWIENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/process-stop.png000066400000000000000000000025101322215423100176350ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRw=IDATxœpdk׶`7;fl;m۶m۶흍ۨ:wJNMWNnޙq_i n|~eکD=|eb؏<9UShKa·ѽsw/GՃ(xr40Wn0;T0kf"z3PqtoFƎyH0kF>c|~G71hVAjA#KwCҜH I3"yN@f#4~Ұbx1:qԫQŧZ|쇏0@Ğ$iF;0?y=b@N)cծ/Hx%,w=;bᚇ "zAhI|fJ^IX<!^y$?{= n׾xuH ă}u$7'RByyu/-MR.X\}ۑf8OvB^X0 Rqw`O{9 zQv}whGCfi݃Fl^=u nq[OzbまhGC=M6~n!oh^tJ\nr\eAhF;򐗘kZU-4qGd);㔞NT[5N$ю<&ב.T.SceKu;Gq5E=hwL폵˘X-AYIٿ`j٢JNqk6QԷ%Y/ϋ2?Ў<q!ߊ>Ve#* O@pFCeB Ǎ'y!ϠQ*3U-j2E=hGI/:IENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/stock_convert_24.png000066400000000000000000000027271322215423100203760ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRw=bKGDIDATxڥ]l\Gs~{w]k{;M|4uHi ) npS "B( !BTHhqI(iq$6^wcaqg4sg`exPG4F" *qe{{ճRJPW& z?o>ta쎖|(o8d}\ ׵cZ^m X2kGO[\7Zy;\ǭsڢ5צ ݈<~ >-pu6;|w6_->~B5$H4BA=#5V_{- cYz)sG?ڕM=Ctu$ +D)T-7R". fhݐO[]$Ҥ|$3kBxJdU\y16|KԖ!} jEoa㉶uCBT+ٔgZJCjk^,(oe]/U;qmR뺉]p- k\,y匇aw)%|J]wЛumR)C\[}g6|M NWݱA ׮V_^ 9q>K3/R.OW Ψz}0Ӛ/Qal"]!:z8M)dXw ԼD8c ( lLo_op律 S›307(TSHR>o9tj[Zog}}=xeC'rABA/x,8yh< ^xݞm\y]X8[n_>c{9hCύ%dᕳ88Qx=;ty8]ٙM=9\dZ9Z[[4\.9=sRXX,8Re(K֢l{{v6ޜǮT1+ MxEn4n.)wdJ["x@"> YD#ɪstg} "a#;{ua:uRf"%(bHreKYWwLǛU*h0b6(SR⬔,hdNy*WIBM?;R)iY&IENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/user-home.png000066400000000000000000000015121322215423100171010ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRשPLTESRRQRQRSRQSReRSRRSSReHtttrrllljhegef~duE;p?5o>5m;2`2RRR~<G&DF ]V]W^XG K(L(_Y`[aZa[K#b[c\d]e`e^g_P&U)Z,_/nMfegh|OwD{HSĀMĎeŇYȄQʍ_Βeώ]њqњrȷȸɸʹܱܰ˻̻ͼͽξϿbe2tRNSbj1/IDATxbԶm\۶ݦnl</TB(cU65U~EȠjy :OOb$>smUF$dz5Α{p7bz ч 89^ 6xe:ȌBg0T=;ݪm[hl xޕuH@D4O A) H(  h88D4Xl~okK4'$N2wbڔL5v%ЛF^ns_.agV*IENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/view-fullscreen.png000066400000000000000000000014751322215423100203170ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRw=IDATx͔+I@86ֶo۶m+=Gc۶6cuMڷy_, s[ַ10-KNʒ%B tͭ] t. gp7:* &+԰&`oLI+ϲD ҉lJհ*0tɉ-6 b\ d 1I֙GPL frNR[D2  8B3W|52 `6𲴜<'`WGHx^z`P +ўq*E8i,ooEL 4+GPZWDWp'byyK/z >a/}u]3;ߍ\9|vgPq {K >G#'8rT-z(|ɓ_MW ͟,i߂ǡ:r* C`Y$qH-gʯVGd7SpAR[%JpP~^Ntqaĝ%`8%)j&Q 80V{- V158R;ehOx  ሔ V׊p8fnXS-`˼[FX#ᄸ`*&`P};Aصy \$Ao^7c^j,3HECPqlг[/}υ#Ν9>zs뇜H7Z<>sx#i>pk߯β,|gւu9B\>ak- A.?p}wp(S=̬:}[3֣6l<5`k-:vw`W*񥛔{ƓN5JNB3 a%R/\ʔS HRp4<3)%4]l@Gy ok*N%8SJGX?drIs_CWmUu,"hEsydUҘ뤭t+z-WXmz6eׂ s$`Y$ɪj`؍XVjΑf3@}~&^XPqBSg B;f&;`X#_w= ٕs8D4hА#hA<@ޣn5P&j]vy |yҷڌZ0bae45}_Om+]Cƹ C޵*S uJJ6eP!WCfXRS\8~ sW))>c}v~/HeԄL!C%ihQ>}W?a8n˹BERs&4=C\oB:6rϞ=о ؟>}0{Fdj}(!*v4b6O>LNt&cƌ9t>3AowoKEIENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/window-close.png000066400000000000000000000016171322215423100176150ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRw=VIDATx5GlŬ,=f81cnf;/'ffȌ:J4QK,Swӽsw޹ݻנjh4iٳ`[O0L6C&i;;,DÚd2VhqѱBZZ\˦ãC495AccdYu:vI4ƩL>@B9 PWl""k 'OpX@LJbl. ٴN{qr:epSƍ/uٰ8r)* dZ9Wݗ<[%d4[,%bZʱx≘S'(_S>SOEc07WY !|ٌcGT8ԍcy GO!yu9 R8jbcy1J]ГymO=w%R#H"m߾dk׮K$ 9qA( $HBvщSΡ hin0n꿕G?#ǥ"N|9C$3ث) 0MKRq8їXt8Z-ৢОRD'b۪+g>-JkLc.Fa# <l7t}v Zr tepS/عsCp+_~n n6p˚5k6Nfmejp#Le]b ?GV\x^bMūf_LFewJЃ (ܯ;׃%K,\ .WJeRֵ3+)CPIENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/zoom-fit-best.png000066400000000000000000000010511322215423100176720ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRשPLTE,,,222!!!ppp{{{ooozzz|||iii~~~vvvxxxyyy{{{|||~~~sssuuuktRNS..<=ݾL˙IDATx5b$1@afffz5U˔nCZ>XVѧV큋ȣY 8;<<){|ڝ0>ίN3@t` !^`Bp$RCc| 3o׻/ FȻӻ'zhו-pr# 40nY S5MV3ڂ( ZۋFoȚꕢBR! ;\nIENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/zoom-in.png000066400000000000000000000010361322215423100165660ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRשPLTE,,,222!!!ppp{{{ooozzz|||iii~~~vvvxxxyyy{{{|||~~~sssuuub8tRNS..<=ݾL˙IDATxr1߶mxNm2Ygo&󿲕v7]ɪP^O9hzX׾yS=>B*!-ԵKtv B1v[<-*IENDB`geeqie-1.4/doc/icons/zoom-original.png000066400000000000000000000010101322215423100177540ustar00rootroot00000000000000PNG  IHDRשPLTE,,,222!!!ppp{{{ooozzz|||iii~~~vvvxxxyyy{{{|||~~~sssuuus|otRNS..<=ݾL˙IDATxЃE1 k۶ulMp &ҥfE^xӢ qk"HdH7 8dnrx!` X 8[D .?GM; c8^`~柠'Brߕ!4@*/T#B]Rl*Bq8{Pi'h*tRNS..<=ݾL˙IDATx5v@effIx{iޟVVתi{e>v!LTP#";4M] b DܴN6pS Iy'.[cO!0,iR ҰY`i$ za8BXdlovgN+4ZZ19ԋ$IENDB`geeqie-1.4/doxygen.conf000066400000000000000000003243251322215423100151450ustar00rootroot00000000000000# Doxyfile 1.8.13 # This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system # doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project. # # All text after a double hash (##) is considered a comment and is placed in # front of the TAG it is preceding. # # All text after a single hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored. # The format is: # TAG = value [value, ...] # For lists, items can also be appended using: # TAG += value [value, ...] # Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (\" \"). #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Project related configuration options #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file # that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all text # before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv # built into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv # for the list of possible encodings. # The default value is: UTF-8. DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8 # The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded by # double-quotes, unless you are using Doxywizard) that should identify the # project for which the documentation is generated. This name is used in the # title of most generated pages and in a few other places. # The default value is: My Project. PROJECT_NAME = $(PROJECT)-$(VERSION) # The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. This # could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or if some version # control system is used. PROJECT_NUMBER = # Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description # for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer a # quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short. PROJECT_BRIEF = # With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify a logo or an icon that is included # in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not exceed 55 # pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels. Doxygen will copy # the logo to the output directory. PROJECT_LOGO = # The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) path # into which the generated documentation will be written. If a relative path is # entered, it will be relative to the location where doxygen was started. If # left blank the current directory will be used. OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = $(DOCDIR) # If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES then doxygen will create 4096 sub- # directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output format and # will distribute the generated files over these directories. Enabling this # option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of source files, where # putting all generated files in the same directory would otherwise causes # performance problems for the file system. # The default value is: NO. CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO # If the ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will allow non-ASCII # characters to appear in the names of generated files. If set to NO, non-ASCII # characters will be escaped, for example _xE3_x81_x84 will be used for Unicode # U+3044. # The default value is: NO. ALLOW_UNICODE_NAMES = NO # The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all # documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this # information to generate all constant output in the proper language. # Possible values are: Afrikaans, Arabic, Armenian, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, # Chinese-Traditional, Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English (United States), # Esperanto, Farsi (Persian), Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, # Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), # Korean, Korean-en (Korean with English messages), Latvian, Lithuanian, # Macedonian, Norwegian, Persian (Farsi), Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, # Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak, Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, # Ukrainian and Vietnamese. # The default value is: English. OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English # If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES, doxygen will include brief member # descriptions after the members that are listed in the file and class # documentation (similar to Javadoc). Set to NO to disable this. # The default value is: YES. BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES # If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the brief # description of a member or function before the detailed description # # Note: If both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the # brief descriptions will be completely suppressed. # The default value is: YES. REPEAT_BRIEF = YES # This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator that is # used to form the text in various listings. Each string in this list, if found # as the leading text of the brief description, will be stripped from the text # and the result, after processing the whole list, is used as the annotated # text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. If left blank, the # following values are used ($name is automatically replaced with the name of # the entity):The $name class, The $name widget, The $name file, is, provides, # specifies, contains, represents, a, an and the. ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \ "The $name widget" \ "The $name file" \ is \ provides \ specifies \ contains \ represents \ a \ an \ the # If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then # doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief # description. # The default value is: NO. ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO # If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all # inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those # members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment # operators of the base classes will not be shown. # The default value is: NO. INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO # If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will prepend the full path # before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set to NO the # shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used # The default value is: YES. FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES # The STRIP_FROM_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. # Stripping is only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand # part of the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. # If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the path to # strip. # # Note that you can specify absolute paths here, but also relative paths, which # will be relative from the directory where doxygen is started. # This tag requires that the tag FULL_PATH_NAMES is set to YES. STRIP_FROM_PATH = $(SRCDIR) # The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of the # path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells the reader which # header file to include in order to use a class. If left blank only the name of # the header file containing the class definition is used. Otherwise one should # specify the list of include paths that are normally passed to the compiler # using the -I flag. STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH = # If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter (but # less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems doesn't # support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM. # The default value is: NO. SHORT_NAMES = NO # If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the # first line (until the first dot) of a Javadoc-style comment as the brief # description. If set to NO, the Javadoc-style will behave just like regular Qt- # style comments (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief # description.) # The default value is: NO. JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO # If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then doxygen will interpret the first # line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style comment as the brief description. If # set to NO, the Qt-style will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus # requiring an explicit \brief command for a brief description.) # The default value is: NO. QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO # The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make doxygen treat a # multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// comments) as # a brief description. This used to be the default behavior. The new default is # to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed description. Set this # tag to YES if you prefer the old behavior instead. # # Note that setting this tag to YES also means that rational rose comments are # not recognized any more. # The default value is: NO. MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO # If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES then an undocumented member inherits the # documentation from any documented member that it re-implements. # The default value is: YES. INHERIT_DOCS = YES # If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES then doxygen will produce a new # page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will be part # of the file/class/namespace that contains it. # The default value is: NO. SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO # The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. Doxygen # uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments. # Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 16, default value: 4. TAB_SIZE = 8 # This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that act as commands in # the documentation. An alias has the form: # name=value # For example adding # "sideeffect=@par Side Effects:\n" # will allow you to put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the # documentation, which will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading # "Side Effects:". You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert # newlines. ALIASES = # This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only). # A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding "class=itcl::class" # will allow you to use the command class in the itcl::class meaning. TCL_SUBST = # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C sources # only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. For # instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list of all # members will be omitted, etc. # The default value is: NO. OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java or # Python sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored # for that language. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, # qualified scopes will look different, etc. # The default value is: NO. OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO # Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran # sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for Fortran. # The default value is: NO. OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO # Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL # sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for VHDL. # The default value is: NO. OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO # Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it # parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given # extension. Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it # using this tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and # language is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, # C#, C, C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran (fixed format Fortran: # FortranFixed, free formatted Fortran: FortranFree, unknown formatted Fortran: # Fortran. In the later case the parser tries to guess whether the code is fixed # or free formatted code, this is the default for Fortran type files), VHDL. For # instance to make doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), # and .f files as C (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. # # Note: For files without extension you can use no_extension as a placeholder. # # Note that for custom extensions you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise # the files are not read by doxygen. EXTENSION_MAPPING = # If the MARKDOWN_SUPPORT tag is enabled then doxygen pre-processes all comments # according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable # documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details. # The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you can # mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting. Disable only in # case of backward compatibilities issues. # The default value is: YES. MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = YES # When the TOC_INCLUDE_HEADINGS tag is set to a non-zero value, all headings up # to that level are automatically included in the table of contents, even if # they do not have an id attribute. # Note: This feature currently applies only to Markdown headings. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 99, default value: 0. # This tag requires that the tag MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is set to YES. TOC_INCLUDE_HEADINGS = 0 # When enabled doxygen tries to link words that correspond to documented # classes, or namespaces to their corresponding documentation. Such a link can # be prevented in individual cases by putting a % sign in front of the word or # globally by setting AUTOLINK_SUPPORT to NO. # The default value is: YES. AUTOLINK_SUPPORT = YES # If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want # to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should set this # tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and # definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); # versus func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration # diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate. # The default value is: NO. BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO # If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to # enable parsing support. # The default value is: NO. CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO # Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip (see: # http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/sip/intro) sources only. Doxygen # will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public instead # of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present. # The default value is: NO. SIP_SUPPORT = NO # For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate # getter and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES will make # doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the documentation. # This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or setting a simple # type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the methods anyway, you # should set this option to NO. # The default value is: YES. IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES # If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC # tag is set to YES then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first # member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default # all members of a group must be documented explicitly. # The default value is: NO. DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO # If one adds a struct or class to a group and this option is enabled, then also # any nested class or struct is added to the same group. By default this option # is disabled and one has to add nested compounds explicitly via \ingroup. # The default value is: NO. GROUP_NESTED_COMPOUNDS = NO # Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES to allow class member groups of the same type # (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a subgroup of that # type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to NO to prevent # subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using the # \nosubgrouping command. # The default value is: YES. SUBGROUPING = YES # When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and unions # are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using \ingroup) # instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or section (for LaTeX # and RTF). # # Note that this feature does not work in combination with # SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES. # The default value is: NO. INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO # When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and unions # with only public data fields or simple typedef fields will be shown inline in # the documentation of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, # namespace, or group documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set # to NO, structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and # Man pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF). # The default value is: NO. INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO # When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT tag is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or # enum is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So # typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct # with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, # namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically be # useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound # types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name. # The default value is: NO. TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO # The size of the symbol lookup cache can be set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This # cache is used to resolve symbols given their name and scope. Since this can be # an expensive process and often the same symbol appears multiple times in the # code, doxygen keeps a cache of pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small # doxygen will become slower. If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The # cache size is given by this formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range # is 0..9, the default is 0, corresponding to a cache size of 2^16=65536 # symbols. At the end of a run doxygen will report the cache usage and suggest # the optimal cache size from a speed point of view. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9, default value: 0. LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Build related configuration options #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES, doxygen will assume all entities in # documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. Private # class members and static file members will be hidden unless the # EXTRACT_PRIVATE respectively EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES. # Note: This will also disable the warnings about undocumented members that are # normally produced when WARNINGS is set to YES. # The default value is: NO. EXTRACT_ALL = YES # If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES, all private members of a class will # be included in the documentation. # The default value is: NO. EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES # If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES, all members with package or internal # scope will be included in the documentation. # The default value is: NO. EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO # If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES, all static members of a file will be # included in the documentation. # The default value is: NO. EXTRACT_STATIC = YES # If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes (and structs) defined # locally in source files will be included in the documentation. If set to NO, # only classes defined in header files are included. Does not have any effect # for Java sources. # The default value is: YES. EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES # This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. If set to YES, local methods, # which are defined in the implementation section but not in the interface are # included in the documentation. If set to NO, only methods in the interface are # included. # The default value is: NO. EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = YES # If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be # extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called # 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base name of # the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default anonymous namespace # are hidden. # The default value is: NO. EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO # If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all # undocumented members inside documented classes or files. If set to NO these # members will be included in the various overviews, but no documentation # section is generated. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. # The default value is: NO. HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO # If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all # undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. If set # to NO, these classes will be included in the various overviews. This option # has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled. # The default value is: NO. HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO # If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide all friend # (class|struct|union) declarations. If set to NO, these declarations will be # included in the documentation. # The default value is: NO. HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO # If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, doxygen will hide any # documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. If set to NO, these # blocks will be appended to the function's detailed documentation block. # The default value is: NO. HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO # The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation that is typed after a # \internal command is included. If the tag is set to NO then the documentation # will be excluded. Set it to YES to include the internal documentation. # The default value is: NO. INTERNAL_DOCS = NO # If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will only generate file # names in lower-case letters. If set to YES, upper-case letters are also # allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ # in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows # and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO. # The default value is: system dependent. CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO # If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO then doxygen will show members with # their full class and namespace scopes in the documentation. If set to YES, the # scope will be hidden. # The default value is: NO. HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = YES # If the HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE tag is set to NO (default) then doxygen will # append additional text to a page's title, such as Class Reference. If set to # YES the compound reference will be hidden. # The default value is: NO. HIDE_COMPOUND_REFERENCE= NO # If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES then doxygen will put a list of # the files that are included by a file in the documentation of that file. # The default value is: YES. SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES # If the SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC tag is set to YES then Doxygen will add for each # grouped member an include statement to the documentation, telling the reader # which file to include in order to use the member. # The default value is: NO. SHOW_GROUPED_MEMB_INC = NO # If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then doxygen will list include # files with double quotes in the documentation rather than with sharp brackets. # The default value is: NO. FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO # If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES then a tag [inline] is inserted in the # documentation for inline members. # The default value is: YES. INLINE_INFO = YES # If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the # (detailed) documentation of file and class members alphabetically by member # name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. # The default value is: YES. SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES # If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the brief # descriptions of file, namespace and class members alphabetically by member # name. If set to NO, the members will appear in declaration order. Note that # this will also influence the order of the classes in the class list. # The default value is: NO. SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = YES # If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the # (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that constructors and # destructors are listed first. If set to NO the constructors will appear in the # respective orders defined by SORT_BRIEF_DOCS and SORT_MEMBER_DOCS. # Note: If SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting brief # member documentation. # Note: If SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO this option is ignored for sorting # detailed member documentation. # The default value is: NO. SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO # If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the hierarchy # of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO the group names will # appear in their defined order. # The default value is: NO. SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO # If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be sorted by # fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to NO, the class list will # be sorted only by class name, not including the namespace part. # Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES. # Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the alphabetical # list. # The default value is: NO. SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO # If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to do proper # type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a match between # the prototype and the implementation of a member function even if there is # only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose by doing a # simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen will still # accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases. # The default value is: NO. STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO # The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the todo # list. This list is created by putting \todo commands in the documentation. # The default value is: YES. GENERATE_TODOLIST = YES # The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the test # list. This list is created by putting \test commands in the documentation. # The default value is: YES. GENERATE_TESTLIST = YES # The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) the bug # list. This list is created by putting \bug commands in the documentation. # The default value is: YES. GENERATE_BUGLIST = YES # The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or disable (NO) # the deprecated list. This list is created by putting \deprecated commands in # the documentation. # The default value is: YES. GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES # The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional documentation # sections, marked by \if ... \endif and \cond # ... \endcond blocks. ENABLED_SECTIONS = # The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines that the # initial value of a variable or macro / define can have for it to appear in the # documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified here # it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. The # appearance of the value of individual variables and macros / defines can be # controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer command in the # documentation regardless of this setting. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 10000, default value: 30. MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30 # Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated at # the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES, the # list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation. # The default value is: YES. SHOW_USED_FILES = YES # Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page. This # will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the Folder Tree View # (if specified). # The default value is: YES. SHOW_FILES = YES # Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Namespaces # page. This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index and from the # Folder Tree View (if specified). # The default value is: YES. SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES # The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that # doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from # the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via # popen()) the command command input-file, where command is the value of the # FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and input-file is the name of an input file provided # by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output is used as the file # version. For an example see the documentation. FILE_VERSION_FILTER = # The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed # by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated # output files in an output format independent way. To create the layout file # that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can # optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml # will be used as the name of the layout file. # # Note that if you run doxygen from a directory containing a file called # DoxygenLayout.xml, doxygen will parse it automatically even if the LAYOUT_FILE # tag is left empty. LAYOUT_FILE = # The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files containing # the reference definitions. This must be a list of .bib files. The .bib # extension is automatically appended if omitted. This requires the bibtex tool # to be installed. See also http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. # For LaTeX the style of the bibliography can be controlled using # LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this feature you need bibtex and perl available in the # search path. See also \cite for info how to create references. CITE_BIB_FILES = #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Configuration options related to warning and progress messages #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated to # standard output by doxygen. If QUIET is set to YES this implies that the # messages are off. # The default value is: NO. QUIET = NO # The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are # generated to standard error (stderr) by doxygen. If WARNINGS is set to YES # this implies that the warnings are on. # # Tip: Turn warnings on while writing the documentation. # The default value is: YES. WARNINGS = YES # If the WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED tag is set to YES then doxygen will generate # warnings for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag # will automatically be disabled. # The default value is: YES. WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES # If the WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for # potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some parameters # in a documented function, or documenting parameters that don't exist or using # markup commands wrongly. # The default value is: YES. WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES # This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for functions that # are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters or return # value. If set to NO, doxygen will only warn about wrong or incomplete # parameter documentation, but not about the absence of documentation. # The default value is: NO. WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = NO # If the WARN_AS_ERROR tag is set to YES then doxygen will immediately stop when # a warning is encountered. # The default value is: NO. WARN_AS_ERROR = NO # The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that doxygen # can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text tags, which # will be replaced by the file and line number from which the warning originated # and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain $version, which will # be replaced by the version of the file (if it could be obtained via # FILE_VERSION_FILTER) # The default value is: $file:$line: $text. WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text" # The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning and error # messages should be written. If left blank the output is written to standard # error (stderr). WARN_LOGFILE = #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Configuration options related to the input files #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # The INPUT tag is used to specify the files and/or directories that contain # documented source files. You may enter file names like myfile.cpp or # directories like /usr/src/myproject. Separate the files or directories with # spaces. See also FILE_PATTERNS and EXTENSION_MAPPING # Note: If this tag is empty the current directory is searched. INPUT = $(SRCDIR)/src # This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files # that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding. Doxygen uses # libiconv (or the iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See the libiconv # documentation (see: http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv) for the list of # possible encodings. # The default value is: UTF-8. INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8 # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the # FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns (like *.cpp and # *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. # # Note that for custom extensions or not directly supported extensions you also # need to set EXTENSION_MAPPING for the extension otherwise the files are not # read by doxygen. # # If left blank the following patterns are tested:*.c, *.cc, *.cxx, *.cpp, # *.c++, *.java, *.ii, *.ixx, *.ipp, *.i++, *.inl, *.idl, *.ddl, *.odl, *.h, # *.hh, *.hxx, *.hpp, *.h++, *.cs, *.d, *.php, *.php4, *.php5, *.phtml, *.inc, # *.m, *.markdown, *.md, *.mm, *.dox, *.py, *.pyw, *.f90, *.f95, *.f03, *.f08, # *.f, *.for, *.tcl, *.vhd, *.vhdl, *.ucf and *.qsf. FILE_PATTERNS = *.c \ *.cc \ *.cxx \ *.cpp \ *.c++ \ *.java \ *.ii \ *.ixx \ *.ipp \ *.i++ \ *.inl \ *.idl \ *.ddl \ *.odl \ *.h \ *.hh \ *.hxx \ *.hpp \ *.h++ \ *.cs \ *.d \ *.php \ *.php4 \ *.php5 \ *.phtml \ *.inc \ *.m \ *.markdown \ *.md \ *.mm \ *.dox \ *.py \ *.pyw \ *.f90 \ *.f95 \ *.f03 \ *.f08 \ *.f \ *.for \ *.tcl \ *.vhd \ *.vhdl \ *.ucf \ *.qsf # The RECURSIVE tag can be used to specify whether or not subdirectories should # be searched for input files as well. # The default value is: NO. RECURSIVE = YES # The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be # excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a # subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag. # # Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is # run. EXCLUDE = # The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or # directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded # from the input. # The default value is: NO. EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO # If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the # EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude # certain files from those directories. # # Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to # exclude all test directories for example use the pattern */test/* EXCLUDE_PATTERNS = # The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names # (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the # output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the # wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, # AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test # # Note that the wildcards are matched against the file with absolute path, so to # exclude all test directories use the pattern */test/* EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = # The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories # that contain example code fragments that are included (see the \include # command). EXAMPLE_PATH = # If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the # EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp and # *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left blank all # files are included. EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = * # If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be # searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude commands # irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. # The default value is: NO. EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO # The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or directories # that contain images that are to be included in the documentation (see the # \image command). IMAGE_PATH = # The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should # invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program # by executing (via popen()) the command: # # # # where is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and is the # name of an input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter # program writes to standard output. If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag # will be ignored. # # Note that the filter must not add or remove lines; it is applied before the # code is scanned, but not when the output code is generated. If lines are added # or removed, the anchors will not be placed correctly. # # Note that for custom extensions or not directly supported extensions you also # need to set EXTENSION_MAPPING for the extension otherwise the files are not # properly processed by doxygen. INPUT_FILTER = # The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern # basis. Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the # filter if there is a match. The filters are a list of the form: pattern=filter # (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further information on how # filters are used. If the FILTER_PATTERNS tag is empty or if none of the # patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied. # # Note that for custom extensions or not directly supported extensions you also # need to set EXTENSION_MAPPING for the extension otherwise the files are not # properly processed by doxygen. FILTER_PATTERNS = # If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using # INPUT_FILTER) will also be used to filter the input files that are used for # producing the source files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES). # The default value is: NO. FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO # The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file # pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any) and # it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern using # *.ext= (so without naming a filter). # This tag requires that the tag FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is set to YES. FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS = # If the USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE tag refers to the name of a markdown file that # is part of the input, its contents will be placed on the main page # (index.html). This can be useful if you have a project on for instance GitHub # and want to reuse the introduction page also for the doxygen output. USE_MDFILE_AS_MAINPAGE = #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Configuration options related to source browsing #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will be # generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. # # Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure that # also VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO. # The default value is: NO. SOURCE_BROWSER = YES # Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body of functions, # classes and enums directly into the documentation. # The default value is: NO. INLINE_SOURCES = NO # Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES will instruct doxygen to hide any # special comment blocks from generated source code fragments. Normal C, C++ and # Fortran comments will always remain visible. # The default value is: YES. STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES # If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented # function all documented functions referencing it will be listed. # The default value is: NO. REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = YES # If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES then for each documented function # all documented entities called/used by that function will be listed. # The default value is: NO. REFERENCES_RELATION = YES # If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set # to YES then the hyperlinks from functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and # REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will link to the source code. Otherwise they will # link to the documentation. # The default value is: YES. REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = YES # If SOURCE_TOOLTIPS is enabled (the default) then hovering a hyperlink in the # source code will show a tooltip with additional information such as prototype, # brief description and links to the definition and documentation. Since this # will make the HTML file larger and loading of large files a bit slower, you # can opt to disable this feature. # The default value is: YES. # This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. SOURCE_TOOLTIPS = YES # If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code will # point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen built-in # source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source tagging system # (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You will need version # 4.8.6 or higher. # # To use it do the following: # - Install the latest version of global # - Enable SOURCE_BROWSER and USE_HTAGS in the config file # - Make sure the INPUT points to the root of the source tree # - Run doxygen as normal # # Doxygen will invoke htags (and that will in turn invoke gtags), so these # tools must be available from the command line (i.e. in the search path). # # The result: instead of the source browser generated by doxygen, the links to # source code will now point to the output of htags. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES. USE_HTAGS = NO # If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set the YES then doxygen will generate a # verbatim copy of the header file for each class for which an include is # specified. Set to NO to disable this. # See also: Section \class. # The default value is: YES. VERBATIM_HEADERS = YES # If the CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING tag is set to YES then doxygen will use the # clang parser (see: http://clang.llvm.org/) for more accurate parsing at the # cost of reduced performance. This can be particularly helpful with template # rich C++ code for which doxygen's built-in parser lacks the necessary type # information. # Note: The availability of this option depends on whether or not doxygen was # generated with the -Duse-libclang=ON option for CMake. # The default value is: NO. CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING = NO # If clang assisted parsing is enabled you can provide the compiler with command # line options that you would normally use when invoking the compiler. Note that # the include paths will already be set by doxygen for the files and directories # specified with INPUT and INCLUDE_PATH. # This tag requires that the tag CLANG_ASSISTED_PARSING is set to YES. CLANG_OPTIONS = #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Configuration options related to the alphabetical class index #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index of all # compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project contains a lot of # classes, structs, unions or interfaces. # The default value is: YES. ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES # The COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns in # which the alphabetical index list will be split. # Minimum value: 1, maximum value: 20, default value: 5. # This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5 # In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all classes will # be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. The IGNORE_PREFIX tag # can be used to specify a prefix (or a list of prefixes) that should be ignored # while generating the index headers. # This tag requires that the tag ALPHABETICAL_INDEX is set to YES. IGNORE_PREFIX = #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # Configuration options related to the HTML output #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- # If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate HTML output # The default value is: YES. GENERATE_HTML = $(GENERATE_HTML) # The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. If a # relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be put in front of # it. # The default directory is: html. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_OUTPUT = html # The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for each # generated HTML page (for example: .htm, .php, .asp). # The default value is: .html. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html # The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML header file for # each generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a # standard header. # # To get valid HTML the header file that includes any scripts and style sheets # that doxygen needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used (e.g. # the setting GENERATE_TREEVIEW). It is highly recommended to start with a # default header using # doxygen -w html new_header.html new_footer.html new_stylesheet.css # YourConfigFile # and then modify the file new_header.html. See also section "Doxygen usage" # for information on how to generate the default header that doxygen normally # uses. # Note: The header is subject to change so you typically have to regenerate the # default header when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen. For a description # of the possible markers and block names see the documentation. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_HEADER = # The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a user-defined HTML footer for each # generated HTML page. If the tag is left blank doxygen will generate a standard # footer. See HTML_HEADER for more information on how to generate a default # footer and what special commands can be used inside the footer. See also # section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the default footer # that doxygen normally uses. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_FOOTER = # The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading style # sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to fine-tune the look of # the HTML output. If left blank doxygen will generate a default style sheet. # See also section "Doxygen usage" for information on how to generate the style # sheet that doxygen normally uses. # Note: It is recommended to use HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET instead of this tag, as # it is more robust and this tag (HTML_STYLESHEET) will in the future become # obsolete. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_STYLESHEET = # The HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify additional user-defined # cascading style sheets that are included after the standard style sheets # created by doxygen. Using this option one can overrule certain style aspects. # This is preferred over using HTML_STYLESHEET since it does not replace the # standard style sheet and is therefore more robust against future updates. # Doxygen will copy the style sheet files to the output directory. # Note: The order of the extra style sheet files is of importance (e.g. the last # style sheet in the list overrules the setting of the previous ones in the # list). For an example see the documentation. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET = # The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or # other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note # that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the # $relpath^ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these # files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that the # files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_EXTRA_FILES = # The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output. Doxygen # will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images according to # this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel, see # http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information. For instance the value # 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green, 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 # purple, and 360 is red again. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 359, default value: 220. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220 # The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of the colors # in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use grayscales only. A # value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 255, default value: 100. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100 # The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to the # luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below 100 # gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make the output # darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied, so 80 represents # a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2, and 100 does not # change the gamma. # Minimum value: 40, maximum value: 240, default value: 80. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80 # If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML # page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting this # to YES can help to show when doxygen was last run and thus if the # documentation is up to date. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO # If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML # documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the # page has loaded. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES # With HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES one can control the preferred number of entries # shown in the various tree structured indices initially; the user can expand # and collapse entries dynamically later on. Doxygen will expand the tree to # such a level that at most the specified number of entries are visible (unless # a fully collapsed tree already exceeds this amount). So setting the number of # entries 1 will produce a full collapsed tree by default. 0 is a special value # representing an infinite number of entries and will result in a full expanded # tree by default. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 9999, default value: 100. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. HTML_INDEX_NUM_ENTRIES = 100 # If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files will be # generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 integrated development # environment (see: http://developer.apple.com/tools/xcode/), introduced with # OSX 10.5 (Leopard). To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a # Makefile in the HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in # that directory and running make install will install the docset in # ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find it at # startup. See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html # for more information. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. GENERATE_DOCSET = NO # This tag determines the name of the docset feed. A documentation feed provides # an umbrella under which multiple documentation sets from a single provider # (such as a company or product suite) can be grouped. # The default value is: Doxygen generated docs. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs" # This tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify the documentation # set bundle. This should be a reverse domain-name style string, e.g. # com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen will append .docset to the name. # The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project # The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify # the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style # string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation. # The default value is: org.doxygen.Publisher. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher # The DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher. # The default value is: Publisher. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_DOCSET is set to YES. DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher # If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES then doxygen generates three # additional HTML index files: index.hhp, index.hhc, and index.hhk. The # index.hhp is a project file that can be read by Microsoft's HTML Help Workshop # (see: http://www.microsoft.com/en-us/download/details.aspx?id=21138) on # Windows. # # The HTML Help Workshop contains a compiler that can convert all HTML output # generated by doxygen into a single compiled HTML file (.chm). Compiled HTML # files are now used as the Windows 98 help format, and will replace the old # Windows help format (.hlp) on all Windows platforms in the future. Compressed # HTML files also contain an index, a table of contents, and you can search for # words in the documentation. The HTML workshop also contains a viewer for # compressed HTML files. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. GENERATE_HTMLHELP = $(GENERATE_HTMLHELP) # The CHM_FILE tag can be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm # file. You can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be # written to the html output directory. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. CHM_FILE = ../$(PROJECT).chm # The HHC_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location (absolute path # including file name) of the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty, # doxygen will try to run the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp. # The file has to be specified with full path. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. HHC_LOCATION = $(HHC_PATH) # The GENERATE_CHI flag controls if a separate .chi index file is generated # (YES) or that it should be included in the master .chm file (NO). # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. GENERATE_CHI = $(GENERATE_CHI) # The CHM_INDEX_ENCODING is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) # and project file content. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. CHM_INDEX_ENCODING = # The BINARY_TOC flag controls whether a binary table of contents is generated # (YES) or a normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file. Furthermore it # enables the Previous and Next buttons. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. BINARY_TOC = NO # The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members to # the table of contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTMLHELP is set to YES. TOC_EXPAND = YES # If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and # QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated that # can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help # (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. GENERATE_QHP = NO # If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can be used to specify # the file name of the resulting .qch file. The path specified is relative to # the HTML output folder. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QCH_FILE = # The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt Help # Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Namespace # (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#namespace). # The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project # The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating Qt # Help Project output. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Virtual # Folders (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#virtual- # folders). # The default value is: doc. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc # If the QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME tag is set, it specifies the name of a custom # filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom # Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- # filters). # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME = # The QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the # custom filter to add. For more information please see Qt Help Project / Custom # Filters (see: http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#custom- # filters). # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS = # The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this # project's filter section matches. Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes (see: # http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes). # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS = # The QHG_LOCATION tag can be used to specify the location of Qt's # qhelpgenerator. If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the # generated .qhp file. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_QHP is set to YES. QHG_LOCATION = # If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files will be # generated, together with the HTML files, they form an Eclipse help plugin. To # install this plugin and make it available under the help contents menu in # Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML files needs # to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of the directory # within the plugins directory should be the same as the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. # After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before the help appears. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO # A unique identifier for the Eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin # the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have this # name. Each documentation set should have its own identifier. # The default value is: org.doxygen.Project. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP is set to YES. ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project # If you want full control over the layout of the generated HTML pages it might # be necessary to disable the index and replace it with your own. The # DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs) at top # of each HTML page. A value of NO enables the index and the value YES disables # it. Since the tabs in the index contain the same information as the navigation # tree, you can set this option to YES if you also set GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. DISABLE_INDEX = NO # The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index # structure should be generated to display hierarchical information. If the tag # value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated containing a tree-like # index structure (just like the one that is generated for HTML Help). For this # to work a browser that supports JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required # (i.e. any modern browser). Windows users are probably better off using the # HTML help feature. Via custom style sheets (see HTML_EXTRA_STYLESHEET) one can # further fine-tune the look of the index. As an example, the default style # sheet generated by doxygen has an example that shows how to put an image at # the root of the tree instead of the PROJECT_NAME. Since the tree basically has # the same information as the tab index, you could consider setting # DISABLE_INDEX to YES when enabling this option. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES # The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values that # doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation. # # Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum values from appearing # in the overview section. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 20, default value: 4. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 4 # If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be used # to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree is shown. # Minimum value: 0, maximum value: 1500, default value: 250. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250 # If the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES, doxygen will open links to # external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO # Use this tag to change the font size of LaTeX formulas included as images in # the HTML documentation. When you change the font size after a successful # doxygen run you need to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML # output directory to force them to be regenerated. # Minimum value: 8, maximum value: 50, default value: 10. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10 # Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images # generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are not # supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers. # # Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files in # the HTML output directory before the changes have effect. # The default value is: YES. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES # Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax (see # http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the rendering # instead of using pre-rendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not have LaTeX # installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML output. When # enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and configure the path # to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. # The default value is: NO. # This tag requires that the tag GENERATE_HTML is set to YES. USE_MATHJAX = NO # When MathJax is enabled you can set the default output format to be used for # the MathJax output. See the MathJax site (see: # http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. # Possible values are: HTML-CSS (which is slower, but has the best # compatibility), NativeMML (i.e. MathML) and SVG. # The default value is: HTML-CSS. # This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. MATHJAX_FORMAT = HTML-CSS # When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the HTML # output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination directory # should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax directory # is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then # MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to the MathJax # Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without installing # MathJax. However, it is strongly recommended to install a local copy of # MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment. # The default value is: http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest. # This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest # The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or more MathJax # extension names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering. For example # MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = TeX/AMSmath TeX/AMSsymbols # This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS = # The MATHJAX_CODEFILE tag can be used to specify a file with javascript pieces # of code that will be used on startup of the MathJax code. See the MathJax site # (see: http://docs.mathjax.org/en/latest/output.html) for more details. For an # example see the documentation. # This tag requires that the tag USE_MATHJAX is set to YES. MATHJAX_CODEFILE = # When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box for # the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript and DHTML and # should work on any modern browser. Note that when using HTML help # (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets (GENERATE_DOCSET) # there is already a search function so this one should typically be disabled. # For large projects the javascript based search engine can be slow, then # enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution. It is possible to # search using the keyboard; to jump to the search box use + S # (what the is depends on the OS and browser, but it is typically # , /